Docstoc

1 - Kettering Borough Council

Document Sample
1 - Kettering Borough Council Powered By Docstoc
					Kettering Town Centre Area Action Plan
             Submission

      Sustainability Appraisal
           December 2010




                                     1
Contents

1          NON TECHNICAL SUMMARY/ EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ................... 7
    1.1    What is the Sustainability Appraisal? ........................................................................... 7
    1.2    What is the Kettering Town Centre Area Action Plan? ................................................ 7
    1.3    Plan Vision & Objectives .............................................................................................. 7
    1.4    The SA/SEA process .................................................................................................... 8
    1.5    Key economic, social and environmental factors ......................................................... 8
    1.6    What the SA/SEA found? ............................................................................................. 9


2          SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL INTRODUCTION ............................ 10
    2.1    Introduction ................................................................................................................. 10
    2.2    The Kettering Town Centre Area Action Plan ........................................................... 10


3          BACKGROUND TO THE SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL ............... 11
    3.1    The sustainability appraisal process .......................................................................... 11
    3.2    Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) and Sustainability Appraisal (SA) ........ 12
    3.3    Regulatory requirements for SA ................................................................................. 12
    3.4    Stages of SA and the key reporting stages ................................................................ 13
    3.5    Consultation procedures ............................................................................................. 14


4          APPRAISAL METHODOLOGY .......................................................... 15
    4.1    Approach adopted for the SA/SEA ............................................................................. 15
    4.2    Scoping Report responses ......................................................................................... 16
    4.3    Draft Sustainability Appraisal Report Responses....................................................... 16
    4.4    Adopting the CSS SA/SEA methodology & sustainability framework ........................ 16
    4.5    Issues and Options Appraisal ..................................................................................... 20
    4.6    Appraisal of Preferred Policy Options ........................................................................ 20
    4.7    Next steps ................................................................. Error! Bookmark not defined.35
    4.8    Method of reporting .................................................................................................... 32
    4.9    Difficulties encountered .............................................................................................. 34
    4.10   Judgements and Assumptions ................................................................................... 34
    4.11   Key baseline information ............................................................................................ 35


5          PLAN OBJECTIVES & SIGNIFICANT EFFECTS .............................. 36
    5.1    Plan Objectives ........................................................................................................... 36
    5.2    Plan Objective 1: Zoned uses..................................................................................... 36
    5.3    Plan Objective 2: Retail .............................................................................................. 37
    5.4    Plan Objective 3: Residential...................................................................................... 37
    5.5    Plan Objective 4: Urban Design ................................................................................. 37
    5.6    Plan Objective 5: Commercial .................................................................................... 38
    5.7    Plan Objective 6: Walkable and safe town ................................................................. 38
    5.8    Plan Objective 7: Greener town.................................................................................. 38


6          SOCIAL: ACCESSIBILITY ................................................................. 39
    6.1    Baseline ...................................................................................................................... 39
    6.2    Context Review (other plans & programmes) ............................................................ 40
    6.3    Likely future conditions of the factor ........................................................................... 40
    6.4    Likely Significant Effects of theTown Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
           Allocations .................................................................................................................. 40
    6.5    Proposed Mitigation .................................................................................................... 41
    6.6    Proposed Monitoring .................................................................................................. 41


7          SOCIAL: HOUSING ........................................................................... 42
    7.1    Baseline ...................................................................................................................... 42
    7.2    Context Review (other plans & programmes) ............................................................ 42

                                                                                                                                                2
    7.3    Likely future conditions of the factor ............................................................................42
    7.4    Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
           Allocations ...................................................................................................................43
    7.5    Proposed Mitigation .....................................................................................................43
    7.6    Proposed Monitoring ...................................................................................................43


8          SOCIAL: HEALTH ............................................................................. 44
    8.1    Baseline .......................................................................................................................44
    8.2    Context Review (other plans & programmes) .............................................................45
    8.3    Likely future conditions of the factor ............................................................................45
    8.4    Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
           Allocations ...................................................................................................................45
    8.5    Proposed Mitigation .....................................................................................................45
    8.6    Proposed Monitoring ...................................................................................................46


9          SOCIAL: CRIME ................................................................................ 47
    9.1    Baseline .......................................................................................................................47
    9.2    Context Review (other plans & programmes) .............................................................47
    9.3    Likely future conditions of the factor ............................................................................47
    9.4    Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
           Allocations ...................................................................................................................47
    9.5    Proposed Mitigation .....................................................................................................48
    9.6    Proposed Monitoring ...................................................................................................48


10         SOCIAL: COMMUNITY ...................................................................... 49
    10.1   Baseline .......................................................................................................................49
    10.2   Context Review (other plans & programmes) .............................................................49
    10.3   Likely future conditions of the factor ............................................................................49
    10.4   Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
           Allocations ...................................................................................................................50
    10.5   Proposed Mitigation .....................................................................................................50
    10.6   Proposed Monitoring ...................................................................................................50


11         SOCIAL: SKILLS ............................................................................... 51
    11.1   Baseline .......................................................................................................................51
    11.2   Context Review (other plans & programmes) .............................................................51
    11.3   Likely future conditions of the factor ............................................................................52
    11.4   Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
           Allocations ...................................................................................................................52
    11.5   Proposed Mitigation .....................................................................................................52
    11.6   Proposed Monitoring ...................................................................................................52


12         SOCIAL: LIVEABILITY ...................................................................... 53
    12.1   Baseline .......................................................................................................................53
    12.2   Context Review (other plans & programmes) .............................................................53
    12.3   Likely future conditions of the factor ............................................................................53
    12.4   Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
           Allocations ...................................................................................................................53
    12.5   Proposed Mitigation .....................................................................................................53
    12.6   Proposed Monitoring ...................................................................................................54


13         ENVIRONMENTAL: BIODIVERSITY ................................................. 55
    13.1   Baseline .......................................................................................................................55
    13.2   Context Review (other plans & programmes) .............................................................55
    13.3   Likely future conditions of the factor ............................................................................56
    13.4   Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
           Allocations ...................................................................................................................56

                                                                                                                                    3
 13.5   Proposed Mitigation .................................................................................................... 56
 13.6   Proposed Monitoring .................................................................................................. 56


14      ENVIRONMENTAL: LANDSCAPE .................................................... 57
 14.1   Baseline ...................................................................................................................... 57
 14.2   Context Review (other plans & programmes) ............................................................ 57
 14.3   Likely future conditions of the factor ........................................................................... 57
 14.4   Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
        Allocations .................................................................................................................. 57
 14.5   Proposed Mitigation .................................................................................................... 58
 14.6   Proposed Monitoring .................................................................................................. 58


15      ENVIRONMENTAL: CULTURAL HERITAGE.................................... 59
 15.1   Baseline ...................................................................................................................... 59
 15.2   Context Review (other plans & programmes) ............................................................ 59
 15.3   Likely future conditions of the factor ........................................................................... 59
 15.4   Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
        Allocations .................................................................................................................. 59
 15.5   Proposed Mitigation .................................................................................................... 60
 15.6   Proposed Monitoring .................................................................................................. 60


16      ENVIRONMENTAL: BUILT ENVIRONMENT..................................... 61
 16.1   Baseline ...................................................................................................................... 61
 16.2   Context Review (other plans & programmes) ............................................................ 61
 16.3   Likely future conditions of the factor ........................................................................... 61
 16.4   Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
        Allocations .................................................................................................................. 61
 16.5   Proposed Mitigation .................................................................................................... 61
 16.6   Proposed Monitoring .................................................................................................. 62


17      ENVIRONMENTAL: CLIMATE CHANGE .......................................... 63
 17.1   Baseline ...................................................................................................................... 63
 17.2   Context Review (other plans & programmes) ............................................................ 63
 17.3   Likely future conditions of the factor ........................................................................... 63
 17.4   Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
        Allocations .................................................................................................................. 63
 17.5   Proposed Mitigation .................................................................................................... 64
 17.6   Proposed Monitoring .................................................................................................. 64
        KTC 6 and 10: Number of secure cycle storage spaces and cycle parking spaces outlined in
        KTC policies 6 and 10 which have been secured/ delivered. ..................................... 64


18      NATURAL RESOURCES: AIR........................................................... 65
 18.1   Baseline ...................................................................................................................... 65
 18.2   Context Review (other plans & programmes) ............................................................ 66
 18.3   Likely future conditions of the factor ........................................................................... 66
 18.4   Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
        Allocations .................................................................................................................. 66
 18.5   Proposed Mitigation .................................................................................................... 67
 18.6   Proposed Monitoring .................................................................................................. 67


19      NATURAL RESOURCES: WATER QUALITY ................................... 68
 19.1   Baseline ...................................................................................................................... 68
 19.2   Context Review (other plans & programmes) ............................................................ 68
 19.3   Likely future conditions of the factor ........................................................................... 69
 19.4   Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
        Allocations .................................................................................................................. 69
 19.5   Proposed Mitigation .................................................................................................... 69

                                                                                                                                      4
 19.6   Proposed Monitoring ...................................................................................................69


20      NATURAL RESOURCES: WATER CONSERVATION & MANAGEMENT
        70
 20.1   Baseline .......................................................................................................................70
 20.2   Context Review (other plans & programmes) .............................................................70
 20.3   Likely future conditions of the factor ............................................................................71
 20.4   Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
        Allocations ...................................................................................................................71
 20.5   Proposed Mitigation .....................................................................................................71
 20.6   Proposed Monitoring ...................................................................................................71


21      NATURAL RESOURCES: SOIL AND LAND .................................... 73
 21.1   Baseline .......................................................................................................................73
 21.2   Context Review (other plans & programmes) .............................................................73
 21.3   Likely future conditions of the factor ............................................................................73
 21.4   Likely Significant Effects of the Proposed Submission Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies,
        Urban Quarters & Site Allocations...............................................................................73
 21.5   Proposed Mitigation .....................................................................................................74
 21.6   Proposed Monitoring ...................................................................................................74


22      NATURAL RESOURCES: MINERALS .............................................. 75
 22.1   Baseline .......................................................................................................................75
 22.2   Context Review (other plans & programmes) .............................................................75
 22.3   Likely future conditions of the factor ............................................................................75
 22.4   Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
        Allocations ...................................................................................................................75
 22.5   Proposed Mitigation .....................................................................................................76
 22.6   Proposed Monitoring ...................................................................................................76
        KTC 6a: Housing Density ............................................................................................76


23      NATURAL RESOURCES: ENERGY USE ......................................... 77
 23.1   Baseline .......................................................................................................................77
 23.2   Context Review (other plans & programmes) .............................................................77
 23.3   Likely future conditions of the factor ............................................................................77
 23.4   Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
        Allocations ...................................................................................................................77
 23.5   Proposed Mitigation .....................................................................................................78
 23.6   Proposed Monitoring ...................................................................................................78


24      NATURAL RESOURCES: RENEWABLE ENERGY ......................... 79
 24.1   Baseline .......................................................................................................................79
 24.2   Context Review (other plans & programmes) .............................................................79
 24.3   Likely future conditions of the factor ............................................................................79
 24.4   Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
        Allocations ...................................................................................................................79
 24.5   Proposed Mitigation .....................................................................................................80
 24.6   Proposed Monitoring ...................................................................................................80


25      NATURAL RESOURCES: WASTE.................................................... 81
 25.1   Baseline .......................................................................................................................81
 25.2   Context Review (other plans & programmes) .............................................................81
 25.3   Likely future conditions of the factor ............................................................................81
 25.4   Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
        Allocations ...................................................................................................................82
 25.5   Proposed Mitigation .....................................................................................................82
 25.6   Proposed Monitoring ...................................................................................................82
                                                                                                                                    5
26       ECONOMIC: EMPLOYMENT ............................................................. 83
 26.1    Baseline ...................................................................................................................... 83
 26.2    Context Review (other plans & programmes) ............................................................ 83
 26.3    Likely future conditions of the factor ........................................................................... 84
 26.4    Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
         Allocations .................................................................................................................. 84
 26.5    Proposed Mitigation .................................................................................................... 84
 26.6    Proposed Monitoring .................................................................................................. 84


27       ECONOMIC: WEALTH CREATION ................................................... 86
 27.1    Baseline ...................................................................................................................... 86
 27.2    Context Review (other plans & programmes) ............................................................ 86
 27.3    Likely future conditions of the factor ........................................................................... 86
 27.4    Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
         Allocations .................................................................................................................. 86
 27.5    Proposed Mitigation .................................................................................................... 87
 27.6    Proposed Monitoring .................................................................................................. 87


28       ECONOMIC: TOWN CENTRES ......................................................... 89
 28.1    Baseline ...................................................................................................................... 89
 28.2    Context Review (other plans & programmes) ............................................................ 89
 28.3    Likely future conditions of the factor ........................................................................... 90
 28.4    Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
         Allocations .................................................................................................................. 90
 28.5    Proposed Mitigation .................................................................................................... 91
 28.6    Proposed Monitoring .................................................................................................. 91


29       DETERMINING THE NEED FOR APPROPRIATE ASSESSMENT ... 92
 29.1    Introduction ................................................................................................................. 92
 29.2    Determination of need ................................................................................................ 92
 30      APPENDICES................................................................................... 102
 30.1    Appendix 1: Town Centre Area Action Plan Sustainability Appraisal Questions
 30.2    Appendix 2: Responses to the Scoping Report
 30.3    Appendix 3: Transition of Issues & Options to Preferred Policies
 30.4    Appendix 4: Policy Appraisal Plan Objectives
 30.5    Appendix 5: Policy Appraisal Policies
 30.6    Appendix 6: Policy Appraisal Urban Quarters
 30.7    Appendix 7: Town Centre Area Action Plan Sustainability Appraisal Key Indicators
 30.8    Appendix 8: CSS SA/SEA/ Town Centre Area Action Plan SA/SEA Relevant Plans &
         Programmes
 30.9    Appendix 9: Transition of Preferred Policies to Submission Policies
 30.10   Appendix 10: Summary of JPU Review Comments




                                                                                                                                             6
1        Non Technical Summary/ Executive Summary

1.1      What is the Sustainability Appraisal?

 1.1.1   „Sustainability‟ is short-hand for „sustainable development‟, a concept which seeks to ensure
         that people‟s everyday needs, such as a place to live and work and facilities for shopping,
         leisure and recreation can be met without harm to the wider environment, and without
         compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. Local planning
         authorities are now required to assess the potential implications for „sustainability‟ arising from
         the future implementation of planning frameworks which they prepare.

 1.1.2   This summary outlines the main findings of the Sustainability Report on the new draft planning
         framework for Kettering Town Centre. The Sustainability Report summarises the joint
         processes of „Sustainability Appraisal‟ and „Strategic Environmental Assessment‟ (SA/SEA) that
         have been undertaken as the planning framework has been progressed. These processes are
         designed to assess the likely effects of the plan‟s implementation upon a number of factors,
         including the environment (issues such as climate change, air quality, nature conservation)
         people and society (e.g. the provision of homes, community facilities and safe surroundings)
         and the economy (such as the provisions of jobs and the regeneration of downgraded areas).
         This appraisal process has taken place as the plan has been prepared in order to ensure that
         the above considerations have been taken into account as policies and proposals are
         developed, and thus to assist with creating a better plan.

 1.1.3   The above process takes the form of a combined SA/SEA. The SA is required by English
         Planning Law and the SEA by European Law. These processes combined allow for a full range
         of environmental, social and economic considerations to be taken into account as the planning
         framework is developed. The SA / SEA has been used to enable Kettering Borough Council to
         incorporate these considerations into their decision making throughout the production of the
         new town centre planning framework.



1.2      What is the Kettering Town Centre Area Action Plan?

 1.2.1   The new town centre planning framework is officially known in planning terms as an „Area
         Action Plan‟ (AAP) and forms part of a suite of documents known as the „Local Development
         Framework‟ or LDF.

 1.2.2   All applications within the plan area will then be determined in accordance with this approved
         planning policy. It is therefore important that due consideration is taken of environmental, social
         and economic factors at the plan preparation stage, in order to ensure that the plan does all
         that it can to promote more „sustainable‟ patterns of future development.


1.3      Plan Vision & Objectives
The Town Centre Area Action Plan has an overall plan vision:

The Vision for the Town Centre is to create a vibrant heart for Kettering; a place that is characterful,
distinctive and fun. The Town Centre will become a focal point for North Northamptonshire.


 1.3.1   The Town Centre Area Action Plan also has seven objectives which are:


 1.      To create a zoned, vibrant town centre which makes the best use of available land and existing
         buildings and maximises the potential for regeneration
                                                                                  2
 2.      To implement a step change in quality retail offer incorporating 20,500m of comparison retail
 3.      To deliver a new residential community and to utilise residential uses to support and
         complement the Quarters.
                                                                                                    7
 4.      To create a town centre characterised by the high quality of urban design, architecture and
         public realm and respect for heritage.
 5.      To create a significant increase in office employment space, along with further regeneration
         opportunities
 6.      To make a safe, welcoming, walkable and well connected town centre
 7.      To deliver a greener town centre with an emphasis on provision of green infrastructure,
         renewable energy initiatives and environmentally efficient buildings to encourage green living


These eight objectives are appraised through the SA/SEA along with the various policies.


1.4      The SA/SEA process

 1.4.1   There are five stages to the SA/SEA process as required by the Government:

           SA Stages
A          Setting the content and objectives of the appraisal, establishing the baseline and
           deciding on the scope.
B          Developing and refining options and assessing effects
C          Preparing the Sustainability Report
D          Consulting on the Sustainability Appraisal Report
E          Monitoring the significant effects of implementing the plan


 1.4.2   Stage A was undertaken in July 2006 when Kettering Borough Council issued a report which
         set out how the proposed appraisal was to be carried out, and what the current „state of the
         environment‟ is in relation to the different appraisal criteria to be used during the assessment
         (see paragraph 1.5.1 below). This report was known as the Scoping Report.

 1.4.3   Stages B and C were completed in order for a SA/SEA to be consulted upon (stage D) in
         August – September 2008. All relevant comments received have been incorporated into this,
         the final version of the SA/SEA.
 1.4.4   This final version informed and supported the Town Centre AAP: Proposed Submission, which
         was consulted on from 16 August 2010 to 25 October 2010. No representations made during
         the consultation necessitated changes to be made to the AAP – therefore, no changes have
         been made to the SA

1.5      Key economic, social and environmental factors

 1.5.1   The SA/SEA incorporates 23 sustainability factors which form objectives for analysis. These
         include seven social factors (such as „community‟ and „liveability‟ - measures of how people
         interact and live their lives), five environmental factors (such as the quality of architecture and
         the built environs), eight natural resource factors (including factors such as air, water and
         minerals) and three economic factors (including jobs and overall wealth). The process of
         appraisal has involved „testing‟ the likely impacts of different policies within the AAP upon each
         of these objectives, taking into account the current state of each of the 23 factors in question
         (i.e. baseline). This has led to the identification a series of potential „significant effects‟ which
         this Report highlights, which have informed the drafting of the AAP. Where necessary /
         appropriate, mitigation measures have been identified and outlined in the AAP.

 1.5.2   The SA/SEA testing and process has also resulted in the selection of over 30 key indicators for
         monitoring the sustainability factors. These have been further considered and used for the
         AAP. Monitoring is important as it shows the effectiveness of the plan and highlights any
         necessary changes to it.




                                                                                                      8
1.6     What the SA/SEA found?

1.6.1   The overall conclusion is that the Town Centre Area Action Plan will make a significant
        contribution to achieving more sustainable patterns of future development. There are elements
        which may have neutral/uncertain or negative impacts on some sustainability factors, but many
        of these relate to criteria which will inevitably be affected by the implementation of new
        development and growth, for example the extraction / use of minerals (needed for construction
        materials), the use of energy and the generation of waste. Notwithstanding these likely
        impacts, the plan proposes measures in respect of each that seek to minimise adverse impacts
        / propose more sustainable approaches towards resource use.

1.6.2   Through testing the implications and proposing mitigation measures within the Town Centre
        Area Action Plan, all policy approaches have been revisited and reassessed in order to
        minimise adverse effects and accentuate positive ones.

1.6.3   The plan objectives and policies have the potential to have the following significant positive
        effects on sustainability and environmental factors:

        Accessibility (including improved access to a wider range of transport choices including
        walking, cycling and public transport, therefore improving accessibility to the town centre),
        Housing (including providing affordable housing), Health, Crime (including a reduction and
        discouraging it), Community, Liveability, Landscape, Cultural Heritage, Built Environment,
        Climate Change, Air and Climate, Water Quality, Water Conservation, Soil and Land (through
        the reuse of previously developed land and high density development), Renewable Energy,
        Waste, Employment (through the creation of a diverse range of job opportunities), Wealth
        Creation and Town Centres (through the enhancement of the vitality and viability of the town
        centre including the provision of additional retail, jobs, residential and leisure facilities).

1.6.4   However, the following potential negative effects have been identified and mitigation required
        through implementation:

        Minerals – this was identified as a factor which the most policies and objectives could have a
        negative impact on as development will inevitably result in increased use of construction
        materials for building. It is a difficult challenge to balance resource conservation with the need
        for regeneration and development and it is considered that the best way to conserve minerals is
        to ensure that wherever possible buildings and materials are reused and construction
        techniques are efficient.

        Energy Use – The Sustainability Appraisal of the Objectives and Policies showed that several
        of the policies/objectives could potentially have a detrimental impact on energy use as new
        development will increase the demand for energy alongside the energy required for
        construction. It is considered that the best way to mitigate against this is to ensure
        developments are of the highest quality design which meets suitability requirements as required
        by policy 3 (Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development Principles) and the
        Northamptonshire Sustainable Design SPD.




                                                                                                  9
2       Sustainability Appraisal Introduction

2.1     Introduction

2.1.1    The primary task of this document is to report the findings of a Sustainability Appraisal (SA) of
         the „Area Action Plan for Kettering Town Centre prepared by Kettering Borough Council (KBC).
         The Area Action Plan will form part of the Local Development Framework and, once approved,
         will replace the policies in the existing adopted Local Plan insofar as they relate to the town
         centre.

2.1.2    The primary purpose of the SA is to provide a robust assessment of the emerging policies and
         proposals within the Area Action Plan and to inform the plan preparation process. Throughout
         the SA, regard has been had to the higher tier „mother‟ SA/SEA carried out by Baker
         Associates on the Core Spatial Strategy (CSS) in January 2007. This is in order to ensure that
         potential sustainable development implications of the CSS are carried forward and also that the
         policy directions of the Town Centre Area Action Plan are informed by a robust sustainability
         analysis. The SA has been carried out in line with the former ODPM‟s good practice on
         sustainability appraisal and the European Community Directive on Strategic Environmental
         Assessment.


2.2     The Kettering Town Centre Area Action Plan

2.2.1    The Town Centre Area Action Plan provides an integrated strategy for the Town Centre. The
         AAP sets out a clear vision for Kettering town centre based on the development of eight
         distinctive "quarters"; demonstrates how this vision is being delivered, led by the Borough
         Council's Suite 16 Regeneration Programme; and provides the policy framework for bringing
         forward significant regeneration on key sites and for assessing planning applications in the
         town centre.

2.2.2    Public consultation on the Preferred Options Town Centre Area Action Plan took place in
         August 2008. The responses to this consultation were used to develop the Proposed
         Submission Town AAP. The Proposed Submission AAP was consulted on from 16 August 2010
         to 25 October 2010. No representations made during the consultation necessitated changes to
         be made to the AAP – therefore, no changes have been made to the SA




                                                                                                 10
3       Background to the Sustainability Appraisal

3.1     The sustainability appraisal process

3.1.1    The purpose of this appraisal is to better inform decision makers on the potential implications
         for sustainability that are likely to arise following the future implementation of the AAP, and to
         ensure that the implications of the AAP in helping to achieve more sustainable forms of
         development are recognised. This appraisal has been carried out by Kettering Borough
         Council, and peer reviewed by the North Northamptonshire Joint Planning Unit (JPU). A
         summary of the review comments are provided in Appendix 10. However it is based on the SA
         report prepared by Savills at the Preferred Options stage.

        Sustainable development
3.1.2    In order to undertake the SA and to assist in explaining its findings, it is necessary to establish
         what is meant by sustainable development. The Town Centre Area Action Plan SA/SEA adopts
         the same definitions as the CSS SA/SEA. The general understanding of the term is repeated
         below.

3.1.3    The essence of 'sustainable development' is development which meets people‟s needs now
         whilst ensuring this does not prevent people in the future from meeting their needs.

3.1.4    However, this definition may be overly simplistic as inherent to the concept is the principle of
         „intergenerational equity'; that is, that the degree of access to the planet's resources should be
         no less in the future than it is for the present population. Implicit too in the idea of sustainable
         development is a concern for „intragenerational equity‟; that is, that the consumption of
         resources by some should not deny the needs of others. Sustainable development is often
         perceived as a 'human-centred' concept, but this is to neglect the overriding importance of the
         planet's continuing ability to support all forms of life.

3.1.5    Sustainable development is undoubtedly a complex idea, embracing as it does economic,
         environmental and social concerns, and matters that vary from local to global in their extent. A
         concern for sustainability means taking a very long term perspective and this applies to the
         sustainability of the LDF as a whole and the need to think beyond the plan period for its
         component parts, including the Town Centre AAP.

3.1.6    In defining sustainable development a good place to start is the UK Government‟s strategy, „A
         Better Quality of Life‟ (May 1999), which defined sustainable development in terms of four
         objectives. These are:


         social progress which recognises the needs of everyone
         effective protection of the environment
         prudent use of natural resources
         maintenance of high and stable levels of economic growth and employment.

3.1.7    This approach has now been updated following the publication of the new UK strategy for
         sustainable development „Securing the Future‟. This was produced in conjunction with the UK
         shared strategy framework „One future – different paths‟ (March 2005) which gives the purpose
         of sustainable development as a goal that:

        „…will be pursued in an integrated way through a sustainable, innovative and productive
        economy that delivers high levels of employment, and a just society that promotes social
        inclusion, sustainable communities and personal well-being. This will be done in ways that
        protect and enhance the physical and natural environment, and use resources and energy as
        efficiently as possible‟.
                                                                                                    11
3.1.8    „Securing the Future‟ also sets out five guiding principles that will replace the four aims of the
         old strategy, as quoted above and that appear in published Planning Policy Statements (PPS)
         and PPS Supplements. The strategy defines sustainable development as:


         living within environmental limits
         ensuring a strong and healthy and just society
         achieving a sustainable economy
         promoting good governance
         using sound science responsibly

3.1.9    However, the headings used in the 1999 definition are used in this appraisal (as with the CSS
         SA/SEA) as they are a tried and tested way of organising the sustainability framework.
         Although the five new themes do add a layer of detail to the definition of what sustainable
         development entails, they are less useful for the practical purpose of appraisal. In addition it
         may be more suitable for economic objectives to take into account the need for a sustainable
         economy to be better integrated into the other goals for sustainable development, and therefore
         reword the objective relating to economic growth. In addition the four themes of sustainable
         development have been used since the beginning of the SA process, and have already been
         subject to consultation, and agreement, with relevant consultees, during scoping.



3.2     Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) and Sustainability Appraisal (SA)

3.2.1    An SA must be carried out in order to fulfil the statutory requirements from the Planning &
         Compulsory Purchase Act 2004. The SA is also being undertaken in such a way so as to meet
         the requirements of the European Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) Directive
         (2001/42/EC) and Statutory Instrument 1633 „The Environmental Assessment of Plans and
         Programmes‟ Regulations, 2004. SEA and SA are being undertaken together as a combined
         process with this draft report being common to both.

3.2.2    The requirements for SEA come directly from European legislation, and are set out in a
         Directive that is common to all of the Member States of the European Union. In England the
         Directive has been transposed into Regulations. The Regulations came into force in July 2004,
         and require certain types of defined „plan or programme‟ to undergo environmental
         assessment, to a strict set of environmental criteria that are included in Schedule 2 of the
         Regulations. Development plans are identified as one of the types of „plan or programme‟ that
         must be assessed. However, as development plans in the form of LDF and Regional Spatial
         Strategy (RSS) are already statutorily required to undergo SA it was decided by the former
         ODPM that the best way to proceed, following the commencement of the SEA Regulations, was
         to ensure that the process by which SA was carried out complied with the very specific
         regulatory requirements of SEA. In this appraisal SA is short-hand for a combined SA and
         SEA.

3.2.3    The main divergence between the two processes is that SEA has very strict regulatory
         processes to be completed in order to legally comply with the Regulations. The SA process is
         only set out through guidance, from various sources, and therefore the requirements of the
         process are more open to interpretation. A further difference is that SEA is primarily concerned
         with environmental sustainability, whereas SA is concerned with the wider sustainability
         agenda, including social and economic implications (although the SEA Regulations do cover
         some socio-economic issues such as „Population‟). In this SA the ODPM guidance on
         „Sustainability Appraisal of Regional Spatial Strategies and Local Development Frameworks‟
         (November, 2005) is the basis for the appraisal. This is in accordance with the higher tier
         „mother‟ SA/SEA conducted for the CSS.


3.3     Regulatory requirements for SA

3.3.1    The SA Guidance and SEA Directive contain specific requirements as to how the combined
                                                                                        12
          SA/SEA, should be reported, as a key output of the process.

 3.3.2    As the SA is not controlled by strict regulatory requirements, and the SEA process is, the
          guidelines for SA production use the SEA Regulations as the basis for the reporting
          requirements for the combined procedure. The complete requirements for an environmental
          report as part of SEA can be found in Schedule 2 of the SEA Regulations. The final SA Report
          to accompany the version of the Town Centre Area Action Plan must include:

          the baseline environment of the town centre area, including any problems / issues identified;
          the predicted effects of the draft plan and how they were evaluated;
          the outcome of assessment of alternatives to the chosen option;
          how environmental considerations were taken into account in the plan;
          how any environmental effects identified in the appraisal may be mitigated ;
          the proposed monitoring arrangements to assess the future performance of the plan.

 3.3.3    The approach taken to the reporting of the final SA includes the specific reporting requirements
          of SEA. This essentially means that matters to be considered as part of the report go beyond
          the environmental, to include social well being and economic performance. Figure 3.1
          summarises how the SEA Directive‟s requirements have been met in this final SA/SEA of the
          Town Centre Area Action Plan.

Figure: 3.1 Meeting the SEA Directive‟s requirements
          Requirement                                         Where met
a) An outline of the content, main objective of the plan      CSS SA/SEA Scoping Report
and relationship with other relevant plans or                 (Town Centre Area Action Plan)
programmes.                                                   and Sections 6-28 and Appendix 8
                                                              of this SA report
b) Relevant aspects of the current state of the               CSS SA/SEA Scoping Report
environment and its likely evolution without the              (Town Centre Area Action Plan)
implementation of the plan.                                   and Sections 6-28 of this SA
                                                              report
c) The environmental characteristics of the areas likely to   CSS SA/SEA Scoping Report
be significantly affected.                                    (Town Centre Area Action Plan)
                                                              and Sections 6-28 of this SA
                                                              report
d) Any existing environmental problems (issues) in            CSS SA/SEA Scoping Report
particular those relating to areas designated under the       (Town Centre Area Action Plan)
Habitats and Birds Directive.                                 and Sections 6-28 of this SA
                                                              report
e) The environmental protection objectives which are          CSS SA/SEA Scoping Report
relevant to the plan or programme, and the way those          (Town Centre Area Action Plan)
objectives have been taken into account in its                and Sections 6-28 of this SA
preparations.                                                 report
f) The likely significant effects on the environmental (and   Sections 6-28 and appendices 3 to
economic and social implications).                            5 of this SA report
g) reduce and offset any significant adverse effects,,,,,     Sections 6-28 and appendices 3 to
                                                              5 of this SA report
h) An outline of the reasons for selecting the alternatives   Sections 6-28 and appendices 4 to
dealt with…..                                                 5 of this SA report
i)….and a description of how the assessment was               Sections 4 & 5 and Sections 6-28
undertaken, any problems and measure as regards               of this SA report
monitoring etc.
j) A non-technical summary…..                                 Section 1 of this SA report


3.4      Stages of SA and the key reporting stages

 3.4.1    Figure 3.2 shows the main reporting stages, as set out in the ODPM guidance, for the SA of
          Development Plan Documents. This report forms the final SA Report of the Town Centre Area
                                                                                                  13
          Action Plan.

Figure 3.2 Key stages of SA/SEA process




3.5      Consultation procedures

 3.5.1    Kettering Borough Council welcomes your views on this document and invites you to make
          comments in the following ways:

             On-line: Comments can be made via the web on Kettering Borough Council‟s on-line
              consultation portal. The web address is http://consult.kettering.gov.uk/portal.

             In writing to: Planning Policy, Development Services, Kettering Borough Council, Bowling
              Green Road, Kettering, NN15 7QX.

         Please ensure that your comments reach us by 5:30pm on 25 October 2010.

         Any queries about the preparation of the AAP, or supporting documents, should also be
         forwarded to the Policy and Infrastructure Team using the contact details above or by telephone
         on 01536 534316.




                                                                                               14
4       Appraisal Methodology

4.1      Approach adopted for the SA/SEA

4.1.1   The SA/SEA has been undertaken and this report been prepared having regard to the ODPM
        guidance Sustainability Appraisals of Regional Spatial Strategies and Local Development
        Documents (2005). This guidance breaks down the main tasks which relate to the
        incorporation of SA/SEA within the DPD process into five key stages – grouped from „A‟ to „E‟.
                      SA Stages
         A            Setting the content and objectives of the appraisal, establishing the
                      baseline and deciding on the scope.
         B            Developing and refining options and assessing effects
         C            Preparing the Sustainability Report
         D            Consulting on the Sustainability Appraisal Report
         E            Monitoring the significant effects of implementing the plan



4.1.2   Stage A of the guidance comprises the „pre-production‟ stage and was initially undertaken by
        Kettering Borough Council (KBC) during 2006. This process involved the Council setting the
        context for the SA/SEA including the identification of key baseline information, and deciding on
        the scope of the SA/SEA report. This stage of the process was summarised through the
        Scoping Report published in July 2006 which accompanied the Issues and Options Town
        Centre Area Action Plan.

4.1.3   In developing the methodology for the Town Centre Area Action Plan SA/SEA, as outlined
        elsewhere within this Report, KBC adopted the same approach to that adopted within the
        SA/SEA undertaken for the CSS which comprises the overarching „mother‟ SA/SEA. This
        ensures consistency of approach between the higher and lower tier documents, including the
        use of the 23 sustainability topics which set the framework for appraisal (Task A4 of the
        suggested ODPM approach).

4.1.4   The vast majority of plans and programmes appraised during the CSS SA/SEA process are of
        relevance to the town centre and, as such, the majority of the Task A1 assessment (ODPM
        guidelines) was already undertaken. A review has, however, been undertaken in order to
        ensure that any such plans and programmes identified in respect of the CSS and not of direct
        relevance to the Town Centre Area Action Plan are excluded, while a number of additional ones
        have been added. The ensuing composite table is set out in Appendix 8. Paragraphs 4.7.8 to
        4.7.9 later in this section and appendix 8 discuss the relevant plans and programmes in more
        detail.

4.1.5   An assessment of baseline information (Task A2) was set out in the Scoping Report issued by
        Kettering Borough Council in June 2006 and used as a basis for this assessment. The salient
        issues from the Scoping Report have been extracted and transposed into this SA/SEA Report,
        along with a synopsis of relevant „higher level‟ baseline information similarly extracted from the
        CSS SA/SEA. This process is outlined in more detail later in this section. Relevant
        sustainability issues and problems identified at Scoping stage have similarly been extracted
        and presented within this report (Task A3).

4.1.6   Kettering Borough Council (KBC) undertook a scoping consultation exercise in July 2006 in
        accordance with Task A5 of the ODPM guidelines. The responses received are outlined in
        appendix 2.

4.1.7   The approach to drafting the SA/SEA for the Preferred Options Town Centre Area Action Plan,
        including developing and refining various policy options and assessing their effects (Stage B of
        the ODPM guidance) was influenced by the scoping exercise undertaken by KBC and also
        information within the higher tier CSS SA/SEA. Since 2006 a large amount of background work

                                                                                                 15
        and technical evidence has also been compiled for the town centre which has assisted with
        refining options and developing the preferred options.

4.1.8   The approach to undertaking the appraisal is outlined in greater detail within this section of the
        Report.

4.1.9   Stage C of the guidance was undertaken at the Preferred Options stage and this report has
        now been updated to reflect changes made to the document in the preparation of the Proposed
        Submission Area Action Plan. Stage D of the guidance was undertaken through the
        consultation on the Preferred Options SA and through appraising significant changes made to
        the document in the preparation of this SA of the Proposed Submission Town Centre Area
        Action Plan. No representations made during the Proposed Submission consultation
        necessitated changes to be made to the AAP – therefore, no changes have been made to the
        SA



4.2     Scoping Report responses

4.2.1   As outlined above, the „Stage A‟ SA / SEA process culminated in the publication by KBC of a
        Scoping Report for consultation in June 2006. Two representations were received - from
        English Heritage & Natural England - which are included in Appendix two. The other statutory
        consultees including the Environment Agency and the Government Office for the East Midlands
        (GOEM) had no comments to make at the Scoping Report stage.

4.2.2   Natural England supported the Sustainability Objectives as outlined. They commented on the
        need for the Strategic Green Infrastructure study for Northamptonshire led by the River Nene
        Regional Park to be incorporated as a relevant plan or programme. This has been incorporated.
        English Heritage had no significant comments to make regarding the appraisal process.

4.2.3   Natural England opposed the omission of any AAP objectives relating to the protection and
        enhancement of biodiversity, green infrastructure or landscape character and requested
        reconsideration. This issue was considered to have been addressed by the recasting of the
        Preferred Options Town Centre Area Action Plan objectives 1 and 7.

4.2.4   English Heritage commented on the need for an up to date Conservation Area Appraisal; this
        has now been undertaken and forms an important „relevant plan or programme’ (see appendix
        8).


4.3     Draft Sustainability Appraisal Report Responses

4.3.1   Consultation on the Draft Sustainability Appraisal report took place in August and September
        2008 alongside the Preferred Options Town Centre Area Action Plan. At this stage consultation
        included all consultation bodies and business and residents in the area and was widely
        publicised through notices in the press, exhibitions and letters and e-mails to those registered in
        the consultation database. Documents were available on the Councils website and to view at
        the Council‟s offices and libraries in the borough.

4.3.2   The only consultation response was from Northamptonshire Police who provided an update on
        the crime situation in Kettering Town Centre. This information has been incorporated into
        section 9 of this report.


4.4     Adopting the CSS SA/SEA methodology & sustainability framework

4.4.1   The central purpose of the sustainability framework is to define what is meant by sustainable
        development for the SA process in order to assess the component parts of the LDF. In some
        instances it may be suitable to only use the framework as the basis for general comment on the
        performance of the plan, for example in the appraisal of alternatives. In other situations where
        there are defined policies it will be suitable to use the framework for detailed appraisal of each
        policy and its performance against each objective, as a matrix based appraisal, as in this stage
        of the appraisal.

                                                                                                  16
4.4.2   The key component within the sustainability framework is the selection of sustainability
        objectives. These need to be defined at the outset of the SA process in order to provide a
        robust basis for the SA, and to be used as a consistent framework for assessment.

4.4.3   The sustainability framework consists of 23 topics grouped under the four sustainable
        development headings of the 1999 Government strategy. These are supported by objectives
        for the individual topics, showing what change is expected to be delivered through the plan.
        The framework was originally part of the AAP Scoping Report, as indicated in paragraph 5.1.3.

4.4.4   The sustainability framework and particularly the sustainability objectives were originally
        developed by the North Northamptonshire Joint Planning Unit following consultation with
        relevant key stakeholders through the scoping process of the CSS SA/SEA. The framework
        has progressed through several different iterations, with input from the baseline data collation
        exercise and stakeholder input. It has also involved input following the Issues and Options/
        Scoping Report stage of the Town Centre Area Action Plan and the Preferred Options/
        Developing and refining options stage. As such, the SA Objectives and methodology have
        been well tested through the wider LDF process.

4.4.5   The detailed framework along with a series of sub-objectives in respect of each of the 23 topics
        is set out in Appendix 1. This also indicates the way in which the sustainability topics relate to
        the requirements of the SEA Directive. Appendix 7 contains a series of questions in relation to
        each topic, which enable the assessment to be undertaken on a consistent basis throughout.

4.4.6   It should be noted that one change was made to the „mother‟ CSS SA/SEA process at the
        „submission stage‟ to make the SA Objectives suitable for the appraisal of the LDF. This was
        the removal of the sustainability objective relating to „infrastructure‟. The reasoning was that
        the infrastructure objective is not a resource capital (or sustainability topic) and instead is a
        policy objective. The objective also lacked clear definition and „infrastructure‟ as an objective of
        sustainable development is likely to be too broad to allow meaningful use and understanding,
        especially as it covers topics as diverse as school provision to waste water treatment facilities
        and can also be taken to apply to the capacity of roads. Therefore appropriate travel and
        transport infrastructure is covered by „wealth creation‟, „accessibility‟, „employment‟ and the
        environmental implications of utilities infrastructure are covered by objectives such as „water‟
        and „energy‟, and matters such as community and education/skills infrastructure are covered by
        these topics. This change represents the only change to the SA Objectives from the Kettering
        Town Centre „Issues and Options‟ Area Action Plan Scoping Report.


4.4.7   A number of „givens‟ have been established through the CSS plan process as appraised by the
        higher tier CSS SA/SEA, for example the level of retail growth allocated towards Kettering.
        These have been considered within the Town Centre Area Action Plan SA/SEA appraisal
        framework which assesses those impacts specific to the town centre, for example the nature of
        the retail growth.


4.4.8   Figure 4.1 shows the sustainability framework (comprising the 23 sustainability objectives
        defined by topic and grouped within the four broad categories referred to above. As indicated
        previously, Appendices one and seven of this report contains a fuller sustainability framework
        than shown in Figure 4.1. This is the same as the „mother‟ CSS SA/SEA and includes, in
        addition to headlines and main objectives, sub-objectives, key questions and possible
        indicators for each issue. The indicators have been developed to ensure they are relevant to
        the monitoring of a spatial plan, and able to be related through cause and effect relationships
        with the strategy, policies and proposals of the LDF. Therefore the sustainability framework in
        Figure 4.1 shows only those indicators that could be relevant to the LDF.

4.4.9   The sub-objectives in Appendices one and seven are also useful in order to assist in the
        appraisal process as they allow for a fuller explanation and better interpretation of each
        objective, so that those undertaking the appraisal and those reading the appraisal have a
        common understanding.




                                                                                                   17
Figure 4.1: Sustainability framework adopted for the Town Centre Area Action Plan SA/SEA adopted from
the CSS SA/SEA




                                                                                            18
SA Topic                       SA Objective

Social progress which recognises the needs of everyone
Accessibility                  Enable people all to have similar and sufficient levels of access to services,
                               facilities and opportunities
Housing                        Provide the opportunity for people to meet their housing needs
Health                         Improve overall levels of physical, mental and social well-being, and reduce
                               disparities between different groups and different areas
Crime                          Reduce the incidences of crime and the fear of crime
Community                      Value and nurture a sense of belonging in a cohesive community whilst respecting
                               diversity
Skills                         Assist people in gaining the skills to fulfil their potential and increase their
                               contribution to society and the economy
Liveability                    To create healthy, clean and pleasant environments for people to enjoy living,
                               working and for recreation and to protect and enhance residential amenity
Effective protection of the environment
Biodiversity                   To protect, maintain and enhance the diversity and abundance of species and their
                               habitats to implement a net gain and to avoid habitat fragmentation
Landscape                      Maintain and enhance the quality, character and local distinctiveness of the
                               landscape, including its contribution to the setting and character of settlements
Cultural Heritage              Protect and enhance sites, features and areas of historical, archaeological,
                               geological and cultural value and their settings
Built Environment              Maintain and enhance the quality and distinctiveness of the built environment
Climate Change                 Reduce the emissions of greenhouse gases and protect people from the effects of
                               climate change
Prudent Use of natural resources
Air                            Reduce all forms of air pollution in the interests of local air quality and the integrity
                               of the atmosphere
Water Quality                  Maintain and improve the quality of ground and river waters
Water Conservation       and   Ensure adequate water supply, maximise water efficiency and reduce the risk of
Management                     flooding
Soil and Land                  Ensure the efficient use of land and maintain the resource of productive soil
Minerals                       Ensure the efficient use of minerals and primary resources
Energy Use                     Minimise energy consumption, increase energy efficiency and maintain the stock of
                               non renewable energy sources
Renewable Energy               Increase the opportunities for energy generation from renewable sources


Waste                          Reduce the consumption of finite materials and increase reuse and recycling
Maintenance of economic growth and employment
Employment                     Maintain and enhance employment opportunities and to reduce the disparities
                               arising from unequal access to jobs
Wealth Creation                Retain and enhance the factors which are conducive to wealth creation, including
                               infrastructure and the local strengths and qualities that are attractive to visitors and
                               investors
Town Centres                   Protect and enhance the vitality and viability of town centres and market towns


 4.4.10       The SEA regulations require the assessment of the likely significant effects of the Town
              Centre Area Action Plan. The first stage of the assessment process, in accordance with Task
              B1 in the ODPM guidelines, was to test the DPD objectives against the SA framework. The
              assessment was undertaken on the basis of a matrix, which set the Objectives against the 23
              sustainability criteria.

 4.4.11       The resultant assessment matrix is enclosed within Appendix 4. Section 5 of the Report
              summarises the conclusions of the appraisal on an objective by objective basis.

 4.4.12       Stages B1 to B3 of the ODPM recommended approach relates to the assessment which
              accompanies the development of DPD options and the prediction and evaluation of DPD
              effects. This process commenced with the SA/SEA undertaken by KBC at Issues and Option
              stages, and, as part of the iterative process of appraisal, has been taken forward throughout the

                                                                                                                  19
          refinement of these options through the Preferred Options stage and on to the Proposed
          Submission Stage. Through the assessment process, the sustainability implications of all
          potential policy approaches have been considered, including alternative options not pursued,
          although through necessity the only detailed policy appraisal matrices contained within this
          Report are those that relate to the Proposed Submission policies.


4.5      Issues and Options Appraisal

 4.5.1    The Issues and Options Kettering Town Centre Area Action Plan set out a total of 57 issues
          with accompanying draft policies for the future development and redevelopment of the town
          centre. This document, prepared by KBC, was publically consulted on in 2006 and the
          responses gathered and analysed by KBC along with other emerging evidence. A Sustainability
          Appraisal (2006) accompanied the Issues & Options consultation document. At the Issues and
          Options stage some options were found to be incapable of being tested through Sustainability
          Appraisal / Strategic Environmental Assessment process due to their nature / type.

 4.5.2    Through an analysis of the responses received from the public consultation and detailed work
          on policy formulation, the options from the Issues and Options stage were refined and
          developed into preferred policy directions to be included within the Preferred Options Area
          Action Plan. Consideration was given to the conclusions of the sustainability appraisal
          undertaken at Issues and Options stage in making these amendments. A summary of this
          process is contained within Appendix 3 of this Report. As well as refining the options from the
          Area Action Plan, new policies were also drafted in response to consultation comments and the
          emerging evidence base. In all cases, alternative options were considered and assessed.


4.6      Appraisal of Preferred Policy Options

 4.6.1    The assessment of Preferred Policy Options was carried out by Savills consultants. In total 27
          policy directions were taken forward and included within the Preferred Options Area Action
          Plan. A number of alternative options were also considered as part of this process but it was
          not recommended that these should be pursued.

 4.6.2    An assessment designed to give an initial indication of the likely sustainability effects of the
          draft AAP was undertaken by policy and urban quarter/ site prior to the detailed appraisal taking
          place. The results of this are shown in Figure 4.2. This provides an introduction of the likely
          effects which were subsequently assessed in greater detail.

 4.6.3    The initial assessment demonstrated broad positive impacts arising from the Preferred Options
          Town Centre Area Action Plan, more so with regard to the environment followed by social and
          economic factors ahead of natural resource factors. Uncertain effects were identified as being
          likely to exist with regard to some economic, environmental and social factors with some
          negative impacts with regards to natural resources. The latter is only to be expected given that
          development / growth will inevitably involve the use of resources, however the detailed
          appraisal subsequently undertaken demonstrates how, in many instances, these potential
          effects can be minimised / mitigated.

 4.6.4    The initial assessment formed a useful tool when developing the preferred policies, areas and
          sites as it helped to steer the direction of the Preferred Options Town Centre Area Action Plan
          without having to undertake detailed assessment of each theoretical option at this stage.

Figure 4.2 Initial SA Assessment of the possible effects of indicative 'preferred policies and sites'

                                                         Overall SA Topics
                      Maintenance    of      Prudent Use of Effective protection          Social    progress
                      economic growth        natural resources     of the environment     which recognises
                      and employment                                                      the    needs    of
                                                                                          everyone
Preferred Policy Options
KTC 1                           ●                     X                      ?                      ●
KTC 2                           ●                     -                      ?                      ?
KTC 3                           ●                     -                      -                      ●

                                                                                                        20
KTC 4                               ●                      X                     ●                              ●
KTC 5                               ●                      X                     ●                              ●
KTC 6                               ●                      X                     ●                              ●
KTC 7                               ●                      X                     ?                              ?
KTC 8                               ●                      ●                     ●                              ●
KTC 9                               ?                      ●                     ●                              ●
KTC 10                              ?                      ●                     ●                              ●
KTC 11                              ?                      ●                     ●                              ●
KTC 12                              ?                      X                     ?                              ?
KTC 13                              ?                       -                    ?                              ●
KTC 14                              ?                      X                     ?                              ?
KTC 15                              ?                      ●                     ●                              ●
KTC 16                              -                       -                    -                              ●
KTC 17                              -                      ●                     ●                              ●
KTC 18                              ●                       -                    -                              ●
KTC 19                              ?                       -                    ●                              -
                                   Sites & Policies within the eight Urban Quarters
KTC 20 Shopping                     ●                       -                    ●                              -
Quarter
KTC 21 The Yards                   ●                         -                       ●                          -
KTC 22 Socialising                 ●                         -                       ●                          -
and Craft Quarter
KTC 23 Restaurant                  ●                         -                       ●                          -
Quarter
KTC 24 New                         ●                         -                       ●                          -
Residential Q.
KTC 25 Station                     ●                         -                       ●                          -
Quarter
KTC 26 Cultural                    ●                         -                       ●                          -
Quarter
KTC 27 Headlands                   ●                         -                       ●                          -
Quarter
                                              Implementation & Delivery
KTC 28                             ●                     ?                           ?                          ●

Key
      Likely to contribute to the achievement of greater sustainability according to the identified objective        ●
      Likely to detract from the achievement of greater sustainability according to the identified objective         x
      Likely effect but too unpredictable to specify, or multiple impacts potentially both positive and
                                                                                                                     ?
      negative
      No identifiable relationship between the topic covered in the policy and the sustainability concern            –


 4.6.5      In accordance with the SEA Directive and guidance contained within the „Sustainability
            Appraisal of Regional Spatial Strategies and Local Development Documents‟ (ODPM 2005) an
            appraisal of each preferred policy option or proposal was subsequently undertaken against
            each of the 23 sustainability criteria previously outlined. The results of this appraisal process
            were presented on a policy by policy basis. In each case, a brief summary of why the
            alternative options considered and rejected were not pursued was also provided alongside the
            detailed sustainability appraisal. The alternative options were not taken forward for a number of
            reasons, including potential conflict with government guidance and the overall aims and vision
            of the Area Action Plan, along with issues relating to specific sustainability criteria.

 4.6.6      The assessment of all options showed clearly why in terms of sustainability, the preferred
            options and policy directions put forward are the most appropriate having considered all
            alternatives. The findings of this assessment are set out in table 4.3 below and summarised in
            Appendix 5.

 4.6.7      Potential effects were considered on the basis of short, medium and long-term time effects. It
            was decided at the outset that, as a general rule, short term effects would be those likely to
            occur within the first half of the AAP period (between 2008 – 2016) and long-term effects in the
            latter half of the AAP (between 2012 – 2019). As required by the ODPM guidance,
            consideration was given to the probability, duration and frequency of potential effects, as well
            as secondary, synergistic and cumulative effects, throughout the assessment process.
                                                                                                                    21
 Table 4.3 Summary Assessment of Alternative Options


Preferred Option    Alternatives           Summary of alternatives       Reasons for
                    considered             appraisal                     progressing
                                                                         Preferred Option
KTC 1 – Retail      Non retail solely      This would have a negative    The preferred options
led growth with     housing and/ or        impact on objectives town     is clearly the most
additional          office led growth.     centres and accessibility.    sustainable option
residential and     No growth or           This would have a negative    and has a positive
office              regeneration.          effect on a number of         impact on a large
development.                               objectives including town     number of the
Focus on high                              centre, accessibility,        objectives, the only
quality design                             employment and wealth         negative impacts
and architecture,                          creation.                     relate to mineral and
respect for         To not require high    Impact on most SA             energy use which are
heritage and        quality design         objectives is uncertain as    related to
enhanced public     approaches but         would be dependent upon       construction and
realm and           allow „ad hoc‟         individual applications.      would be the same
sustainability.     approaches.                                          for any option which
                    To not incorporate     This would have a negative    requires substantial
                    a mixed use            effect on objective town      development.
                    approach.              centres.
                    To follow a solely     This would have a negative
                    led approach           impact on objectives town
                    (social,               centre and accessibility.
                    environmental or
                    economic).
KTC2 –              Different town         This would have a negative    The preferred option
Concentrates        centre boundary.       impact on objectives town     performs best
growth within the                          centres and accessibility.    against the
PSA, NRQ, SQ        No defined area(s)     This would have a negative    sustainability criteria.
and STQ and         for growth.            impact on objectives built    The boundary gives
defines the town                           environment and cultural      careful consideration
centre boundary.                           heritage and uncertain        to existing and future
                                           impacts on a large number     communities and the
                                           of other objectives.          need for regeneration
                    Different              This would potentially have   had has positive
                    concentrations of      a negative impact on          impact s on
                    growth.                objectives build              objectives
                                           environment, cultural         accessibility,
                                           heritage and town centres.    community, livability,
                                                                         cultural heritage, built
                                                                         environment, soil and
                                                                         land and town
                                                                         centres.
KTC3 – Design       To implement           Although generic design       The preferred option
led regeneration    generic overarching    guidance could have a         has a significant
involving eight     design guidance        positive impact on            positive impact on
clearly defined     with no expanding      objectives provision of       objectives
urban quarters.     principles of „area    detailed area specific        accessibility,
                    specific‟ codes.       guidance will have a much     community, livability,
                                           more positive impact on SA    cultural heritage, built
                                           objectives.                   environment, soil and
                    To not consider        This would have a negative    land and town
                    design as a            impact on objectives built    centres and is the
                    relevant subject for   environment, cultural         most sustainable
                    the AAP.               heritage and livability.      option.
KTC4 – Retail       Not allocating a       This would have a negative    The preferred option
led regeneration    retail area (PSA).     impact on the vitality and    performed the best

                                                                                                    22
within a primary                           viability of the town centre   against the SA
shopping area                              and would therefore have a     objectives and had a
with defined                               negative impact on SA          strong positive
primary and                                objective town centres.        impact on objectives
secondary           No retail growth.      This would have a negative     accessibility,
shopping                                   impact on objectives town      employment, wealth
frontages.                                 centres and wealth             creation and town
                                           creation.                      centres the only
                    Strict primary and     A strict approach would        negative impacts
                    secondary retail       have a negative impact on      related to energy use
                    definitions and        diversity within the town      and minerals.
                    allocations.           centre and would have a
                                           negative impact on
                                           objectives town centres,
                                           wealth creation and
                                           employment.
KTC5 – Greater      Non retail solely      This would not create a        The preferred option
level of office     housing and/ or        diverse town centre and        performs best
development         office led growth.     would have a negative          against the SA
focused on the                             impact on objectives town      objectives and has
STQ.                                       centre and wealth creation.    positive impacts on
                    No growth or           This would have a negative     objectives
                    regeneration.          impact on objectives town      accessibility, skills,
                                           centres, wealth creation       employment, wealth
                                           and employment.                creation and town
                    No office growth.      This would not create a        centres.
                                           diverse town centre and
                                           would have a negative
                                           impact on objectives
                                           employment, wealth
                                           creation and town centres.
KTC6 –              To not provide for,    Restricting these uses         The preferred option
Encourage           or to restrict         would have a negative          to encourage these
leisure and         additional leisure,    impact on objectives           uses would have a
cultural            culture and tourism    cultural heritage,             positive impact on
development         facilities.            accessibility, town centres,   objectives
and safeguards                             community and livability.      accessibility,
existing cultural   To not safeguard       The loss of these uses         community and town
uses.               existing uses.         would have a negative          centres and is the
                                           impact on objectives           most sustainable
                                           cultural heritage,             option.
                                           accessibility, town centres,
                                           community and livability.
KTC7 – Focuses      To promote a           This would have a negative     The preferred option
restaurant in the   significant increase   impact on objectives crime,    has positive impacts
RQ. Restricts       in A4 public houses    livability and town centres.   on accessibility,
A3, A4 and A5       and night clubs.                                      community,
uses.               To disregard the       Not to consider this as an     employment, wealth
                    evening economy        issue would have a             creation and town
                    as an issue.           negative impact on             centres and is the
                                           objectives crime, livability   most sustainable
                                           community and town             options when
                                           centres.                       compared with the
                    To spread evening      Focusing this type of          alternatives.
                    activity throughout    activity through out the
                    the town centre.       town centre would have a
                                           negative impact on
                                           objective crime.
KTC8 –              To not require high    This would have a negative     The preferred option
Promotes high       quality design         impact on objectives built     is clearly more
quality design      approaches but         environment and cultural       sustainable than the

                                                                                                   23
through use of      allow „ad hoc‟         heritage.                      alternatives and
design codes        approaches.                                           would have a positive
and                 To implement           Although generic design        impact on landscape,
environmental       generic overarching    guidance could have a          cultural heritage, built
sustainability.     design guidance        positive impact on             environment, climate
                    with no expanding      objectives provision of        change, water
                    principles of codes.   detailed area specific         conservation and
                                           guidance will have a much      management,
                                           more positive impact on SA     renewable energy,
                                           objectives.                    waste, wealth
                    To not consider        This would have a negative     creation and town
                    design as a            impact on objectives built     centres.
                    relevant subject for   environment, cultural
                    the AAP.               heritage and livability.
                    To not consider        This would have a negative
                    sustainability.        impact on objectives
                                           climate change, minerals,
                                           energy use and health.
KTC9 – To           To not outline a       This would have a negative     The preferred option
maintain and        planning approach      impact on objectives           is clearly the most
enhance             with regard to         health, community and          sustainable when
amenity.            amenity.               livability.                    compared to the
                                                                          alternative option.
KTC10 – To          Do minimum: non        This would have a negative     The preferred option
adopt and           highway planned        impact on objectives           is clearly the most
overall access      improvements.          accessibility, health,         sustainable as this
and movement                               climate change and air.        promotes a move to
strategy which      To increase            This would have a negative     more sustainable
seeks to            capacity of the one    impact on objectives           modes of transport
promote modal       way system and         accessibility, health,         and would have a
shift. Promoting    convert Montagu        climate change and air.        strong positive
walking and         Street into a two                                     impact on objectives
cycling and         way route.                                            accessibility and
creating a street   Re-open Newlands       This would have a negative     town centres.
hierarchy.          St and close           impact on objectives
                    Rockingham Road        accessibility, health,
                    along with the         climate change and air.
                    expansion of the
                    one way system.
                    Car based              This would have a negative
                    approach, one way,     impact on objectives
                    two lane ring road.    accessibility, health,
                                           climate change and air.
KTC11 –             To prioritise other    This would have a negative     The preferred option
Priorities          transport modes.       impact on objectives           is clearly the most
pedestrians,                               accessibility, health,         sustainable and
cyclists and                               climate change and air.        would have a positive
public transport                                                          impact on
over private                                                              accessibility, health,
cars.                                                                     climate change, air
                                                                          quality and town
                                                                          centres.
KTC12 –             Increase car           This would have a negative     The preferred option
Redistribution of   parking without        impact on objective soil and   performs bester than
parking with        new development.       land as it would not make      the alternative
provision of                               best use of land. It would     options against the
additional                                 also have a negative           SA objectives
parking                                    impact on objectives           however there are
alongside new                              climate change and air.        still negative impacts
development.        Decrease car           Although this would have a     which will need to be
Introduction of     parking.               positive impact in terms of    mitigated.

                                                                                                     24
complementary                             reducing car use the
charging and                              negative impacts of people
enforcement                               not being able to access
measures.                                 the centre on objectives
                                          accessibility and town
                                          centres would out weigh
                                          this.
                   To not regard wider    Not having regard to wider
                   spatial impacts        spatial impacts would have
                   such as location,      a negative impact on
                   charging and           objective town centres as it
                   enforcement.           would affect the viability of
                                          the town centre.
KTC13 – To         Allocate no new        This would have a negative      The preferred option
allocate 1,650     housing in the         impact on objectives            has a strong positive
new dwellings,     Town Centre.           housing, community, soil        impact on objectives
sets out                                  and land, wealth creation       housing, community,
requirements for                          and town centres.               wealth creation and
mix of property    To not include a       This would have a negative      town centres.
sites              housing mix policy     impact on objective
incorporating      and leave to market    housing as it would not
smaller homes.     forces.                ensure a range of housing
                                          types and sizes.
                   To require larger      This would have a negative
                   properties.            impact on objective
                                          housing as it would not
                                          ensure a range of housing
                                          types and sizes.
                   To not have a          This would have a negative
                   density policy or      impact in soil and land as
                   Master Plan            density requirements
                   approach and allow     ensure the best use of
                   „ad hoc‟               brownfield land.
                   approaches.
KTC14 – Sets       To not have            This would have a negative      The preferred option
out parking        parking                impact on objectives            performs better
requirements       requirements           accessibility and built         against the SA
allowing zero or   specifically for       environment.                    objectives.
low parking and    residential.
requiring spaces
for car club or
car share
vehicle.
KTC15 –            To not priorities      This would have a negative      The preferred option
Requires           public realm           impact on objectives built      is clearly the most
developments to    initiatives.           environment, cultural           sustainable and
contribute                                heritage, livability and town   would have a strong
towards high                              centres when compared           positive impact on
quality public                            with the preferred option.      objectives
realm, open        To not seek funding    This would have a negative      accessibility,
space and green    for the public realm   impact on objectives built      biodiversity,
infrastructure.    and allow „ad hoc‟     environment, cultural           landscape, cultural
Safequards         approaches.            heritage, livability and town   heritage, built
open space and                            centres when compared           environment, wealth
requires                                  with the preferred option.      creation and town
development to     To not safeguard       This would have a negative      centres.
consider           open space.            impact on objectives
biodiversity.                             health, community, livability
                                          and accessibility.
                   To not consider        This would have a negative
                   wider green            impact on objectives

                                                                                                  25
                     infrastructure with     livability, biodiversity and
                     development             landscape.
                     proposals or
                     integrate with
                     biodiversity factors.
                     To not consider the     This would have a negative
                     environment or          impact on objectives
                     biodiversity factors.   livability, biodiversity and
                                             landscape.
KTC16 – Sets         To not consider         This would have a negative     The preferred option
out standards for    safety and security     impact on objectives crime     is clearly more
safety and           as part of good         and built environment.         sustainable and
security.            design.                                                would have a strong
                                                                            positive impact on
                                                                            crime and town
                                                                            centres.
KTC17 –              To not include          This would have a negative     The preferred option
protects,            heritage policies or    impact on objectives           performs the best
preserves and        policies related to     cultural heritage, built       against the SA
enhances             listed buildings.       environment and wealth         objectives and would
heritage assets.                             creation.                      have a positive
                     Not to consider         This would have a negative     impact on objectives
                     archaeology as part     impact on objectives           cultural heritage, built
                     of the AAP.             cultural heritage and wealth   environment, wealth
                                             creation.                      creation and town
                                                                            centres.
KTC18 – Sets         To implement            Although generic design        The preferred option
out requirements     generic overarching     guidance could have a          performs best
for                  design guidance         positive impact on             against the SA
advertisements       with no expanding       objectives provision of        objectives and would
and requires         principles of codes.    detailed area specific         have a strong
applicants to                                guidance will have a much      positive impact on
have regard to                               more positive impact on SA     objectives landscape,
design codes                                 objectives.                    cultural heritage, built
and principles.      To not consider         This would have a negative     environment, wealth
                     design as a             impact on objectives built     creation and town
                     relevant subject.       environment, cultural          centres.
                                             heritage and town centres.
KTC19 –              To adopt a low          Limited regeneration would     The preferred option
Shopping             intervention/           lead to a loss in investment   performs best
Quarter -            regeneration            in the town centre and         against the SA
provision of a       approach in the         would have a negative          objectives compared
broad retail offer   SQ.                     impact on objectives town      with the alternative
with                                         centres, wealth creation       options and would
complementary                                and employment.                have a strong
above ground         To pursue               This would have a negative     positive impact on
floor uses.          alternative land use    impact on the vitality and     SA objectives built
                     approaches              viability of the town centre   environment, town
                     including further       and would therefore have a     centres and wealth
                     residential and         negative impact on             creation.
                     commercial.             objective town centres.
                     To pursue a higher      The preferred options
                     proportion of A1        provides a significant
                     retail.                 increase in retail
                                             development in the town
                                             centre any more than this is
                                             likely to be unviable and
                                             would result in a restricted
                                             mix of uses and potential
                                             for vacant units this would
                                             have a negative impact on

                                                                                                       26
                                          objective town centres.

KTC20 – The        To adopt a low         This would have limited         The preferred option
Yards Quarter –    intervention/          benefits on the area and        has a strong positive
Focal point for    regeneration           compared with the               impact on objectives
niche and          approach in the        preferred option would          cultural heritage, built
independent        Yards.                 have a negative impact on       environment and
retail.                                   town centres.                   town centres and
                   To pursue              The uses promoted in this       when considered
                   alternative land use   quarter will contribute to a    alongside proposals
                   approaches             mixed use town centre and       for other quarters in
                   including retail and   promotion of other uses         the most sustainable
                   commercial.            would effect the                option.
                                          comprehensive
                                          redevelopment of the town
                                          centre.
KTC21 –            To not adopt a         Limited improvements            The preferred option
Socialising and    framework for the      would most maximise             has a strong positive
Craft Quarter –    area, seeking a low    benefits in terms of vitality   impact on objectives
Repair of street   intervention/          and viability of the town       accessibility,
frontages and      regeneration           centre and when compared        housing, built
redevelopment      approach.              with the preferred option       environment and
of opportunity                            would have a negative           town centres and
sites.                                    impact on town centres and      when considered
                                          the built environment.          alongside proposals
                   To pursue              The uses promoted in this       for other quarters in
                   alternative land use   quarter will contribute to a    the most sustainable
                   approaches             mixed use town centre and       option.
                   including retail and   promotion of other uses
                   commercial.            would effect the
                                          comprehensive
                                          redevelopment of the town
                                          centre.
KTC22 –            To not adopt a         This would have a negative      The preferred option
Restaurant         framework for the      impact on objectives            performs best
Quarter –          area, seek no          accessibility, livability and   against the SA
Creation of high   public realm           built environment.              objectives when
quality public     improvements.                                          compared with
realm and focus    To utilise the space   This would have a negative      alternative options
for restaurants.   for parking.           impact on built                 and would have a
                                          environment, livability,        positive impact on
                                          climate change, air and         SA objectives
                                          town centres.                   accessibility, cultural
                   To utilise the space   This would result in a loss     heritage, built
                   for development.       of public realm and would       environment,
                                          have a negative impact on       employment and
                                          objectives town centres         town centres.
                                          and built environment.
KTC23 – New        To not adopt a         This area has been              The preferred option
Residential        framework for the      identified as needing           performs better than
Quarter –          area, seek no          investment and                  the alternative
redevelopment      growth.                regeneration and therefore      options when
of the area to                            to seek no growth would         assessed against the
provide a high                            have a negative impact on       SA objectives and
quality                                   objectives built                has a strong positive
residential                               environment, wealth             impact on SA
neighbourhood.                            creation and town centres.      objectives
                   To expand the PSA      This would disperse retail      accessibility,
                   west into the          development away from the       housing, livability,
                   quarter.               core centre and impact on       biodiversity, built
                                          the vitality and viability of   environment and

                                                                                                     27
                                          the town centre this would      town centres.
                                          have a negative impact on
                                          objective town centres.
                   To expand the          The uses promoted in this
                   Commercial area        quarter will contribute to a
                   north into the         mixed use town centre and
                   quarter.               promotion of other uses
                                          would effect the
                                          comprehensive
                                          redevelopment of the town
                                          centre, there are other
                                          areas within the town
                                          centre which are more
                                          suited to commercial
                                          development.
                   To utilise the         This would have a negative
                   quarter for higher     impact on objectives built
                   density                environment, landscape
                   development.           and town centres.
KTC24 – Station    To not adopt a         This would have a negative      The preferred option
Quarter – Focus    framework for the      impact on objectives town       performs better than
for commercial     area, seeking no       centres, employment,            the alternative
development        growth or              wealth creation, climate        options when
and                enhancement to         change and air and climate.     assessed against the
enhancements       public transport.                                      SA objectives and
to public          To expand the PSA      This would disperse retail      has a strong positive
transport.         south west into the    development away from the       impact on SA
                   quarter.               core centre and impact on       objectives
                                          the vitality and viability of   accessibility, built
                                          the town centre this would      environment,
                                          have a negative impact on       employment, wealth
                                          objective town centres.         creation and town
                   To utilise the area    The uses promoted in this       centres.
                   for a greater          quarter will contribute to a
                   proportion of          mixed use town centre and
                   residential uses.      promotion of other uses
                                          would effect the
                                          comprehensive
                                          redevelopment of the town
                                          centre, there are other
                                          areas of the town which are
                                          more suitable for residential
                                          development.
                   To utilise the         This would have a negative
                   quarter for higher     impact on objectives built
                   density                environment and
                   development            landscapes.
                   including tall
                   buildings (5+
                   storeys).
KTC25 –            To retain recent       If the Council offices          The preferred option
Cultural Quarter   environs and not       relocate this site will be      performs better than
–                  allocate the quarter   available for redevelopment     the alternative
Redevelopment      for development.       and to not allocate this site   options when
for high quality                          would have a negative           assessed against the
complementary                             impact on objective town        SA objectives and
town centre uses                          centres and in particular on    has a strong positive
and preservation                          the vitality and viability of   impact on SA
and                                       the town centre.                objectives



                                                                                                  28
enhancement of      To utilise the area    The uses promoted in this      accessibility, built
existing cultural   for a greater          quarter will contribute to a   environment,
facilities.         proportion of retail   mixed use town centre and      employment, wealth
                    uses.                  promotion of other uses        creation and town
                                           would effect the               centres.
                                           comprehensive
                                           redevelopment of the town
                                           centre, there are other
                                           areas of the town which are
                                           more suitable for retail
                                           development.
                    To utilise the area    The uses promoted in this
                    for a greater          quarter will contribute to a
                    proportion of          mixed use town centre and
                    commercial uses.       promotion of other uses
                                           would effect the
                                           comprehensive
                                           redevelopment of the town
                                           centre, there are other
                                           areas of the town which are
                                           more suitable for
                                           commercial development.
KTC26 –             To allocate a          This would have a negative     The preferred option
Headland            greater proportion     impact on objectives built     performs best
Quarter –           of growth and new      environment, cultural          against the SA
protection and      development in the     heritage and landscape.        objectives when
enhancement of      area.                                                 compared to
existing            To expand the          This would have a negative     alternative options
character and       commercial zone        impact on objectives built     and would have a
street scene.       east into this area.   environment, cultural          strong positive
                                           heritage, landscape and        impact on SA
                                           town centres.                  objectives landscape,
                                                                          cultural heritage, built
                                                                          environment and
                                                                          town centres.
KTC27 – Sets        To not consider        This would have a negative     The preferred option
out phasing and     implementation and     impact on objectives town      is clearly the most
contribution        delivery and allow     centre, employment, wealth     sustainable option
requirements.       the plan principles    creation, built environment,   and would have a
                    to evolve randomly.    cultural heritage,             strong positive
                                           community and                  impact on SA
                                           accessibility.                 objectives
                    To not seek S.106      This would have a negative     accessibility,
                    financial              impact on objectives           housing, built
                    contributions or       health, community,             environment, climate
                    seek to establish a    livability, biodiversity and   change, soil and
                    plan framework.        built environment.             land, renewable
                                                                          energy, employment,
                                                                          wealth creation and
                                                                          town centres.



 Appraisal of the Plan

 4.6.8    The AAP contains 25 policies. These policies take into account the consultation on the AAP,
          additional background studies and the findings of the sustainability appraisal.

 4.6.9    From Preferred Options Stage to Proposed Submission stage there were a number of changes
          to the document. While the overall structure of the document and general proposals for
          development have remained the same, some of the policies have been merged and reworded.
          An additional policy on flooding has also been included. The Cultural Quarter has also been
                                                                                              29
                                         renamed as the Southern Quarter and the Socialising and Craft Quarter has been renamed as
                                         the Silver Street Quarter. Full details of policy development can be found in appendix 9.

               4.6.10                    As with previous stages of assessment each policy or proposal has been assessed against the
                                         23 sustainability criteria. The results of this appraisal are presented in Appendix 5 and 6. In
                                         each case the full policy appraisal is accompanied by a brief summary of why other alternatives
                                         considered had been rejected. The assessment considers the short, medium and long-term
                                         impacts of the policies.

               4.6.11                    The assessment of all options shows clearly why in terms of sustainability, the policies and
                                         proposals put forward are the most appropriate having considered all alternatives.

               4.6.12                    The assessment of these policies draws heavily on the assessment of preferred options where
                                         these options have not changed.



               Summary of the findings of the final SA


               The following table represents a summary of the detailed assessment tables set out in appendix 5.

           Sustainability Appraisal Objectives
           Social progress which                                                        Effective protection of                                                             Prudent use of natural resources                                                                                          Maintenance
           recognises the needs of                                                      the environment                                                                                                                                                                                               of economic
           everyone                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   growth and
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Water Conservation                                                                      employment




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Renewable Energy
                                                                                                                                       Built Environment
                                                                                                                   Cultural Heritage


                                                                                                                                                           Climate Change




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Wealth Creation
                                                                                                                                                                            Air and Climate




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Town Centres
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Soil and Land
                                                                                                                                                                                              Water Quality




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Employment
           Accessibility




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Energy Use
                                                                                        Biodiversity
                                                      Community




                                                                                                       Landscape
                                                                           Livability




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Minerals
                           Housing
Policies




                                     Health




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Waste
                                              Crime



                                                                  Skills




1          ●               ●         ●        ●       ●           ●        ●            ?              ?           ●                   ●                   ●                ●                 -               ?                    ●               X          X            -                  ●       ●            ●                  ●
2          ●               ●         ●        ●       ●           ●        ●            -              ●           ●                   ●                   ●                ●                 -               ●                    ●               -          ?            ●                  -       ●            ●                  ●
3          ●               ?         ?        ?       ●           -        ●            -              ?           ?                   ?                   -                -                 -               ?                    ●               X          X            -                  -       ●            ●                  ●
4          ●               ?         -        -       -           ●        -            -              ?           ●                   ?                   -                ●                 -               ?                    ●               X          X            -                  ?       ●            ●                  ●
5          ●               ?         ●        ?       ●           -        ●            -              -           ●                   -                   -                -                 -               -                    ●               X          X            -                  -       ●            ●                  ●
6          ●               ●         ●        ?       ●           ?        ●            ?              ?           ?                   ?                   ●                ?                 -               ?                    ●               X          X            -                  ?       ?            ●                  ●
7          ●               -         ?        -       -           -        ●            ?              -           -                   -                   -                ●                 -               -                    -               X          -            -                  -       ●            ●                  ●
8          ?               -         ?        ?       -           -        -            -              ?           ?                   ?                   X                X                 -               -                    -               X          -            -                  -       ●            ●                  ?
9          ●               -         -        -       -           -        ●            ?              ?           ?                   ●                   ●                -                 -               -                    -               -          -            -                  -       ●            ●                  ●
10         ●               -         ●        -       -           -        ●            -              -           -                   -                   ●                ●                 -               -                    -               -          -            -                  -       ●            ●                  ●
11         ●               -         ●        ?       ●           -        ●            -              ●           ●                   ●                   -                -                 -               -                    -               -          -            -                  -       ●            ●                  ●
12         -               ?         -        ?       ●           -        ●            -              ●           ●                   ●                   -                -                 -               -                    X               ●          -            -                  -       -            ●                  ●
13         ●               -         ●        ?       ●           -        ●            ●              ●           ●                   ●                   ●                -                 -               ●                    ●               -          -            -                  -       -            ●                  ●
14         -               ?         -        -       -           -        ●            ●              -           -                   ?                   ●                -                 -               ●                    -               -          -            -                  -       ?            -                  -
15         ●               ●         -        ●       ●           -        ?            -              -           ?                   ●                   -                X                 -               -                    ●               X          -            -                  -       ●            ●                  ●
16         ●               ●         -        ●       ●           -        ●            -              ●           ?                   ●                   -                -                 -               -                    ●               X          -            -                  -       ●            ●                  ●
17         ●               ●         ●        ?       ●           -        ?            -              -           ?                   ●                   -                -                 -               -                    ?               X          -            -                  -       ●            ●                  ●
18         ●               ●         ●        ?       ●           -        ?            -              ●           ?                   ●                   -                -                 -               -                    ●               X          -            -                  -       ●            ●                  ●
19         ●               ●         ●        ?       ●           ●        ?            -              ?           ●                   ●                   -                -                 -               -                    ?               X          -            -                  -       ●            ●                  ●
20         ●               ●         ●        ?       ?           -        ?            ?              ●           -                   ●                   ?                -                 -               ?                    ●               X          -            -                  -       ●            ●                  ●
21         ●               ●         ●        ?       ●           -        ●            ●              ●           -                   ●                   -                -                 ●               ●                    ?               X          -            -                  -       ?            ●                  ●
22         ●               ●         ●        ?       ●           -        ?            ?              -           ●                   ●                   -                -                 -               -                    ●               X          -            -                  -       ●            ●                  ●
23         ●               ●         ●        ?       ●           -        ?            -              ?           ●                   ?                   ●                -                 -               -                    ?               X          -            -                  -       ●            ●                  ?
24         ●               ●         -        -       ●           -        ?            -              ●           ●                   ●                   -                -                 -               -                    -               -          -            -                  -       -            ●                  ●
25         ●                         ●        ●       ●           -        ●            ●              ●           ●                   ●                   ●                ●                 -               ●                    -               -          -            -                  -       ●            ●                  ●

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   30
 Key
    Likely to contribute to the achievement of greater sustainability according to the identified objective    ●
    Likely to detract from the achievement of greater sustainability according to the identified objective     x
    Likely effect but too unpredictable to specify, or multiple impacts potentially both positive and
                                                                                                               ?
    negative
    No identifiable relationship between the topic covered in the policy and the sustainability concern        –


 In addition to the assessment of individual policies the secondary, cumulative and synergistic effects of
 the policies and proposals on the SA objectives were assessed. Secondary, cumulative and synergistic
 effects are defined as:

            Synergistic effects – policies/ proposals interact to produce a total effect greater than the sum of
             the individual effects
            Cumulative effects – several insignificant effects cumulatively create a significant effect, or
             where several individual effects have a combined effect
            Secondary or indirect effects – effects which are not a direct result of the AAP but occur as
             indirectly as a result of a complex pathway

 The following table sets out the secondary, cumulative and synergistic effects of the AAP, full details of
 the individual effects on policies against the SA criteria are set out in sections 6 to 28.

 Secondary, cumulative and synergistic effects:

SA Objective                   Summary of secondary, cumulative and synergistic effects
Accessibility                  Overall positive synergistic effect of policies from locating
                               development within an accessible urban area along side sustainable
                               transport developments.
Housing                        Cumulative positive effect through provision of residential
                               development through out the AAP area.
Health                         Positive effects through improvements in opportunities for leading
                               healthy lifestyles but depends on whether providing opportunities
                               encourages people to use them.
Crime                          Synergistic effect of improvements to public realm and the creation of
                               a more vibrant mixed-use centre which on their own have small
                               positive effects combine to have a much larger positive effect on
                               crime and fear of crime in the town centre
Community                      Provision of a mix of uses within the town centre will have a
                               synergistic impact through the creation of a vibrant community
Skills                         No cumulative effects
Livability                     Synergistic effect of policies and proposals which will combine to
                               create an attractive, clean and pleasant town centre for people to
                               enjoy
Biodiversity                   No cumulative effects
Landscape                      The cumulative effects on this objective are uncertain as the effects
                               will depend on implementation
Cultural Heritage              No cumulative effects
Built Environment              Overall positive synergistic effect of policies through the promotion of
                               high quality design, and redevelopment and refurbishment of the built
                               environment
Climate Change                 Overall positive synergistic effect of policies on reducing emissions
                               from locating development within an accessible urban area along side
                               sustainable transport developments.
Air and Climate                Overall positive synergistic effect of policies on reducing traffic related
                               pollution from locating development within an accessible urban area
                               along side sustainable transport developments.
Water Quality                  No cumulative effects
Water Conservation and         Positive secondary effect of the flooding policy which will prevent
Management                     secondary impacts of flooding down stream
Soil and Land                  Positive cumulative effect through maximising the use of brownfield
                                                                                                              31
                            land
Minerals                    Cumulative effect on the consumption of building materials which is
                            an unavoidable impact of development and can be partially
                            addressed by the use of secondary materials
Energy Use                  Cumulative effect on the consumption of energy which is an
                            unavoidable impact of development. Limited incremental benefits can
                            be achieved through the incorporation of energy efficient measures in
                            developments.
Renewable Energy            Requirements for including renewable energy into new developments
                            will have a secondary impact on renewable energy generation.
Waste                       No direct impacts but the redevelopment/ masterplanning of the town
                            centre gives the opportunity to consider alternative methods of waste
                            collection for Kettering town centre, such as a centralised automatic
                            waste collection system.
Employment                  Positive cumulative effect on the range and amount of employment
                            available in the town centre
Wealth Creation             Substantial positive synergistic effects
Town Centres                Substantial positive synergistic effects of policies which will combine
                            to enhance the vitality and viability of the town centre


4.7        Method of reporting

 4.7.1     The detailed matrices for the appraisal of objectives, policies and proposed development sites
           are contained within Appendices 4 to 6 of this SA/SEA Report. The Report itself summarises
           the key findings included in the Appendices; these being the likely significant effects of the
           Town Centre Area Action Plan against the SA objectives.

 4.7.2     Section five summarises the significant effects by Town Centre Area Action Plan Objective.
           Sections 6 – 28 then in turn summarise the likely significant effects arising by sustainability
           topic (grouped in terms of social, environmental, natural resource and economic issues)
           addressing for each topic the following areas:
                  Town Centre Baseline relevant to the SA topic/ objective
                  Context Review (other plans & programmes) relevant to the SA topic/ objective
                  Likely future conditions of the factor (SA topic/ objective)
                  Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Preferred Policies,
                   Urban Quarters & Site Allocations
                  Proposed Mitigation
                  Proposed Monitoring

 4.7.3     The component parts of each topic appraisal issue are outlined below.

           Town centre baseline

 4.7.4     The key baseline information is outlined in relation to each of the 23 SA topic areas. The
           baseline forms information relating to the area‟s character, population structure, social and
           economic characteristics, and infrastructure. In accordance with the SEA Regulations the likely
           implications for the future sustainability of the town centre area are reported for each topic area.

 4.7.5     This SA/SEA relates strongly to the „mother‟ CSS SA/SEA and as such only the information
           from the baseline relevant to the town centre is referenced. The key implications affecting the
           town centre from the CSS or RSS are taken as given, as appraised elsewhere.

 4.7.6     This data collection exercise draws and expands on the information contained in the Scoping
           Report. This exercise is also independent from work carried out for plan preparation. The
           „implications for development plan‟ may be similar to those identified by the plan making team,
           as would be expected, but their purpose in the SA report is to show how the LDF could take
           sustainability implications into account. This helps inform objectives for the SA as well as
           aiding the appraisal process itself by serving as a reminder of what the plan should be
           attempting to achieve.

                                                                                                      32
4.7.7    Baseline information provides the basis for considering and monitoring the effects the plan may
         have on the area, and helps to identify key sustainability issues. The collection of this data has
         been undertaken as part of the evidence gathering required by the plan making process.

         Other relevant plans & programmes

4.7.8    It is in the nature of a local authority activity and their legislative and procedural requirements,
         that a large number of plans and strategies are produced in response to the various functions of
         the authority. In addition to local level plans and strategies a large amount of guidance on
         development planning comes from the regional and national levels, especially in the form of the
         Regional Spatial Strategy (RSS) and Planning Policy Guidance and Statements produced at a
         national level. It is important for the LDF and the SA alike to incorporate the expectations and
         objectives of these plans in order to ensure that a unified approach is taken to development in
         the LDF area. For the SA the way that other plans can be best taken into account in the
         assessment process is by ensuring there are relevant objectives in the sustainability
         framework.

4.7.9    A review of relevant plans and programmes was undertaken as part of the overarching „mother‟
         CSS SA/SEA. The results are summarised within Sections 6 - 28 by SA factor. Note has been
         made of any targets or specific requirements included within them. Additional documents of
         relevance to Kettering town centre have also been reviewed, and where relevant their
         conclusions incorporated into these sections of the report. A full list of documents is provided in
         Appendix 8, as by necessity the analysis within sections 6 - 28 is brief. A summary of the
         findings of the overarching CSS with regard to relevant plans & programmes is provided below.



         Likely future conditions of the factor

4.7.10   The ODPM guidance recommends that, alongside the impact assessment of DPD proposals,
         due consideration is given to the likely changes to the baseline that would arise within a „no
         development‟ or „business as usual‟ scenario. This is standard practice within an environmental
         assessment and provides the necessary context for the assessment of the predicted effects of
         the plan. A short paragraph is provided in respect of likely future conditions regardless of the
         AAP in respect of each sustainability topic.

         Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban Quarters & Site
         Allocations

4.7.11   The detailed impact assessment in respect of each policy / proposal is provided within the
         matrices contained within appendices 4 to 6. The summary provided within the main report
         focuses on the main issues and effects (adverse and beneficial) that are predicted to arise as a
         result of the implementation of the AAP in respect of each sustainability topic. It therefore
         provides a resume of how the AAP will affect each sustainability issue, by reference to
         appropriate policies.

         Proposed Mitigation

4.7.12   During the course of the appraisal, specific measures have been identified in respect of some
         policies or proposals that would allow potential adverse effects to be minimised or positive
         benefits to be accentuated. These have been recorded within the individual appraisal matrices,
         and where appropriate they are referenced within these sections of the report. Some of these
         mitigation measures refer to policies which have been addressed elsewhere within the AAP. In
         other cases policies have been re-worded or text has been added to minimise adverse effects
         and enhance positive ones.

         Proposed Monitoring

4.7.13   Finally, a number of relevant key indicators are suggested in relation to each sustainability
                                                                                                    33
           topic. These are set out in full in Appendix 1 in the context of an expanded list of sustainability
           objectives and sub-objectives that support the achievement of the main SA objective. The
           suggested monitoring indicators are proposed in order to test the effects on future sustainability
           which are likely to arise from the plan‟s implementation. These monitoring indicators cross refer
           with Section 4 of the Town Centre Area Action Plan (Implementation & Monitoring).

4.7.14     The matrix is adapted from the one which was used for the CSS SA/SEA. The indicators have
           been tailored to meet the needs of the SA and are only intended to cover those matters relating
           to the implementation of the LDF and the effects this can have on sustainable development
           objectives. Therefore it is not suitable to propose monitoring indicators that the LDF can have
           very little direct impact on, or where the cause and effect relationship would be too distant or
           speculative to allow changes in the indicator to be linked to implementation of the LDF.



4.8       Difficulties encountered


4.8.1      Through out the process there have been some difficulties in collecting baseline data. In some
           instances data is simply not available or has been collected in the short term so trend data is
           not available. Baseline data has been updated throughout the process to ensure data is up to
           date and reliable.

4.8.2      The initial SA presented some difficulties as at this stage options were fairly broad and so
           assumptions and recommendations were also necessarily broad. However as the AAP has
           developed and policies have become more specific it has become possible to provide a more
           detailed assessment of the impacts. Further assessment of the impacts will also be required at
           planning application stage when full details of proposals are provided.



4.9       Judgements and Assumptions


4.9.1      Through out the production of the SA assumptions have been made on the effects of policies
           and proposals. Judgements have been made on the basis of:
         Current sustainability issues and trends facing the borough
         The likely influence of the AAP on these trends compared to other factors such as market forces
          and Government policies
         The power of the planning system to achieve what the AAP sets out to achieve

4.9.2      Assumptions made in relation to the timescale of impacts, short, medium or long term, are
           based on the anticipated timescales for delivery of the AAP as well as the time expected for
           development to have an impact on criteria.




                                                                                                     34
4.10     Key baseline information

4.10.1   The key baseline information is addressed by each of the 23 SA topic areas. The Baseline
         forms information relating to the area‟s character, population structure, social and economic
         characteristics, and infrastructure. In accordance with the SEA Regulations the likely future
         implications for the future sustainability of the town centre area are reported per each topic area
         which experience specific issues and threats (significant effects).

4.10.2   Only the SEA guidelines require that an environmental baseline is set out for the Plan area (i.e.
         the town centre). This joint SEA/SA relates strongly to the „mother‟ CSS SA/SEA and as such
         only the information from the Baseline relevant to the town centre is referenced. The key
         implications affecting the town centre from the CSS or RSS are taken as given as appraised
         elsewhere.

4.10.3   This data collection exercise draws and expands on the information contained in the Scoping
         Report. This exercise is also independent from work carried out for plan preparation. The
         „implications for development plan‟ may be similar to those identified during plan making, as
         would be expected, but their purpose in the SA report is to show how the LDF could take
         sustainability implications into account. This helps inform objectives for the SA as well as
         aiding the appraisal process itself by serving as a reminder of what the plan should be
         attempting to achieve.

4.10.4   Baseline information provides the basis for considering and monitoring the effects the plan may
         have on the area, and helps to identify key sustainability issues. The collection of this data has
         been undertaken as part of the evidence gathering required by the plan making process. The
         full background report on the baseline data collected as part of the SA is included within the
         „mother‟ CSS SA/SEA.




                                                                                                   35
5         Plan Objectives & Significant Effects

5.1        Plan Objectives


 5.1.1      Eight plan objectives underpin the Town Centre Area Action Plan Vision and drive the overall
            policies, proposals map and Master Plan. These have been refined during the plan making
            process and from the original set of seven objectives as outlined in the SA/SEA Scoping
            Report. They have emerged and been justified by specific topics which are discussed in
            sections 6 – 28 of this report

Town Centre Area Action Plan Objectives:


    To create a zoned, vibrant town centre which makes the best use of available land and existing
            buildings and maximises the potential for regeneration

                                                                              2
    To implement a step change in quality retail offer incorporating 20,500m of comparison retail

    To deliver a new residential community and to utilise residential uses to support and complement the
             Quarters.

    To create a town centre characterised by the high quality of urban design, architecture and public
            realm and respect for heritage

    To create a significant increase in office employment space, along with further regeneration
            opportunities

    To make a safe, welcoming, walkable and well connected town centre

    To deliver a greener town centre with an emphasis on provision of green infrastructure, renewable
             energy initiatives and environmentally efficient buildings to encourage green living




 5.1.2      The relevant significant effects arising from the sustainability appraisal of the plan objectives
            (Appendix 4) are summarised in turn.


5.2        Plan Objective 1: Zoned uses

 5.2.1      The Objective is primarily concerned with creating a town centre that has distinct zones of use
            that are complementary to each other in terms of function and proximity. This is both
            sustainable and deliverable. A variety of uses will help to establish a vibrant urban environment,
            attractive to all users, including new businesses, retailers and people. This will ensure
            beneficial impacts in terms of the provision of housing, employment and wealth creation, and its
            implementation is designed to secure major benefit to the overall vitality and viability of the town
            centre including its image. The emphasis upon complementary uses within an accessible
            location will also have transport and health benefits by reducing the need to travel by car and
            allowing accessibility for all to health facilities and leisure and recreational opportunities, while
            the variety of uses in close proximity will increase activity and surveillance throughout the
            centre and should reduce general opportunities for crime.

 5.2.2      There are a number of impacts which are either uncertain or difficult to determine at this stage.
            Examples include liveability where town centre regeneration should result in the creation of an
            attractive environment with good accessibility to shops and services, but care must be taken to
            ensure that the amenity of residents is adequately protected from uses such as late night
                                                                                                        36
        entertainment and food and drink. With other criteria, such as energy use and renewable
        energy, potential benefits will be dependent upon whether or not there are additional policy
        provisions within the plan to secure these benefits in association with new development.



5.3     Plan Objective 2: Retail

5.3.1   The Objective seeks to implement additional retail floorspace within the town centre to 2021.

5.3.2   The growth of retail will have major positive economic benefits including additional employment,
        and wealth by attracting additional visitors to the town though raising its profile. The focus on
        the town centre ahead of an edge of centre or out of centre location for retail will also have
        benefits on criteria such as soil and land (re-use of Brownfield land) accessibility (emphasis
        upon modes of transport other than the private car) and potentially also air quality and climate
        change. The location of retail within the town centre will also have health and community
        benefits contributing to a vibrant heart to the town.

5.3.3   Potential negative effects may arise due to the additional building/ construction material needed
        to deliver the growth and the impact on minerals. Uncertain effects may arise with regard to
        crime and liveability given the potential amenity and disorder issues that could arise from the
        introduction of new A3-A5 uses within the town centre. This issue will need to be addressed via
        subsequent policy.

5.3.4   Further uncertain impacts arise relating to cultural heritage and the built environment as the
        objective relates to quantitative factors rather than also addressing the exact manner of the
        development (i.e. design factors).


5.4     Plan Objective 3: Residential


5.4.1   The Objective seeks to deliver additional residential dwellings in the town centre to 2021.

5.4.2   The Objective has strong social benefits in terms of meeting housing need in an accessible
        location, where the emphasis for residents will be on walking and cycling with access to
        recreational and health facilities and opportunities will exist for the creation of diverse
        communities with access to a variety of community facilities.

5.4.3   Locationally the emphasis upon the re-use of Brownfield sites will have a beneficial impact
        upon the soil and land criterion, while there should be secondary benefits upon air quality
        arising from the accessible location and consequential opportunities for sustainable transport
        choices.

5.4.4   Uncertain effects have been identified in relation to a number of factors such as energy use,
        waste and renewable energy as these will be dependent on design and implementation.

5.4.5   Potential negative effects arise as a result of the additional building/ construction materials
        likely to be needed to deliver the new housing and the associated impact on minerals, and also
        with regard to employment as land identified for housing could otherwise be used to deliver
        more sites for economic use. Uncertain impacts also arise with regard to wealth creation
        because of this, although it may be economically beneficial to provide more homes to meet any
        potential labour supply and employment mismatches (due to the potential of there not being
        enough homes to supply the necessary workforce). It is considered that macro issues of this
        nature were considered at the RSS or CSS level which prescribed the level of growth to 2021.


5.5     Plan Objective 4: Urban Design

5.5.1   The Objective seeks to implement high quality urban design, architecture and the public realm
        along with an appreciation for the town‟s heritage. This is needed given the strong growth
        requirements and need to maintain and enhance the quality and distinctiveness of the built
        environment.


                                                                                                 37
5.5.2   The objective has strong social benefits in terms of health, crime, community and liveability
        through the benefits arising from the creation of more attractive, safer, vibrant places within the
        town centre with an emphasis upon pedestrians and good linkages between places. This is also
        the case for landscape, cultural heritage and built environment factors. The implementation
        effects may though burden development by imposing higher construction costs making this
        effect uncertain.

5.5.3   Uncertain effects arise with regard to housing, soil and land and minerals as the requirements
        for higher quality design may slow the delivery of new development within the town centre and
        could possibly force development elsewhere. It may also utilise more materials and utilise
        higher energy construction processes. There is a potential negative effect relating to renewable
        energy in that high quality design may not always be conducive to the implementation of some
        renewable technologies (i.e. use of glass on frontages other than south facing). Conversely
        there may be waste benefits as more intelligent, high quality design could integrate the
        necessary measures, such as for recycling, within development proposals.

5.5.4   Economic benefits include those related to wealth creation and town centres given the positive
        image effects arising from higher quality design.


5.6     Plan Objective 5: Commercial

5.6.1   The Objective seeks to implement additional office commercial floorspace within the town
        centre to 2021. The effects are broadly similar to those for Objective 3.

5.6.2   The growth of office commercial will have major positive economic benefits including additional
        employment and the wealth generated from positive economic multipliers. This will compliment
        the retail growth and raised profile for the town as well as encouraging a higher concentration of
        uses. The focus on the town centre ahead of edge of centre will also have sustainability
        benefits (including natural resources in terms of soil and land and perhaps also air quality). The
        location of offices and retail within the town centre will also have accessibility and community
        benefits contributing to a vibrant heart to the town. This may also benefit climate change.

5.6.3   Potential negative effects may arise due to the additional building/ construction material needed
        to deliver the growth and the impact on minerals. Further uncertain impacts arise relating to
        cultural heritage and the built environment as the objective relates to quantitative factors rather
        than also addressing the exact manner of the development (i.e. design factors).

5.6.4   A further negative impact arises with regard to housing given that the land could otherwise be
        used for this purpose. Uncertain effects arise from energy use, waste and renewable energy as
        these will be dependent on design and implementation.


5.7     Plan Objective 6: Walkable and safe town

5.7.1   The Objective seeks to create a safe, welcoming, walkable and well connected town centre.
        This is most related to the sustainability aspects of accessibility, the quality of the built
        environment and associated transport and economic effects.

5.7.2   The Objective has broad social and environmental positive effects and is unrelated to natural
        resource factors. It also has positive economic effects given the additional wealth created
        through public realm which can help to attract investment.

5.7.3   Social benefits are primarily connected with enhancing the liveability of neighbourhoods, which
        relates to health and community creation. This is all interconnected with accessibility. Uncertain
        impacts arise with regard to biodiversity given that enhanced movement/ connections may
        encourage the over use of open space/ green assets to the detriment of biodiversity, and as
        such regulatory influences beyond the LDF may be required (i.e. parks management/
        biodiversity management plans).


5.8     Plan Objective 7: Greener town

5.8.1   The Objective seeks to reflect the requirement for environmental factors to be recognised

                                                                                                  38
         through the implementation of the Town Centre Area Action Plan including physical features
         within the town (e.g. trees, open space), along with the introduction of more environmentally
         friendly buildings and technologies which may in turn influence people‟s behaviour.

5.8.2    The recognition of „green‟ aspects will have major positive environmental benefits along with
         benefits as regards natural resources, for example, through the minimisation of pollution to
         land, the scope to reduce light pollution and link to sustainable initiatives such as SuDS. The
         objective also has positive economic impacts relating to wealth creation and town centres given
         the potential visual enhancements due to green infrastructure making the town centre more
         attractive for investment.

5.8.3    There are no potential negative effects arising due to this objective, however some
         uncertainties arise where the likely outcome is heavily dependent upon how the objective is
         implemented via policy. For example areas of open space and planting need to be carefully
         planned in order to „design out crime‟ while the creation of greener buildings and the
         introduction of renewable energy technologies could result in structures which may or may not
         fit well into the existing urban streetscene. Issues such as this are considered further at the
         detailed policy stage.




6       SOCIAL: Accessibility

6.1     Baseline

        CSS Level: Settlement Pattern and Transport Links
6.1.2    The Town Centre Area Action Plan provides a micro level approach to the overall CSS
         objectives to integrate wider accessibility factors such as the various settlement functions and
         relationships/ networks between different settlement types, and how this links to the transport
         patterns. Accessibility at this macro level was assessed through the CSS SA/SEA and
         specifically related to the approaches of linking Kettering, Wellingborough and Corby to provide
         a polycentric network of development including linkages with the rural hinterlands and smaller
         settlements.

        Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: Transport & Pedestrian Flows

6.1.3    At the micro level the key baseline relevant to planning are transport factors, pedestrian
         linkages and matters of connectivity and legibility. The actual provision of services is not
         relevant to this part of the appraisal.

6.1.4    In terms of transportation four key issues are identified from the Baseline, a) accessibility to key
         services by public transport, b) pedestrian and cycle routes and links around Kettering c)
         encouraging more sustainable modes of transport and d) reducing traffic flows.

6.1.5    Kettering benefits from being well placed in terms of transport infrastructure by train and bus
         given the location within the hierarchy of centres and the Midland Mainline rail station. The town
         is currently served by 2 main bus hubs.

6.1.6    Baseline information in relation to transportation derived from the Census 2001 shows that 67%
         of residents within the town centre travel less than 5 km to work. Nevertheless a large
         percentage of workers are travelling over 5 km to their place of work showing that Kettering
         attracts a substantial number of in commuters. The baseline information further indicates that
         within Kettering a large proportion of residents travel less than 2 km to work.

6.1.7    The baseline shows a recent growth in car use, albeit within the target set:
         Peak Hour Traffic Growth on Radial Routes

                                                                                                    39
                         Target for traffic growth to 2005   Actual traffic growth to 2003/4

            Kettering                 < 7.0%                             + 2.1%
         Northamptonshire County Council (2004)

6.1.8    A pedestrian survey of the town centre in June 2004 indicates footfall patterns as follows:

         The survey showed that the High Street, Gold Street and Lower Street are the busiest zones
        being the main concentrations of shops and amenities such as the Post Office.
         A high percentage of peak movements applied to traffic for Market Place which may be
        attributed to shoppers moving from the car park.
         Movements on Newland Street (south) may be due to the location of the bus terminal on this
          road.
         Lower levels of movements were experienced on Silver Street and Montagu Street which
          could be attributed to the location of some retail and leisure provision in these areas.
6.1.9    Four key issues were identified from the survey a) improving pedestrian links in Kettering town
         centre b) poor pedestrian flow in the localised areas c) Improving public realm and accessibility
         and d) Lack of cycling provision and infrastructure.


6.2     Context Review (other plans & programmes)

6.2.1    The Local Transport Plan for Northamptonshire (March 2006) sets out the integrated transport
         strategy for the county. The document has developed a long-term strategy based on central
         government‟s four shared priorities of reducing congestion, improving accessibility, improving
         safety and improving the environment, to which, three local priorities were added: encouraging
         healthier travel, improving maintenance and accommodating growth associated with the
         Regional Spatial Strategy for the East Midlands.


6.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

6.3.1    Good accessibility enables people to all have similar and sufficient level of access to services,
         facilities and opportunities. It is assumed that current levels of accessibility will remain the
         same without the implementation of the Town Centre Area Action Plan as the physical environs
         would be unchanged. It is though likely that without intervention the growth in traffic will
         continue.


6.4     Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
        Quarters & Site Allocations

6.4.1    Throughout the preparation of the Town Centre Area Action Plan, careful consideration has
         been given to the relationship between land use and transport, access and movement, and
         given this the effects of its policies and proposals have broadly been predicted to be positive in
         respect of this factor. The main policies which are likely to impact upon this criterion are
         described below.

6.4.2    Policies 1 (Regeneration Priorities), 2 (Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development
         Principles), 3 (Primary Shopping Area and the Evening Economy), 4 (Commercial Offices),
         relate to the provision of additional uses such as retail, offices, leisure, cultural and tourism
         uses and the safeguarding of important community uses. All areas of the town centre are of
         good accessibility for such „county centric‟ uses and as such the provision/ retention of these
         uses within the town centre will aid overall accessibility to the wider Kettering population
         offering in particular the opportunity to access them by means other than the private car.

6.4.3    Policy 7 (Road Network and Junctions) seeks to improve connectivity within the town centre
         including better integration to the east of the town and improved accessibility from the south to
         the north of the town. The proposed improvements to the road network and junctions will also
         improve bus access and efficiency. This policy will have major accessibility benefits.

6.4.4    Policy 8 (Parking) will improve access to the town centre for those who need to travel by car, for
                                                                                                  40
            example people with restricted mobility or those will small children. However enhanced parking
            provision will encourage car use.

6.4.5       Policies 9 (Public Transport) and 10 (Pedestrian and Cycle Network) seek to improve
            pedestrian and cycle access and improve access to public transport facilities. These policies
            are key in delivering improved accessibility in the town centre.

6.4.6       A number of other policies will also have a positive impact on accessibility in the town centre.
            These include policy 11 (Public Realm and Public Art) which will improve accessibility through
            improvements to the public realm and pedestrian routes and Policy 13 (Open Space, Green
            Infrastructure and Biodiversity) which will improve accessibility through the creation of a
            network of linked open spaces.

6.4.7       Furthermore, accessibility has been a key consideration in the development of the overall policy
            approaches for each of the eight „Urban Quarters‟, with proposals for improved street
            connections, increased permeability and traffic / parking controls, for example, with certain
            Quarters. The detailed accessibility assessment in respect of each of these Quarters can be
            found within the relevant matrices (Appendix 5, Policies 15 to 24).


6.5     Proposed Mitigation

6.5.1       The implementation of the Town Centre Area Action Plan as regards Accessibility will depend
            on other plans and programmes such as the Local Transport Plan and maximum parking
            standards outlined by Northamptonshire County Council. Through the drafting of the plan
            crossovers between generic transport, access and movement policies with the overall design
            framework and master plan were established. As such the level of mitigation the Town Centre
            Area Action Plan can provide itself is limited in that it forms part of a portfolio of relevant plans &
            programmes, some of which are more relevant for transport.


6.6     Proposed Monitoring

6.6.1       Those key indicators most related to accessibility which are outlined in appendix 7 include:

             COI BD4: Amount of completed retail development within the town centre.

             COI BD1: Amount of floorspace developed for employment by type

             COI H2b: Number of residential units completed on the allocated sites and within the plan
              area.

             COI H5: Number/ % of affordable housing units completed on the allocated sites.

             KTC 6b: Housing type

             COI H6: Building for life Assessment on completed housing units

             KTC 9: Number of public transport improvements outlined in KTC policy 9 delivered

             KTC 10: Number of pedestrian/ cycle connections outlined in KTC policy 10 delivered.

             KTC 6 and 10: Number of secure cycle storage spaces and cycle parking spaces outlined in
              KTC policies 6 and 10 which have been secured/ delivered.

6.6.2       The overall phasing, implementation and delivery of the Master Plan should also assist.




                                                                                                         41
7       SOCIAL: Housing

7.1     Baseline

        CSS Level: Housing & Affordable housing
7.1.2    The broad requirements and need are outlined by the CSS including the required housing
         allocation for Kettering Borough of 13,100 dwellings to 2021.

        Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: Population, Housing & Affordable housing
7.1.3    Four key issues were identified from the Baseline a) affordable housing need, b) range and mix
         of housing within the town centre, c) population growth above national and regional averages
         and d) an increasing elderly population

7.1.4    As at the 2001 Census, Kettering Borough had a population of 81,842, which had risen by mid-
         2004 to approximately 85,300. There has been a 15.8% increase in population between 1982
         and 2002 within the Borough, compared to an increase of 9.5% in East Midlands generally. In
         2001 17,436 people lived within the town centre wards of St Michael‟s, St Mary‟s, St Andrew‟s
         and St Peter‟s, which constitutes approximately 21% of those that live within the Borough.

7.1.5    Over the years, Kettering has experienced a steady increase in the number of households
         within the Borough. In 1991, there were 30,630 households, which rose to 33,871 in 2001.
         Approximately 36% of households comprise 2 people, whilst 28% live in single person
         households.

7.1.6    House prices have risen within Kettering since the mid-1980s. Of the 2353 dwellings built in the
         Borough between April 2001 and March 2006, 1023 dwellings (43.5%) were within the town of
         Kettering (specific town centre information is unavailable). Of the 1023 dwellings, 568 were on
         Brownfield land and 455 were on Greenfield land.


7.2     Context Review (other plans & programmes)

7.2.1    PPS 3 (Housing) outlines the requirement for the sustainable development of new housing,
         incorporating achievable, deliverable and developable sites for new housing over 5, 10 and 15
         year periods, as well as affordable housing requirements.

7.2.2    The Kettering Borough Housing Needs Assessment (2007) indicates that in 2006 the average
         house price in the Borough had risen to £148,504 exacerbating affordability problems
         especially for people on low incomes. The Housing Needs Assessment identified an expected
         shortfall of 148 affordable housing units per annum.

7.2.3    The Kettering Borough Council‟s Housing Strategy 2005/06 – 2007/08 recognises that local
         people are facing an increasing affordability crisis as household incomes have failed to keep
         pace with rapid house price increases, there is a growing housing need, there is a need to
         prepare for housing growth and rapid rises in population due to the Boroughs location in the
         Milton Keynes and South Midlands growth area, and the number of older people living in the
         Borough is set to increase. The study sets out a number of strategies and targets for
         addressing these issues.


7.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

7.3.1    It is likely that given the historic demand and supply mismatches that house prices will over the
         long term continue to rise, with the exception of market fluctuations. The provision of the
         required regional and CSS housing requirements/ affordable housing requirements will assist
         with mitigating longer term rises.

                                                                                                 42
7.4      Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
         Quarters & Site Allocations

 7.4.1       The Town Centre Area Action Plan has broad positive impacts on the housing factor as a result
             of its considerable emphasis upon town centre housing provision as part of a balanced
             approach to securing an appropriate mix of development types. However, housing allocations
             could reduce retail/commercial land use with possible negative effects.

 7.4.2       Policy 1 (Regeneration Priorities) sets out priorities for regeneration within the town centre
             during the plan period. This includes the provision of 1,150 additional residential units to 2021.
             This will have a direct beneficial impact on the housing criterion, by making a significant
             contribution towards the identified housing need for the borough as a whole, as set out in the
             CSS. Policy 2 also records a positive score in terms of housing criteria through the identification
             of the residential quarter in which a high proportion of the proposed residential development will
             be located.

 7.4.3       Policy 6 also has clear benefits for meeting peoples housing needs. The policy allocates
             housing sites and seeks to incorporate a mix of market and affordable housing in the town
             centre.

 7.4.4       Policies 3 (Primary Shopping Area and Evening Economy), 4 (Commercial Offices) and 5
             (Culture, Tourism and Leisure) have all recorded an uncertain effect upon housing criterion.
             This is because they seek to provide alternative uses to housing, and without mitigation may
             effect the delivery of housing.

 7.4.5       Policy 12 (Heritage Conservation & Archaeology) is intended to conserve and enhance heritage
             aspects and as such the implications resulting from development safeguarding for housing
             minimise the opportunities for higher density redevelopment within areas of the town of
             historical interest. However, the majority of housing development is focused away from heritage
             areas and therefore uncertain effects are predicted.


7.5      Proposed Mitigation

 7.5.1       A large number of positive effects arise due to the Town Centre Area Action Plan given the
             positive regeneration approach and in particular the emphasis upon town centre housing
             provision as part of a mixed approach to development. There was a need identified through the
             drafting of the policies to ensure a balanced land approach within the overall Master Plan/
             Proposals Map so that competing land uses could be accommodated. The provision of housing
             sites capable of accommodating the 1,150 target for the town centre should be capable of
             mitigating the potential adverse effects identified in respect of those policies that seek to
             promote non-residential uses.


7.6      Proposed Monitoring

 7.6.1       Those key indicators most related to housing which are outlined in appendix 7 include:

              COI H2b: Number of residential units completed on the allocated sites and within the plan
               area.

COI H5: Number/ % of affordable housing units completed on the allocated sites.

KTC 6b: Housing type




                                                                                                       43
8          SOCIAL: Health

8.1        Baseline

           CSS Level: Health
 8.1.2      The CSS outlined the broad requirements that the planning system may be able to deliver
            healthier environments for example through sustainable transport systems and reduced use of
            the car; incorporating green spaces into urban areas; provision of sustainable communities;
            healthy design of buildings; good access to employment and services/facilities for all, although
            the cause and effect relationships are difficult to determine for these factors. However reduced
            deprivation and increased wealth do appear to be strongly correlated with better health and
            therefore ensuring overall regeneration should bring health benefits to the area.

           Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: Health
 8.1.3      Four key issues were identified through Baseline analysis: a) relatively high needs for medical
            provision within the town centre b) ensuring health facilities (primary and secondary) are
            accessible c) connectivity to other health care and d) relatively high elderly population.

 8.1.4      Kettering General NHS Trust provides a range of acute services as well as accident and
            emergency cover for the area. Kettering General Hospital is used by a wide catchment area.
            Northamptonshire Heartlands PCT is responsible for Primary Care services. Six GP and nine
            dental surgeries exist in Kettering itself. Two of these GP surgeries have recently moved to a
            joint site in Lower Street, Kettering therefore consolidating the two practices.

 8.1.5      The 2001 census included two questions in relation to health, the first asking about people‟s
            perception of their health, the second question being in relation to the number of people with a
            limiting long-term illness. Overall the perceptions of health in the town centre wards are good.
            The tables illustrate:
            Perception of health
                                    All People    Good Health           Fairly Good Health    Not Good Health

                  St Andrew's       5144          3389 (66%)                   1312                 443

                  St Mary's         5144          3349 (65%)                   1294                 501

                  St Michael's      3309          2238 (67%)                   778                  293

                  St Peter's        3839          2887(75%)                    736                  216
            Source : Census 2001




Persons with limiting long term illness
                       All People     With a Limiting Long-Term   % of Population
                                      Illness

    St Andrew's        5144           927                         18%


                                                                                                   44
 St Mary's        5144          1047                          20%

 St Michael's     3309          612                           18%

 St Peter's       3839          474                           12%
Source: Census 2001


8.2      Context Review (other plans & programmes)

8.2.1     Kettering Community Plan‟s (2005 – 2008) key objective is to help people enjoy a better quality
          of life by enhancing and increasing access to heath care services and improving people‟s
          health. There is specific mention of the need to produce a fuel strategy to help those most
          vulnerable to fuel poverty, the need to tackle obesity and the need for improved medical
          treatment and prevention measures.

8.2.2     Saving Lives: Our Healthier Nation sets out a strategy for tackling poor health and improving
          the health of everyone in England, especially the worst off.


8.3      Likely future conditions of the factor

8.3.1     Assuming that the positive link between economic growth and healthy living is maintained is
          assumed that regardless of the Town Centre Area Action Plan health in general will continue to
          improve. However, the increased proportion of the population who are elderly is likely to put
          further pressure on existing health facilities.


8.4      Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
         Quarters & Site Allocations

8.4.1     The policies of the Town Centre Area Action Plan have widespread benefits for health with a
          significant proportion of the assessment identifying positive or neutral relationships. Those
          policies which seek to complement and support the wider regeneration and civic improvements
          associated with the AAP, and which also seek to promote development within a sustainable
          location, accessible by a choice of transport modes, in particular walking and cycling, have
          been largely judged to be beneficial. These include policies 1, 2, 5, 6, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22.

8.4.2     Policy 10 (Pedestrian and Cycle Network) seeks to improve pedestrian and cycle networks and
          will therefore have a positive impact on health through increasing opportunities for walking and
          cycling.

8.4.3     Policy 2 (Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development Principles) seeks to protect
          residential amenity which will have indirect positive impacts on health and policy 11 (Public
          Realm and Public Art) and policy 13 (Open Space, Green Infrastructure and Biodiversity) are
          indirectly linked to health factors due to the creating a more attractive place to live that could
          have positive mental health benefits and improving accessibility within the town centre.

8.4.4     Notwithstanding the largely beneficial impacts upon this criterion, a limited number of policies
          have been identified as having the potential for uncertain impacts upon health. These are
          outlined below.

8.4.5     The impact of policy 3, which relates to the evening economy, upon health is considered
          uncertain as this would be dependent on the proportion and balance of the additional A3, A4,
          and A5 uses. The association with additional consumption of alcohol and takeaway food may
          be an issue which may not necessarily encourage healthier lifestyles. However the A3, A4 and
          A5 uses will assist in providing increased facilities for evening recreation / entertainment with
          potential positive benefits in terms of lifestyle and mental wellbeing.

8.4.6     Policy 8 (Parking) has uncertain impacts as it could encourage greater car use through the
          provision of additional car parking which could indirectly effect health.


8.5      Proposed Mitigation

                                                                                                   45
8.5.1       Policy 3 seeks to restrict the number of A4 and A5 uses which should help reduce the impact of
            these on health. The additional public car parks will be complemented by enhanced public
            transport, access and movement strategies as well as an enhanced public realm which will
            encourage walking and healthier lifestyles. The perceived costs are outweighed by the
            overriding economic/ regeneration benefits.


8.6     Proposed Monitoring

8.6.1       Those key indicators most related to health which are outlined in appendix 7 include:


             KTC 11a: Number of public spaces created/ existing public spaces improved

             KTC 11b: Number of additional public art installations

             KTC HC 10: Environment and Public Realm

             COI H5: Number/ % of affordable housing units completed on the allocated sites.

             COI H6: Building for life Assessment on completed housing units

             KTC 13a: Net gain in open space


8.6.2       There are a number of other indicators indirectly related to assisting to improve health which
            arise due to other sustainability factors such as accessibility, economy and environment (such
            as pollution/ access to open space). These are addressed elsewhere.




                                                                                                    46
9       SOCIAL: Crime

9.1     Baseline

        CSS Level: Crime
9.1.2    Rates of crime in North Northamptonshire overall are lower than the national average, although
         some parts of the area suffer from higher crime rates. Kettering within this context is average,
         with Corby scoring worst and East Northamptonshire best.

9.1.3    Statistics provided by Northamptonshire Police show that between September 2007 and August
         2008 crime within Kettering town centre fell by more than 12% compared with the previous
         year. Violent crime and theft in particular had been reduced.

9.1.4    Rates of crime are affected by much wider trends within society such as economic trends. A
         land use plan will be able to influence crime and fear of crime only at the detailed design stage
         through its implementation. Overall any improvements in community identity and cohesion
         should help reduce crime levels.

        Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: Crime
9.1.5    The only issue identified is the need to reduce instances of crime in the town centre, which
         forms the highest population density in the Borough.

9.1.6    Key issues identified through crime surveys included tackling anti-social behaviour whilst
         criminal damage, vandalism and graffiti was another top issue.


9.2     Context Review (other plans & programmes)

9.2.1    Kettering Crime and Disorder and Drug Strategy 2005-2008 identifies a series of issues,
         problems and targets aimed at addressing the challenge of tackling crime within the Borough.
         Whilst the content of the strategy covers the Borough as a whole, several references to wards
         in Kettering town centre highlight that the town centre is a particularly problematic area.

9.2.2    PPS1 (Creating Sustainable Communities, 2004) outlines the requirement to ensure that
         development supports existing communities and contributes to the creation of safe, sustainable
         and liveable communities.


9.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

9.3.1    It is likely that given the urban/ population density that the town centre will continue to have the
         highest levels of crime within the Borough, although against the backdrop of relatively low
         levels of crime within the Borough compared to others such as Corby. Notwithstanding the fact
         that crime can to an extent be mitigated via design / layout / mix of uses, a certain level of crime
         will always occur due to behavioural factors beyond the scope of planning.


9.4     Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
        Quarters & Site Allocations

9.4.1    The policies of the Town Centre Area Action Plan have widespread indirect potential benefits in
         terms of reducing crime, with several policies being assessed as having positive relationships.
         Policy 1 (Regeneration Priorities), which seeks to promote a mix of uses within the town centre,
         thus creating a balance between active uses (including evening uses) and residential uses will
         help to create increased activity and increased natural surveillance which should result in
         reduced opportunities for crime. Policies 10 (Pedestrian and Cycle Network) and 11 (Public

                                                                                                    47
            Realm and Public Art seek to improve accessibility, movement and legibility throughout the
            town centre and this will have knock-on benefits in terms of increased activity / passive
            surveillance. The implementation of development associated with the Master Plan of the eight
            urban quarters (Policies 15 to 24) will also have positive effects given the design framework.

9.4.2       Policy 2 (Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development Principles) has strong positive
            benefits on crime as it seeks to improve safety in the town centre through increasing natural
            surveillance and creating safe and secure routes. This will help reduce the fear of crime through
            seeking to minimise actual and perceived opportunities for crime.

9.4.3       There were also a number of uncertain findings as the effects of the Town Centre Area Action
            Plan upon crime and disorder will be dependent to an extent upon implementation. In
            particular, those policies which specifically seek to promote evening / late night uses (such as
            pubs, restaurants and takeaways) were recorded as having uncertain effects, due to the fact
            that the increased activity which is likely to take place must be balanced against the potential
            for crime and disorder that can arise from uses which attract large numbers of people and
            where alcohol is sold.


9.5     Proposed Mitigation

9.5.1       Policy 2 (Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development Principles) complements wider
            design policies and the Master Plan in partial response to the SA uncertain findings as regards
            additional growth and impact on crime. Future implementation of this policy at planning
            application stage should help to mitigate the potential adverse effects that could arise due to
            the potential circumstances described above.


9.6     Proposed Monitoring

9.6.1       Those key indicators most related to crime which are outlined in appendix 7 include:

             KTC HC 11: Number of crimes reported within Kettering Town Centre

9.6.2       The overall phasing, implementation and delivery of the Master Plan should also assist.




                                                                                                    48
10       SOCIAL: Community

10.1     Baseline

         CSS Level: Population
10.1.1    Current statistics show that Kettering Borough has the highest population in the growth area,
          and Corby Borough the lowest. The step change in growth under the RSS is likely to secure
          large population growth in the three towns of Corby, Wellingborough and Kettering.

         Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: Social Deprivation
10.1.2    The key issue identified is to reduce the pockets of deprivation within Kettering. Compared to
          other authorities in North Northamptonshire Kettering has fewer people living in income-
          deprived households. The Index of Multiple Deprivation (IDM) gives an overall ranking of 209
          for the Borough out of 354 authorities in England. A ward calculation for the Borough has
          ranked St Mary‟s at 41, the only ward within Kettering Town Centre that is actually within the
          top 50 most deprived wards in Northamptonshire (although Kettering borough as a whole has 3
          of the 50 most deprived wards within it).

         Community Facilities
10.1.3    There is a wide range of community facilities within Kettering town centre, including:

          Museum
          Library
          Wickstead Leisure park
          Multiplex cinema with associated restaurants and fast-food establishments.
          Bowling alley with arcades, pool tables, fast-food chain and bar.
          Several nightclubs and numerous bars
          Two snooker clubs
          Several gymnasiums
10.1.4    Kettering also has a football club, men‟s rugby club and men‟s and women‟s cricket clubs and
          hockey clubs. A swimming pool with associated sports facilities is located within the town
          centre. There are several Community Centres that provide important recreational and social
          facilities, as well as a focal point, for residents. These include Ise Community Centre, Grange
          Resource Centre, Melton Community Centre, and The Crescents Community Centre.

10.1.5    The primary issue identified is to improve access to leisure facilities within Kettering.


10.2     Context Review (other plans & programmes)

10.2.1    Kettering Borough Council has produced a Sports Facilities Strategy (2003 – 2012) for
          development of leisure and community built provision in Kettering.


10.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

10.3.1    Without intervention the population of the town centre would likely decrease despite the growth
          in the ageing population due to a lack of services and facilities to support the population and
          meet its needs. This would be due to possible negative externalities/ amenity factors and lack
          of new housing. The sense of community may decrease and deprivation would likely increase
          due to the likelihood of their being less jobs, homes and associated activity within the town

                                                                                                      49
             centre.

10.3.2       Convenient and accessible social and cultural facilities in a town centre contribute to its
             attractiveness as a place to live, work and play, as well as to visit; such facilities may be at
             threat if the population decreases and if no investment is made within them.


10.4     Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
         Quarters & Site Allocations

10.4.1       Increased investment within the town centre, and in particular an emphasis upon the provision
             of additional housing, should increase the community „base‟, in terms of residents, traders and
             workers. By strengthening and increasing the existing community, the viability of existing
             facilities will be enhanced / maintained, and opportunities will be presented to provide more
             facilities. The overall cultural diversity of the centre should also be enhanced.

10.4.2       Those policies that seek to promote residential, commercial, retail and leisure, cultural and
             tourism uses within the town centre boundary (Policies, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6) will have an indirect
             positive benefit on a diverse and cohesive community. Policies 15 to 24 promote approaches to
             development within the urban quarters which are likely to promote benefits to community
             cohesion through creating a mixed use vibrant town centre. Policies 11 and 12 will also have a
             positive impact by creating high quality public spaces to be used by the community.


10.5     Proposed Mitigation
         No potential negative effects were recorded in respect of this criterion, and no specific mitigation
         measures are considered to be necessary as a consequence. Uncertain effects were recorded
         in respect of a single policy, that for Station Quarter (policy 20) where isolated residential areas
         are proposed which will assist with the live/ work balance of the area, but the implementation of
         policies 2 (Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development Principles), 10 (Pedestrian and
         Cycle Network) and Policy 11 (Public Realm and Public Art) in parallel should ensure that these
         potential negative effects are mitigated.

10.6     Proposed Monitoring

10.6.1       Those key indicators most related to community which are outlined in appendix 7 include:

              KTC 1: % satisfied with their neighbourhood as a place to live


10.6.2       The overall phasing, implementation and delivery of the Master Plan should also assist.




                                                                                                       50
11        SOCIAL: Skills

11.1      Baseline

          CSS Level: Education
11.1.2    The strategic level provides macro analysis of areas schools and academies. The number of
          adults with no qualifications in North Northamptonshire is above the national average and the
          number of people educated to degree level or above is below the national average. Corby and
          Wellingborough have the least skilled population.

          Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: Education
11.1.3    Four key issues were identified from the Baseline a) impact of growth on educational provision b)
          the lack of a University in Kettering and surrounding sub-region c) skills and qualifications
          shortage and d) taking advantage of University College Northampton‟s future plans.

11.1.4    A 2-tier schooling system operates in the area, where pupils transfer from Primary to Secondary.
          Adult education is available locally at Tresham Institute for Further and Higher Education in
          Kettering, although evening classes operate at various establishments across the Borough.

11.1.5    Secondary education is available at Bishop Stopford School, Montagu School, Latimer
          Community Arts College, Ise Community College and Southfield School for Girls. Primary
          education is available at 17 schools in the town.

11.1.6    Northamptonshire County Council have indicated that primary school pupil numbers in Kettering
          town are expected to increase over the next five years. Extensions to Brambleside Primary
          School will help to relieve overcrowding at schools to the north of the town. With this extension,
          it is expected that existing schools are likely to have sufficient places to accommodate growth in
          the short-term although the situation should be kept under review.

11.1.7    There is a similar situation at secondary level with pupil numbers expected to increase over the
          next five years, but recent expansion of the schools is likely to be sufficient to accommodate this
          increase. There is no capacity for further extension of the current secondary school sites, so the
          level of growth planned is likely to require at least one new secondary school.

11.1.8    University College Northampton (UCN) has recently been granted full University status and full
          research degree awarding powers conferred upon it by the Department for Education and Skills
          (DfES). This has potential positive implications for Kettering in terms of attracting future
          graduates to remain in the area and contributing to the economy. However, whilst UCN is in
          Northampton, there is no University within Kettering or the sub-region of North Northamptonshire
          which is linked to the lack of high-tech and knowledge based industries and also accentuates
          out-migration to these facilities. There are more adults in the area than the national average with
          no qualifications and there are fewer people than the national average educated to degree level
          or above.




11.2      Context Review (other plans & programmes)

 11.2.1    The Kettering Community Plan (2005 – 2008) recognises that the borough currently has a
           higher proportion of people who have low levels of literacy and numeracy compared to the
           national average. The Plan has 5 key priorities related to skills:

           Providing training and education opportunities for employment and sustainable economic
            development

                                                                                                    51
          Ensuring a network of quality provisions for all age groups
          Creating an awareness of, and ensuring access to, the opportunities provided
          Promoting equality of opportunity
          Enhanced partnership working between service providers to meet agreed objectives targets
          Promote and encourage active citizenship


11.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

11.3.1       The education system itself is beyond the scope of planning and as such many aspects of this
             criterion as they relate to educational attainment and qualifications are outside the remit of the
             AAP. However issues such as the location of facilities and access to skills and education are
             indirectly linked and as such without the implementation of the Town Centre Area Action Plan
             there will likely be slight marginal negative effects, for example due to the lower economic GDV
             created or reduced levels of accessibility to key services.


11.4     Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
         Quarters & Site Allocations

11.4.1       Policy 1 (Regeneration Priorities) has been assessed as having an indirect positive effect upon
             the Skills criterion, as the promotion of growth within the town centre is likely to attract a range
             of businesses, some of which will offer training and skills development.

11.4.2       Those policies that seek to attract investment and which are likely to encourage a diversity of
             businesses into the town centre have also been assessed as having the potential for an indirect
             positive effect, due to their ability to create opportunities for increased jobs, workplace learning
             and training. Policies 1 (Regeneration Priorities) and 4 (Commercial Offices) are among those
             so identified.

11.4.3       Policy 6 (Residential) will have uncertain effects on the factor. The policy will increase the
             population of the town centre close to a range of facilities and amenities with indirect benefits
             for skills given the additional workforce. However, there is likely to be increased pressure on
             Kettering's school facilities in the longer term.

11.4.4       Economic and wealth generation benefits may be gained from the image enhancements likely
             due to the regeneration of the town centre. Policy 1 (Regeneration Priorities) the regeneration
             and town centre improvements will likely create a more attractive town centre and as such the
             image of the town will make it more likely to retain/ attract graduates. This may in time increase
             the skills base / redress the qualifications imbalances.


11.5     Proposed Mitigation

11.5.1       It was identified that there could be increased pressure on Kettering‟s school facilities but it is
             considered that this will be mitigated through developer contributions to school places and
             education as well as investment from the County level. Policy 1 (Regeneration Priorities) will
             have an indirect positive impact on the skills criterion through attracting investment to the Town
             Centre which may provide training and skills development to employees which in turn will
             provide a trained workforce.


11.6     Proposed Monitoring

11.6.1       Those key indicators most related to skills which are outlined in appendix 7 include:

              KTC 4b: Resident population 16-74 No qualifications




                                                                                                        52
12       SOCIAL: Liveability

12.1      Baseline

          CSS Level: Index of Multiple Deprivation
12.1.1        The 2004 Indices of Multiple Deprivation (IMD) show that Kettering contained 3 of the 50 most
              deprived wards in Northamptonshire compared to Corby which contained 7 and Wellingborough
              which contained 6.

          Town Centre Area Action Plan Level
12.1.2        The Baseline was discussed as part of „Community‟ as the factors are closely related. Open
              Space factors were analysed as part of a PPG17 Open Space Audit of Kettering and also
              through the Kettering Futures background study (the Baseline Report expands). The key issue
              arising is the accessibility to green space in and from the town centre.


12.2      Context Review (other plans & programmes)

12.2.1        The Kettering Community Plan (2005 – 2008) recognises the need to improve the quality of
              people‟s everyday lives and in particular aims to carry out a mapping exercise of play provision
              in the borough in order to identify deficiencies.


12.3      Likely future conditions of the factor

12.3.1        Similar to the community factor without plan led intervention through the Town Centre Area
              Action Plan the liveability factors would likely decline. This would be due to possible negative
              externalities/ amenity factors given the lack of regard for such through policies & urban
              regeneration.


12.4      Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
          Quarters & Site Allocations

12.4.1        Policy 5 (Culture, Tourism and Leisure) protects cultural facilities in the town centre. Provision
              of these facilities can contribute to wellbeing, improve peoples physical and mental well being
              and ensure there is adequate access to facilities in people‟s leisure time.

12.4.2        Policy 2 (Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development Principles) seeks to make Kettering
              a safe and secure place which will ensure that people utilise open space and the wider urban
              environment and can enjoy themselves without feeling vulnerable. This will therefore have a
              positive impact on liveability.

12.4.3        Policy 13 (Open Spaces, Green Infrastructure and Biodiversity) will have a positive impact on
              liveability through the provision and increased quality of open space where people can relax,
              meet and enjoy themselves which all lead to a greater sense of wellbeing.

     12.4.4     Policies which relate to the provision of additional facilities in the town centre such as policy 3
                   (Primary Shopping Area and Evening Economy) and policy 6 (Residential) have a positive
              impact on liveability through providing a diverse range of services which will enhance liveability.
                In addition those which relate to improving access such as policy 9 (Public Transport) and 10
                (Pedestrian and Cycle Network) also record a positive impact on liveability through creating a
                         more attractive environment and increasing peoples satisfaction with where they live.


12.5      Proposed Mitigation

                                                                                                          53
12.5.1       It is considered that the plan will not have any obvious adverse effects on liveability and in fact
             there are several policies which it is considered will have a positive impact. As such no
             mitigation is proposed beyond the open space/safety/leisure and cultural policies.


12.6     Proposed Monitoring

12.6.1       Those key indicators most related to liveability which are outlined in appendix 7 include:

              KTC 1: % satisfied with their neighbourhood as a place to live

              KTC 11a: Number of public spaces created/ existing public spaces improved

              KTC 11b: Number of additional public art installations

              KTC HC 10: Environment and Public Realm

              COI H6: Building for life Assessment on completed housing units

              KTC 13a: Net gain in open space

              KTC 2b: Number of noise complaints reported within the plan area

              KTC 2c: Number of odour complaints reported within the plan area


12.6.2       The overall phasing, implementation and delivery of the Master Plan should also assist to
             deliver the all round liveability factor which is associated with wider environmental factors (such
             as access to open space) as well as social factors (such as the provision of new homes/
             community facilities).




                                                                                                       54
13       Environmental: Biodiversity

13.1     Baseline

         CSS Level: Biodiversity
13.1.1    The strategic Baseline outlined the principal that in terms of biodiversity a land use plan should
          principally be protecting existing habitats and important areas of biodiversity, in addition to
          specific species that are nationally protected. In particular the Nene Valley must be
          acknowledged in the development plan as an internationally recognised site for nature
          conservation. The plan should also protect important urban habitats such as greenways, small
          reserves, allotments and gardens as well as nationally and locally designated land. As part of
          this consideration must be given to the secondary impacts development may have, such as
          drawing down of water tables affecting wetlands from development outside the area.

13.1.2    The separate Supplementary Report (April 2007) outlined that there was no need for
          Appropriate Assessment. This is based on the considered impacts on the potential SPA site in
          the Upper Nene Valley Gravel Pits and the Nene Washes further downstream in
          Cambridgeshire.

         Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: Biodiversity
13.1.3    Three key issues were identified from the Baseline a) the importance of the Slade Valley and
          Brook, b) The need to enhance biodiversity within the town and c) the creation of new habitats.
          There are important ecological assets within Kettering Town Centre including:

          Churches and churchyards, such as the grounds of St. Andrew‟s Church and London Road
           Cemetery, which can provide a quiet haven for bats and their habitat mix of open rock and
           grassland support a variety of species including lichen.
          Brownfield sites along Northfield Avenue are areas in which natural processes can re-
           establish.
          Residential and commercial buildings provide shelter for a number of species including spiders
           and birds.
          Walls and other extraneous constructions provide either a niche or complete habitat for
           wildlife.
13.1.4    Perhaps the town centre‟s most important ecological asset is the Slade Valley that runs north to
          south along Northfield Avenue. The Valley runs along Slade Brook and links Grafton Street
          Recreation Ground in the north with Meadow Road Recreation Ground and the Kettering
          Cricket and Hockey Club pitches. This valley is an important green corridor facilitating the
          movement of a variety of species. The Allotments on Northfield Avenue are another important
          open space asset in close proximity to this green corridor.


13.2     Context Review (other plans & programmes)

13.2.1    There is really only one key plan which is specifically relevant to the Town Centre Area Action
          Plan which is the Biodiversity Action Plan for Northamptonshire (BAP). Specific actions in the
          Biodiversity Action Plan for Northamptonshire should be taken into account where relevant.
          The plan should set out the need for special consideration wherever a BAP listed species may
          be affected by development, some of which will be nationally protected. Development must
          ensure when old buildings are renovated and restored species that may use these as
          hibernation or breeding locations are taken into account through following proper ecological
          survey. Where development is permitted, appropriate conditions should be applied to ensure
          the conservation of the species in a local context.

13.2.2    There is limited data available on biodiversity in Kettering town centre. However, the Built
                                                                                                   55
             Environment section of the BAP states that the built environment in towns and villages can play
             an important role in the preservation of biodiversity in the UK, and that there is considerable
             potential to enhance these areas for the benefit of wildlife. The BAP defines the built
             environment to:

             “…comprise both structures and land associated with them and serving a related purpose. It
             may thus include substantial areas with potential in terms of biodiversity although not readily
             accessible as public amenity space and largely unmanaged.”


13.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

13.3.1       The level of biodiversity within the mostly urban town centre has a comparatively low baseline,
             without the plan the effects therefore may be neutral/uncertain. However, through the design
             and sustainable development requirements of the Town Centre Area Action Plan the
             opportunities for enhancements to green infrastructure and access to such will be realised.


13.4     Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
         Quarters & Site Allocations

13.4.1       Many of the impacts development has on biodiversity involve piecemeal change leading to
             cumulative harm, for instance habitat fragmentation. The plan seeks to promote biodiversity
             through the implementation of policy 13.

13.4.2       Policy 13 (Open Space, Green Infrastructure and Biodiversity) identifies improvements to the
             Slade Brooke which will make a positive contribution to biodiversity and will result in a net gain
             in biodiversity in the plan area.


13.5     Proposed Mitigation

13.5.1       Impact of development on biodiversity will be mitigated through the implementation at planning
             application stage of policy 13 and Core Spatial Strategy policy 13 which requires development
             to conserve and enhance biodiversity.


13.6     Proposed Monitoring

13.6.1       Those key indicators most related to biodiversity which are outlined in appendix 7 include:

              KTC 13a: Net gain in open space

              KTC 14: Production of a Surface Water Management
              Plan and Green Infrastructure Strategy within 18months of the adoption of the AAP.

              COI E2: Change in areas of biodiversity importance


13.6.2       The overall phasing, implementation and delivery of the Master Plan should also assist to
             deliver the all round biodiversity enhancements through the provision of additional green space.




                                                                                                      56
14       Environmental: Landscape

14.1     Baseline

         CSS Level: Landscape
14.1.1    Landscapes should not only be protected for aesthetic reasons but also for their role in
          providing a historic record of land use, for the biodiversity value of the features within them, and
          as a recreational and tourism resource. The overarching plan should encourage high quality
          design and carefully-sited accessible development, that is in keeping and scale with its location
          and sensitive to the character of the natural and built landscape environment.

         Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: Landscape.
14.1.2    Two key issues were identified a) quality and distinctiveness of landscape has been eroded by
          some modern development b) Maintaining and Complementing Local landscape character. The
          project refers and builds on the Countryside Character approach being developed by the
          Countryside Agency and English Nature. None of the landscape in the Borough is subject to
          any national landscape designation. The main study of relevance is the Landscape Character
          Assessment undertaken by NCC (2003).

14.1.3    Landscape character and visual impact of developments was assessed through the Kettering
          Futures work (2007/08) which has led to the Master Plan for the Town Centre Area Action Plan.
          The separate Baseline Report expands.


14.2     Context Review (other plans & programmes)

14.2.1    European Landscape Convention 2000 has the objective of promoting European landscape
          protection, management and planning, and to organise European co-operation on landscape
          issues.

14.2.2    The Northamptonshire‟s Green Infrastructure Study aims to ensure that all new development
          and environmental change contributes to a sustainable environmental system that supports a
          network of green infrastructure within Northamptonshire‟s towns, villages and the wider
          countryside that enhances the character and diversity of landscapes and townscapes within the
          county, enriches its wildlife value, and cultural and built heritage. It will also promote and
          support healthy living by providing opportunities for improved access, sport and recreation, and
          act as a stimulus for education.

14.2.3    The Milton Keynes South Midlands Sub Regional Strategy indentifies the importance of
          landscape protection and enhancement and has the objective of ensuring that “development
          contributes to an improved environment…protecting and enhancing environmental assets
          (including landscape and biodiversity) and providing green space and related infrastructure
          (green infrastructure)”.


14.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

14.3.1    Similar to the level of biodiversity within the mostly urban town centre, landscape factors also
          have a relatively low value baseline.          However, through the design and sustainable
          development requirements of the Town Centre Area Action Plan the opportunities for
          enhancements to green infrastructure and the visual aesthetics can be realised.


14.4     Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
         Quarters & Site Allocations

                                                                                                     57
14.4.1       Policy 1 (Regeneration Priorities) presents the overarching strategy to guide development
             within the town centre over the plan period. The growth presents uncertain effects for
             landscape factors and the potential impact of new buildings and development design will
             depend on implementation. Conversely the direction of growth into the town centre will reduce
             unnecessary overdevelopment of Greenfield sites which may have greater landscape value.
             Policies relating to location of development such as policy 3 (Primary Shopping Area and
             Evening Economy), policy 4 (Commercial Offices) and policy 6 (Residential) have an uncertain
             impact because the impact of development on the landscape will be dependent upon
             implementation.

14.4.2       Policies 2 (Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development Principles) and 11 (Public Realm
             and Public Art) relate to the urban quarters, design and the public realm. These policies and the
             overall Master Plan were formulated with careful consideration of the existing landscape (urban
             design and landscape analysis conducted), which ultimately intend to maintain and enhance
             the quality, character and local distinctiveness. Enhancements to the public realm will include
             additional vegetation.

14.4.3       A number of the urban quarter policies make specific reference to enhancement of the
             landscape and should therefore have a positive impact on the landscape criteria.

14.4.4       Policy 13 regards the provision of green infrastructure/ open space and is directly associated
             with enhancing the landscape and the creation of a high quality green town centre. A
             landscape assessment was undertaken to inform the Master Plan.


14.5     Proposed Mitigation

14.5.1       The plan will not have any obvious adverse effects on landscape, with the Master Plan being
             based, in part, on a landscape appraisal. As such no mitigation is proposed beyond the
             proposed design/ public realm policies. When considering planning applications the impact on
             landscape will be an important consideration.


14.6     Proposed Monitoring

14.6.1       Those key indicators most related to landscape which are outlined in appendix 7 include:
              KTC 11a: Number of public spaces created/ existing public spaces improved

              KTC 11b: Number of additional public art installations

              KTC HC 10: Environment and Public Realm

              KTC 13a: Net gain in open space

              KTC 14: Production of a Surface Water Management
              Plan and Green Infrastructure Strategy within 18months of the adoption of the AAP.

              COI E2: Change in areas of biodiversity importance



14.6.2       The overall phasing, implementation and delivery of the Master Plan should also assist to
             deliver the all round landscape enhancements.




                                                                                                     58
15       Environmental: Cultural Heritage

15.1     Baseline

         CSS Level: Cultural Heritage
15.1.1    New development in the plan area must respect both built and archaeological heritage, and in
          general promote good design, to add to the built quality of the North Northamptonshire. This
          may be particularly important in those areas that are currently lacking distinctive character.

         Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: Cultural Heritage
15.1.2    Four key issues were identified a) ensuring that new development complements historical
          Kettering and maintains and enhances Kettering‟s cultural heritage, b) locally distinctive
          materials and techniques should be used were possible, c) Improve significance of sites and
          monuments and d) Understanding / incorporating the value of the town‟s more recent heritage.
          The historic context and evolution of the town was assessed through the Kettering Futures work
          (2007/08) which has led to the Master Plan for the Town Centre Area Action Plan. The separate
          Baseline Report expands.

15.1.3    There are 431 sites of historic importance in proximity to Kettering town centre. Archaeological
          and historical data has been derived from two key sources: a full monument report from
          Northamptonshire County Council (NCC) accompanied by GIS data, and an Extensive Urban
          Survey undertaken by Foard and Ballinger (2004) for NCC. The following is relevant:

          Part of the town centre is designated as a Conservation Area, and there are 28 listed buildings
           in, or in close proximity to Kettering Town Centre.
          Much of the historic built environment is of high quality adding to the quality of the public realm
           and adding significantly to the character and identity of the area.

15.2     Context Review (other plans & programmes)

15.2.1    The Kettering Conservation Area Appraisal (2007) aims to preserve and enhance the character
          and appearance of the designated area and to provide a basis for making sustainable decisions
          about its future through the development of management proposals. It aims to create a town
          centre characterised by the quality of urban design, architecture, public realm and respect for
          heritage.


15.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

15.3.1    The Conservation Area will have a positive effect on preserving, protecting and enhancing
          cultural heritage. However the policies in the Town Centre Area Action Plan will aid in
          preventing decline and facilitating restoration of heritage. The opportunities for „ad hoc‟
          approaches will arise and furthermore the conservation area implications may also fail to be
          adequately addressed. The importance for heritage to be addressed cohesively and over the
          town centre area assists with maintaining the assets of individual buildings. Through the overall
          Master Plan and design implications it is likely that cultural heritage aspects will be enhanced
          over the plan period.


15.4     Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
         Quarters & Site Allocations

15.4.1    Policy 1 (Regeneration Priorities and Economic Approaches) presents the overarching strategy
          to guide development within the town centre over the plan period. The growth presents positive
          opportunities for the regeneration of the town centre including the large area which the
                                                                                                     59
             conservation area incorporates. These will have major positive effects longer term. The focus
             for development in policy 2 (Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development Principles) will
             direct development away from existing historical buildings and the majority of the conservation
             area and will protect and enhance the town‟s cultural heritage. There are also positive heritage
             impacts arising from policy 24 (The Headlands Quarter).

15.4.2       Policies 11 (Public Realm and Public Art) and 13 (Open Space, Green Infrastructure and
             Biodiversity), promote high quality design and public realm and provision of green infrastructure
             which will have indirect positive impacts on heritage factors given the enhancements to the
             visual environs. The major positive benefits arises from policy KTC 12 (Heritage and
             Conservation) which is specifically intended to conserve and enhance the town centre
             Conservation Area and other heritage aspects. This will have major benefits for cultural
             heritage.

15.4.3       Policy 3 regards additional town centre retail growth which will be predominately directed to the
             northern element of the Conservation Area and as such the impacts on heritage are uncertain
             given the strong role of implementation.


15.5     Proposed Mitigation

15.5.1       The plan will have mixed impacts on heritage given the additional levels of growth, however,
             through the overall Master Plan, and heritage policies which seek to support the town centre
             Conservation Area (and Appraisal) and via implementation and design the factor should be
             enhanced. Impact on heritage will be an important consideration when assessing planning
             applications.


15.6     Proposed Monitoring

15.6.1       Those key indicators most related to cultural heritage which are outlined in appendix 7 include:


              KTC 12: Number of Listed Buildings at risk

              COI H6: Building for life Assessment on completed housing units




                                                                                                     60
16       Environmental: Built Environment

16.1     Baseline

         Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: Baseline
16.1.1    An urban analysis and study of the town centre was assessed through the Kettering Futures
          work (2007/08) which has led to the Master Plan for the Town Centre Area Action Plan. The
          separate Baseline Report expands. This carried forward earlier work on the Western Quarter
          (Master Plan, Taylor Young, October 2007) and town centre (Town Centre Framework, EDAW,
          2007 & Kettering Master Plan, Atkins, May 2005).


16.2     Context Review (other plans & programmes)

16.2.1    The Kettering Futures work (2007/08); Western Quarter Master Plan (Taylor Young, October
          2007), the Town Centre Framework (EDAW, 2007) and the Kettering Master Plan (Atkins, May
          2005) all form key pieces of urban design background and architectural analysis. These studies
          have identified large levels of potential Brownfield regeneration land in the town centre, and
          also identified those key areas of intervention required to deliver visual urban enhancements,
          particularly within the conservation area.


16.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

16.3.1    Similar to the heritage factors the quality of the built environs will likely decline without policies
          to steer architectural design, layout and the overall urban design of the town centre.
          Opportunities for individualist „ad hoc‟ development proposals will increase.


16.4     Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
         Quarters & Site Allocations

16.4.1    Policy 1 (Regeneration Priorities) presents the overarching strategy to guide development
          within the town centre over the plan period. This is fundamentally based on additional growth
          and also high design quality and enhancement of the public realm and therefore has a strong
          positive impact on the built environment criteria. In addition to this Policy 3 (Urban Quarters,
          Urban Codes and Development Principles) promotes high quality design and seeks to improve
          the character and quality of the plan area which has strong positive impacts on the built
          environment criteria.

16.4.2    Policies 11 (Public Realm and Public Art) and policy 13 (Open Space, Green Infrastructure and
          Biodiversity) also have positive impacts onmthe built environment as these policies seek to
          enhance the visual environment and the overall quality of the town centre through creating
          areas that are flexible, durable, attractive and functional as well as an enhanced public realm.
          There are though uncertain effects arising due to the importance of design and architecture
          through implementation. This is particularly relevant to policies 3 and 4 that relate to retail,
          evening economy and office along with policy 6 on housing growth.

16.4.3    The quality of the built environment and street scene appearance is a major positive factor
          associated with policy 12 on heritage.

16.4.4    Policy 8 outlines the additional provision of car parks and is not directly related to architecture
          of the built environment. However, the design of the car parks should ensure that built
          environment factors are considered and as such the impacts of the policy on the factor are
          uncertain.


16.5     Proposed Mitigation
                                                                                                       61
16.5.1       The plan will have mostly positive with some neutral/uncertain impacts on the built environment.
             The strong design focus of the policies and associated Master Plan act to ensure sound
             delivery and recognition of the factor.


16.6     Proposed Monitoring

16.6.1       Those key indicators most related to built environment which are outlined in appendix 7 include:
              COI H6: Building for life Assessment on completed housing units

              KTC 11a: Number of public spaces created/ existing public spaces improved

              KTC 11b: Number of additional public art installations

              KTC HC 10: Environment and Public Realm




                                                                                                    62
17       Environmental: Climate Change

17.1     Baseline

         CSS Level & Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: Climate Change
17.1.1    Associated with the protection of air quality and protection from flooding the plan must take into
          account climate change. This issue is one of overarching significance and may impact on
          many other aspects of the baseline environment. The key issues which the LDF should
          consider are both in helping to limit climate change by reducing greenhouse gas emissions, and
          in seeking to protect from the effects of climate change.

17.1.2    The issues relating to seeking to limit emissions are:

          reducing the need to travel and length of trips
          increasing the proportion of electricity generated from renewable resources, especially those
           sources that do not rely on combustion of fuel e.g. wind turbines, geothermal energy, biomass,
           wave power
          encouraging new development that will minimise energy use.
17.1.3    The impacts of climate change on the joint LDF area may be wide-ranging, including impacts
          on sensitive ecosystems and landscapes, especially where the ability of these areas to adapt to
          change is limited e.g. wetland areas.

17.1.4    Care will have to be taken in designing new development appropriately so as not to exacerbate
          the risk of flooding etc that is associated with climate change. Also plant and animal migratory
          routes must be maintained so that species can move and adapt to changing climate.


17.2     Context Review (other plans & programmes)

17.2.1    Planning Policy Statement: Planning and Climate Change – Supplement to Planning Policy
          Statement 1 sets out how planning should contribute to reducing emissions and stabilising
          climate change and take into account the unavoidable consequences. In providing for homes,
          jobs, services and infrastructure, energy efficiency and emission reduction should be a priority,
          urban growth should secure the fullest possible use of sustainable transport and respond to the
          concerns of business and encourage competitiveness and technological innovation in mitigating
          and adapting to climate change.


17.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

17.3.1    The micro level effects on global climate are minimal. However, without the implementation of
          Town Centre Area Action Plan a small element of the overriding need to reduce energy
          consumption and other negative affects on the environment will not occur. As such, albeit
          minor, the overall impact on climate change will be negative without the Town Centre Area
          Action Plan. Tacking the causes and effects of climate change will predominantly be covered by
          other plans and programmes.



17.4     Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
         Quarters & Site Allocations

17.4.1    Many of the policies do not have a direct relationship with climate change. However policy 2
          has a direct positive relationship as it ensures that developments maximise resource efficiency
          and minimise energy/ water use. This will have wider sustainability effects intended to tackle
          the threat of climate change.
                                                                                                   63
17.4.2       Policy 8 relates to additional car parking which may have negative impacts on the factor as the
             policy encourages greater car use with associated negative externalities.

17.4.3       Policies 1, 2, 9, 10, 20 have indirect positive impacts through reduction of greenhouse gas
             emissions through focusing development in an accessible location and therefore reducing the
             need to travel or through promoting sustainable methods of travel.


17.5     Proposed Mitigation

17.5.1       As many of the policies do not have a direct relationship, mitigation is not required. However on
             the macro level additional development will have an impact and as such the Town Centre Area
             Action Plan framework is being supported by the wider LDF including CSS which also outlines
             the approach with regard to climate change to provide positive impact and the Sustainable
             Design SPD.


17.6     Proposed Monitoring

17.6.1       Those indicators most related to Climate Change which are outlined in appendix 7 include:
              COI E3: Renewable energy generation

              COI H6: Building for life Assessment on completed housing units

              KTC 9: Number of public transport improvements outlined in KTC policy 9 delivered

              KTC 10: Number of pedestrian/ cycle connections outlined in KTC policy 10 delivered.

              KTC 6 and 10: Number of secure cycle storage spaces and cycle parking spaces outlined in
               KTC policies 6 and 10 which have been secured/ delivered.




                                                                                                     64
18       Natural Resources: Air

18.1     Baseline

         CSS Level: Air
18.1.1    Key strategic impacts on the factor include impacts on transport and travel. This primarily
          relates to the location of jobs and homes alongside the promotion of alternative modes of
          transport.

18.1.2    The impacts of increased car traffic on air quality are well known, and include local effects on
          air quality, for example particulate emissions, national air quality effects from secondary
          pollutants that form in the air over time, such as ozone, and from global impacts such as
          greenhouse gas emission contributing to global warming.

18.1.3    Any burning of fossil fuels will release polluting or harmful gases into the air, and as the majority
          of energy is derived from burning these gases, increasing general energy efficiency is essential.
          Therefore policies need to be in place to ensure that all new development at least conforms to
          current efficiency standards, and where possible exceeds these. As part of this it is important
          that the LDF takes an active role in seeking alternative energy sources than fossil fuel,
          including requiring all large developments to incorporate an element of renewable energy
          generation.

18.1.4    The other side to this is that the plan must ensure that sensitive development is not located
          near sources of air pollution, e.g. busy roads and industrial sites with polluting emissions to air.

         Town Centre Area Action Plan: Air & Climate
18.1.5    Two key issues were identified a) reducing nitrogen dioxide levels in Kettering and b) reducing
          road traffic and traffic congestion. Currently air quality is regarded generally as being good. The
          Environment Act 1995 Part IV requires each local authority to assess whether the statutory Air
          Quality Objectives (AQO) specified in the Air Quality Regulations 2000 (as amended) will be
          met by the specified target dates so as to meet the National Air Quality Strategy.

18.1.6    In order to test whether Kettering is meeting its AQO, the Council monitors the levels of
          nitrogen dioxide, an indicator of road traffic pollution, within the area. Monitored areas must
          yield results less than 40 micrograms per cubic metre (μg/m³) in order to meet government air
          quality targets. Table 4 below shows the annual averages for samples taken in and around
          Kettering Town Centre during the first half of 2005.

         Table 4: Annual Averages of Nitrogen Dioxide (μg/m³) in Kettering Town Centre
           Location              Jan 05      Feb 05      Mar 05      Apr 05          May 05
                                                        NO2 (μg/m³ )
           Newland St              missing       36.6      38.07      missing          missing
           Rockingham Rd            31.97      36.82       34.97        34.00           24.86
           William St               26.86      33.00       29.04        22.20           18.56
           William St               24.68      29.70       27.93        19.84          Missing
           School Lane              26.23      31.01       29.48        23.75           16.87
           London Rd               Missing    Missing      32.14        26.16          missing
           St. Peter‟s Ave         Missing    Missing      29.19        28.12           22.61
           St. Peter‟s Ave          25.48      34.37       28.82        29.25           20.73
           Bowling Green Rd         31.39      42.06       36.91        31.71           29.41
           The Grove                23.53      32.89       25.45        24.11           16.66
           Northampton Rd           29.56      37.16       35.61        33.75           29.25
           Lower St                 33.46     Missing      28.67        34.66           23.46
           Field St                 25.37      28.84       28.82        24.37           16.18
                                                                                                      65
         (NB. The term „missing‟ refers to data that is incomplete due to unauthorised removal of
         monitoring equipment)
18.1.7    The busy thoroughfares of Newland Street, Rockingham Road and Bowling Green Road had
          the highest average μg/m³ in 2004 and the latest data for the beginning of 2005 indicates that
          Newland Street, Rockingham Road and Bowling Green Road still have the highest μg/m³ levels
          so far in 2005, with Bowling Green Road exceeding the government target of „less than 40
          μg/m³‟ in February 2005. All of the other monitored areas were within government targets.
          Figures for the latter half of 2005 and early 2006 are still being collated.

18.1.8    Latest progress reports have recognised that some pollutants (mainly nitrogen dioxide and
          small particles - PM10) may increase in future as a result of a general increase in road traffic.
          Problems associated with traffic exhaust emissions are encountered in many traffic congested
          towns in the UK, and where air quality objectives are exceeded local councils are required to
          declare an Air Quality Management Area (AQMA) to address the problems and to protect the
          health of local residents and others who work or visit the area. No AQMAs have been declared
          in Kettering or within North Northamptonshire.


18.2     Context Review (other plans & programmes)

18.2.1    Kettering Borough Council Air Quality Review and Assessment: Detailed Assessment for
          Nitrogen Dioxide (2004) shows that the monitored results show that Kettering has generally
          good air quality levels which are within the air quality objectives. The Council will continue to
          take steps to reduce air pollution through Sustainable Development, Agenda 21, Development
          Control and Local Air Pollution Control.

18.2.2    Planning Policy Statement 23: Planning and Pollution Control advocates the use of the
          Precautionary Principle and states that development should have regard to existing, likely and
          future air quality in an area.

18.2.3    Planning Policy Statement 23: Planning and Pollution Control – Annex 1: Pollution Control, Air
          and Water Quality states that Local Authorities should assess the possible impact of new
          development on air quality and use this in preparation of development plans.

18.2.4    Air Quality Strategy for England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland has the primary
          objective to make sure that everyone can enjoy a level of ambient air quality in public places,
          which poses no significant risk to health or quality of life.


18.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

18.3.1    Air quality will decrease without the Town Centre Area Action Plan given the likely increases in
          car travel and absence of localised climatic benefits given by new development (such as
          through enhanced green infrastructure or public realm). Addressing air quality will
          predominantly be covered by other plans and programmes.




18.4     Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
         Quarters & Site Allocations

18.4.1    The Town Centre Area Action Plan does not have many relevant or significant impacts on the
          factor. Policies 1 to 3 seek to focus development within an accessible town centre which may
          have benefits for air quality in terms of reducing transport movement. Similarly policies 4 and 5
          seek to focus retail, leisure and commercial within the town centre which may again have
          benefits in terms of reducing transport movement.

18.4.2    Policy 2 (Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development Principles) requires development to
          have regard to amenity which will have a positive effect on the factor. Further detail on amenity
          is provided through CSS policy 14 which prevents development from having an unacceptable
          impact on amenity, including through pollution.


                                                                                                  66
18.4.3       Policies 9 (Public Transport) and 10 (Pedestrian and Cycle Network) may have a positive
             impact on air quality through providing alternatives to the car and the associated reduction in
             transport movements.

18.4.4       Policy 8 (Parking) will have negative impacts on the factor. The policy encourages greater car
             use with associated negative externalities such as potentially increasing traffic related pollution.
             This also applies to those urban quarters which incorporate car parks. Policy 6 has uncertain
             impacts on the factor given that additional residential development (and other development)
             may increase light pollution.


18.5     Proposed Mitigation

18.5.1       The impact of additional traffic movements on air pollution which may arise due to the proposed
             additional car parking will require mitigation. Policies 9 (Public Transport) and 10 (Pedestrian
             and Cycle Network) will help mitigate this through provision of alternative modes of travel.
             Further mitigation may be achieved through a range of plans and programmes including the
             Local Transport Plan and other sustainable transport initiatives.


18.6     Proposed Monitoring

18.6.1       Those key indicators most related to air and climate which are outlined in appendix 7 include:
              KTC 9: Number of public transport improvements outlined in KTC policy 9 delivered

              KTC 10: Number of pedestrian/ cycle connections outlined in KTC policy 10 delivered.

              KTC 6 and 10: Number of secure cycle storage spaces and cycle parking spaces outlined in
               KTC policies 6 and 10 which have been secured/ delivered.

              KTC 2: Number of non residential developments built with a BREEAM rating of at least „very
               good‟




                                                                                                        67
19       Natural Resources: Water Quality

19.1     Baseline

         CSS Level: Water Quality and Conservation
19.1.1    Generally good quality river water in and around the North Northamptonshire area must be
          maintained and where possible improved in line with Government targets. Therefore it must be
          ensured that there is sufficient sewage treatment capacity for all new development, in all
          locations throughout the County, as sewage treatment works failure can cause the release of
          large amounts of pollutants into rivers, and cause river pollution problems downstream. There
          must also be sufficient capacity in place to provide all existing and future residents with good
          quality drinking water, without reducing water tables, through provision of suitable water
          treatment facilities.

19.1.2    Every attempt should be made in new development to prevent storm run-off being directly
          discharged into surface waters and causing pollution incident, using methods such as
          Sustainable Urban Drainage Systems (SUDS). Plan policies must ensure that all new
          development incorporates at least minimum expected standards of water efficiency, but aims
          for maximising efficiency in all circumstances.

         Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: Water Quality
19.1.3    Three key issues were identified a) effluent disposal b) the incorporation of SUDs systems into
          new developments and c) the impact of growth on sewage treatment capacity

19.1.4    The River Ise and the Slade Brook, which dominate the hydrology of Kettering form tributaries
          of the River Nene. The River Ise runs north to south along the eastern side of Kettering Town
          separating the Ise Lodge estate from the rest of the town, whilst the Slade Brook runs north to
          south along Northfield Avenue immediately to the west of the town centre. Given that the Slade
          Brook is a small watercourse, any new discharge could have a significant affect on water
          quality. New development can lead to an increase in surface run-off or may modify ground
          conditions and instigate changes to the local hydrology. The frequency and severity of flooding
          is also increasing and this is a major concern nationally.

19.1.5    Sewage within Kettering town centre is the responsibility of Anglian Water, with the main and
          public sewer coming within their remit. Any sewers that were constructed before 1936, are
          classified as „public‟, and are maintained by Anglian Water. Existing public foul sewage for the
          town centre goes to Kettering and the Ise Valley Terminal Pumping Station and thence to
          Broadholme Sewage Treatment Works. All sewage treatment works are at capacity.


19.2     Context Review (other plans & programmes)

19.2.1    The Water Framework Directive 2000/60/EC has the key objectives of promoting sustainable
          water use based on a long term protection of available water resources, contributing to
          mitigating the effects of floods and droughts, ensuring the progressive reduction of groundwater
          pollution and preventing its further pollution and requiring the production of river management
          plans.

19.2.2    Planning Policy Statement 23: Planning and Pollution Control advocates the use of the
          Precautionary Principle and states that development should have regard to existing, likely and
          future water quality in an area.

19.2.3    Planning Policy Statement 23: Planning and Pollution Control – Annex 1: Pollution Control, Air
          and Water Quality states that Local Authorities should assess the possible impact of new
          development on water quality and use this in preparation of development plans. It must be
          ensured that water quality is protected and enhanced.
                                                                                                 68
19.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

19.3.1       The affect on water quality may be neutral longer term as the influences are broader than
             simply land use (such as behavioural impacts and water company actions), although without
             the design/ implementation safeguards required by the Town Centre Area Action Plan the factor
             may decline given the risk of inappropriate additional development on Slade Brook.


19.4     Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
         Quarters & Site Allocations

19.4.1       The Area Action Plan framework has limited relationships to the factor as the town centre has
             no major river tributaries running through it although it is recognised that development could
             impact on Slade Brook. Policy 2 (Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development Principles)
             seeks to ensure that development considers sustainability measures. However, there is no
             specific reference to enhancing water quality. Policy 21 (New Residential Quarter) may have a
             positive impact on water quality through river restoration and the creation of a green
             infrastructure corridor along the Slade Brooke.


19.5     Proposed Mitigation

19.5.1       No direct mitigation is needed following the SA. It is considered that through implementation of
             the Master Plan policies including the implementation of sustainable construction including
             water efficiency and permeable surfaces there will be a neutral or positive impact on water
             quality.


19.6     Proposed Monitoring

19.6.1       Those key indicators most related to air and climate which are outlined in appendix 7 include:

              KTC 14: Production of a Surface Water Management Plan and Green Infrastructure Strategy
               within 18months of the adoption of the AAP.

              COI E1: Number/ % of applications approved contrary to advice given by The Environment
               Agency




                                                                                                     69
20 Natural Resources: Water Conservation &
Management

20.1     Baseline

         CSS Level: Flood risk
20.1.1    The planned growth poses serious challenges for the management and limitation of run-off and
          flood risk. Development should only take place in areas not susceptible to flooding in line with
          Environment Agency guidance and PPS25, so as not to put human health at risk in a location
          or exacerbate flooding in other locations.

         Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: Flood Risk

20.1.2    The Baseline incorporates water quality and as such includes six key issues which were
          identified a) the reduction in flood risk from future development b) additional potable and non
          potable water supply c) effluent disposal d) the incorporation of SUDs systems into new
          developments e) risk of flooding to the wider catchment and f) the impact of growth on sewage
          treatment capacity.

20.1.3    The River Ise and the Slade Brook, which dominate the hydrology of Kettering form tributaries
          of the River Nene. The River Ise runs north to south along the eastern side of Kettering Town
          separating the Ise Lodge estate from the rest of the town, whilst the Slade Brook runs north to
          south along Northfield Avenue immediately to the west of the town centre.

20.1.4    A Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (SFRA) was undertaken for Kettering Borough by
          consultants in 2005 in accordance with Planning Policy Guidance Note 25. The SFRA was
          produced with the cooperation and support of the Environment Agency in order to provide a
          detailed and robust assessment of the extent and nature of the risk of flooding and its
          implications for land use planning. According to the SFRA report most of the watercourses that
          run through the town of Kettering have a history of flooding. The major flood risk areas
          identified in Kettering are concentrated along the River Ise which runs through the east of the
          town and are therefore not relevant to the town centre. However, there is some probability of
          flooding around parts of the Slade Brook. Existing key hydraulic structures along the course of
          the Slade Brook through Kettering include:

          Raised bank at the Co-op site
          Flood wall at the Co-op site
          Flood storage at Kettering Leisure Village
          Raised bank and floodwall at the recreation field opposite Cuncliffe Drive
          Raised bank and floodwall north of the Rothwell Road/ Northfield Avenue roundabout.


20.2     Context Review (other plans & programmes)

20.2.1    Planning Policy Statement 25: Development and Flood Risk provides a strong basis for
          judgement of flood risk and the requirements incumbent upon Local Planning Authorities. It
          requires that flood risk be taken into account when considering a development proposal, the
          avoidance of development in areas at risk of flooding, and the direction of development away
          from areas at highest risk of flooding. It proposes that this should be done through a four stage
          approach:

          Appraising and understanding flood risk through carrying out Flood Risk Assessments

                                                                                                  70
          Managing risk by locating development where it avoids flood risk to people and property
           wherever possible, and where risks are managed.
          Reducing risk, for instance adopting preventative measures such as SUDS.
          Working in partnership, particularly with the Environment Agency.

20.2.2    Water Resources for the Future: A Strategy for the East Midlands seeks to ensure that
          development recognises the limited availability of water and incorporates measures and
          sustainable drainage systems at the planning stage and seeks to ensure that development is
          sustainable, both in terms of water demand, water abstraction, treatment and supply, and water
          disposal.

20.2.3    Kettering and Wellingborough Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (2005) provides detailed
          assessment of the extent and nature of the risk of flooding and its implication for land use
          planning. It should be used as part of the evidence base to inform future development locations.

20.2.4    Flood Risk in the Plan Area has been assessed by the Kettering Town Centre Level 2 Strategic
          Flood Risk Assessment and allocated development sites have subsequently been assessed
          sequentially in the Kettering Town Centre Sequential Test.


20.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

20.3.1    The affect on flooding may increase without appropriate planning safeguards and mitigation
          measures. Surface water run off and inappropriate overdevelopment on the flood plain may be
          such examples.


20.4     Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
         Quarters & Site Allocations

20.4.1    The vast majority of the town centre is not at risk from flooding however there are development
          sites within the New Residential Quarter and the Station Quarter which are located in flood
          zones 2 and 3. Policies 21 (The New Residential Quarter) and 20 (The Station Quarter) have a
          potential uncertain impact on this criteria because although they are at risk of flooding the
          policies require developments to meet requirements set out in policy 14 (Flood and Surface
          Water Management). The main purpose of this policy is to reduce risk from flooding and as
          such it will have strong positive benefits in relation to the criteria.

20.4.2    In terms of water consumption the growth outlined by policies 1 (Regeneration Priorities), 3, 4
          and 6 (Primary Shopping Area and Evening Economy, Commercial and Residential) will have
          uncertain impacts given the additional demand on resources due to new development.
          However the additional demand on resources may be mitigated to an extent through the
          requirement in Policy 2 (Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development Principles) to include
          sustainable construction techniques in proposals for development.

20.4.3    Policy 13 will have a positive impact on water management through the provision of duel use
          open space which will incorporate measures to reduce flood risk.



20.5     Proposed Mitigation

20.5.1    The uncertain impacts on water consumption have been mitigated through        the reference to
          sustainable construction techniques in policy 3 and through implementation    of Core Strategy
          Policy 15 and the Sustainable Design SPD. Impact relating to flood risk       will be mitigated
          through the implementation of policy 14. Consideration of these issues        when assessing
          planning applications will be important in mitigating potential impacts.


20.6     Proposed Monitoring

20.6.1    Those key indicators most related to water conservation & management which are outlined in

                                                                                                 71
    Appendix 7 include:
     KTC 14: Production of a Surface Water Management Plan and Green Infrastructure Strategy
      within 18months of the adoption of the AAP.

     COI E1: Number/ % of applications approved contrary to advice given by The Environment
      Agency




                                                                                     72
21       Natural Resources: Soil and Land

21.1     Baseline

         CSS Level: Soil and Land
21.1.1    Agricultural land quality is highest around Wellingborough and Kettering, with large areas of soil
          of the second highest grade. Although near Corby in the north of the area there is little soil of
          any agricultural quality. It is therefore important that the high quality soils are protected from
          development.

21.1.2    Kettering and Wellingborough have only a very limited supply of previously developed land, and
          at present this has been the focus for the majority of new development, although this is now
          being developed, this places a strong emphasis on making the best use of remaining areas of
          previously developed land, or land conversions to make the best use of land.

         Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: Soil and Land
21.1.3    The Baseline is related to that for Minerals. In land use terms an urban analysis and study of
          the town centre was assessed through the Kettering Futures work (2007/08) which has led to
          the Master Plan for the Town Centre Area Action Plan. The separate Baseline Report expands
          on this. This carried forward earlier work on the Western Quarter (Master Plan, Taylor Young,
          October 2007) and town centre (Town Centre Framework, EDAW, 2007 & Kettering Master
          Plan, Atkins, May 2005). All the work has identified urban potential and capacity within the town
          centre.


21.2     Context Review (other plans & programmes)

21.2.1    Planning Policy Statement 1: Delivering Sustainable Development (PPS1) promotes the most
          efficient use of land through higher densities, a mix of uses and the use of suitably located
          previously developed land. It also states that development plans need to ensure that there is
          protection of the wider countryside including the conservation of soil quality.

21.2.2    Planning Policy Statement 7: Sustainable Development in Rural Areas (PPS7) states that the
          presence of the best and most versatile agricultural land should be taken into account along
          with soil quality in development decisions.

21.2.3    Planning Policy Statement 23: Planning and Pollution Control (PPS23) states that
          contamination can create long term limitations on the use of soils and therefore pollution
          prevention is an important consideration in future planning decisions.


21.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

21.3.1    The increased risk of the unnecessary overdevelopment on Greenfield sites will occur without a
          positive planning framework for the town centre. Brownfield sites may also not be redeveloped
          or land contamination resolved. The best use of land and wider mixed use/ design proposals
          may not come forward.




21.4     Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
         Quarters & Site Allocations

21.4.1    The Town Centre Area Action Plan framework has broad positive impacts on the factor. The
          additional growth and regeneration will direct development onto previously developed sites

                                                                                                   73
             which may in turn safeguard against unnecessary Greenfield development. This applies to
             policies 1 (Regeneration Priorities), 2 (Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development
             Principles) 3 (Retail), 4 (Commercial), 5 (Culture, Tourism and Leisure) and 6 (Residential).

21.4.2       Policy 12 (Heritage Conservation and Archaeology) records a negative impact against this
             criteria due to the restraints this policy may place on density of development. Policy 13 (Open
             Space, Green Infrastructure and Biodiversity) has an uncertain impact as it seeks to safeguard
             land within the town centre which could otherwise be developed but promotes green
             infrastructure and biodiversity which have beneficial impacts on land and soil.


21.5     Proposed Mitigation

21.5.1       Town Centre Area Action Plan framework is broadly positive toward this factor and as such no
             mitigation beyond ensuring the deliverability of the plan is proposed.


21.6     Proposed Monitoring

21.6.1       Those key indicators most related to soil and land which are outlined in Appendix 7 include:
              KTC 6a: Housing Density

              COI BD4: Amount of completed retail development within the town centre.

              COI BD1: Amount of floorspace developed for employment by type

              COI H2b: Number of residential units completed on the allocated sites and within the plan
               area.

              COI H3: New and converted dwellings on previously developed land

              COI BD2: Amount of employment floorspace on previously developed land




                                                                                                    74
22       Natural Resources: Minerals

22.1     Baseline

         CSS Level: Minerals
22.1.1    Safeguarded minerals sites identified in the Minerals and Waste Core Strategy DPD (Adopted
          May 2010) will need to be protected from development that would sterilise the resource. The
          LDF will need to consider the importance of allowing quarries that mine stone which is
          important for local vernacular design to remain open, and that the stone produced here is
          protected for building purposes, although the LDF will have a limited role to play and these
          matters will be determined through the Minerals and Waste Development Framework of the
          County Council.

         Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: (Soil and Land- Minerals Aspects)
22.1.2    Two key issues were identified a) ensuring new development complements the natural setting
          of the Borough and b) the use of local building materials (banded ironstone and limestone) as
          an important aspect of historical character and local distinctiveness within Kettering. The local
          Jurassic limestone and ironstone deposits have influenced the form and appearance of
          settlements and buildings and have provided a rich source of building material which is
          reflected in the local vernacular. There are a number of buildings in Kettering of these
          materials.


22.2     Context Review (other plans & programmes)

22.2.1    Minerals Policy Statement 1: Planning and Minerals sets out a number of key objectives for
          minerals planning:

          To ensue that prudent, efficient and sustainable use of minerals and recycling of suitable
           materials
          To conserve and safeguard mineral resources
          To secure adequate and steady supplies of minerals needed by society and the economy
           within the limits set by the environment
          To maximise the benefits and minimise the impacts of minerals operations

22.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

22.3.1    Uncertain future conditions arise, as regardless of the implementation of the Town Centre Area
          Action Plan. Additional development will result in increased minerals extraction with associated
          negative impacts, however, through the Town Centre Area Action Plan it may be argued that
          more sustainable forms of construction will be implemented and that there will be increased re-
          use of buildings and conversions.



22.4     Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
         Quarters & Site Allocations

22.4.1    The Town Centre Area Action Plan framework will have mixed effects on the factor. Essentially
          all of the policies which advocate a reuse of buildings would have positive or neutral affects,
          however, as the regeneration framework proposes significant new build (in accordance with the
          growth requirements) then the additional resource pressures would have adverse effects on the
          factor. The exact quantum of growth has been determined by the high tier CSS SA/SEA,
          however the impact on minerals is still considered relevant given that the Town Centre Area
                                                                                                  75
             Action Plan seeks to outline how and exactly where the planned growth is delivered.

22.4.2       Likely negative impacts arise from policies 1 (Regeneration Priorities), 3 (Primary Shopping
             Area and Evening Economy), 4 (Commercial Offices), 5 (Culture, Tourism and Leisure), 6
             (Residential) given the additional construction proposed. There are however, positive effects
             arising from policy 12 (Heritage Conservation and Archeology) as the policy is intended to
             conserve and enhance heritage aspects. The retention of buildings has benefits with regard to
             the embedded energy of existing buildings.


22.5     Proposed Mitigation

22.5.1       It is difficult to mitigate this factor given the need for new construction. Through sustainable
             construction techniques, the use of sustainability appraisals and retention of historic aspects
             some mitigation will occur. Use of sustainable construction techniques will be an important
             issue to consider when assessing planning applications.


22.6     Proposed Monitoring


22.6.1       Those key indicators most related to minerals which are outlined in Appendix 7 include:

              COI H3: New and converted dwellings on previously developed land

              COI BD2: Amount of employment floorspace on previously developed land

              KTC 6a: Housing Density




                                                                                                       76
23       Natural Resources: Energy Use

23.1     Baseline

         CSS & Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: Energy Use
23.1.1    The Baseline is related to the response to climate change and is set by the national level
          guidance associated with both planning and the building regulations. The BREEAM standards
          incorporating the Code for Sustainable Homes (CfSH) provides the overriding steer for
          residential development and construction of energy efficient buildings. The macro need to
          reduce energy consumption (heat, electricity and through construction) can, in part, be
          achieved through a more efficient built environment. This extends also to commercial buildings.
          The re-use and conversion of buildings will also save the embedded energy of the materials.


23.2     Context Review (other plans & programmes)

23.2.1    Planning Policy Statement: Planning and Climate Change – Supplement to Planning Policy
          Statement 1 sets out how planning should contribute to reducing emissions and stabilising
          climate change and take into account the unavoidable consequences. In providing for homes,
          jobs, services and infrastructure, energy efficiency and emission reduction should be a priority.
          Urban growth should secure the fullest possible use of sustainable transport and respond to the
          concerns of business and encourage competitiveness and technological innovation in mitigating
          and adapting to climate change.

23.2.2    Planning Policy Statement 22: Renewable Energy makes it clear that increased development of
          renewable energy resources is vital to facilitating the delivery of the Governments commitments
          on both climate change and renewable energy and can lead to social progress, effective
          protection of the environment, prudent use of natural resources and the maintenance of high
          and stable levels of economic growth and employment.

23.2.3    Towards a Regional Energy Strategy – A Sustainable Approach to Energy in East Midlands
          aims to foster greater awareness, understanding and appreciation of the need for and benefits
          of, a more sustainable approach to energy generation, encourage greater community
          involvement in sustainable energy projects and promote sustainable energy development
          through the land use planning process.

23.2.4    Following the adoption of the Core Spatial Strategy the Joint Planning Unit are preparing an
          Energy Strategy for North Northamptonshire. This strategy will inform future plans and
          proposals in the Borough.


23.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

23.3.1    Related to the impact of climate change the micro level will have a minimal impact on overall
          global or UK energy use, however, without the Town Centre Area Action Plan framework is it
          likely that energy use within the town centre will increase through further increases in
          unsustainable buildings. It should be recognised that significant elements of implementing
          sustainable buildings will occur under the separate building regulations requirements.




23.4     Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
         Quarters & Site Allocations


                                                                                                  77
23.4.1       Many of the policies have a direct relationship with energy use given the growth levels planned
             through polices 1 (Regeneration Priorities), 3 (Primary Shopping Area and Evening Economy),
             4 (Commercial Offices), 5 (Culture, Tourism and Leisure) and 6 (Residential) which will
             increase energy demand through construction and operation.

23.4.2       Policy 2 (Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development Principles) has an uncertain effect as
             development will increase energy use but the policy promotes energy conservation and
             sustainable construction techniques which will to an extent mitigate this.


23.5     Proposed Mitigation

23.5.1       The levels of growth to be provided through the Town Centre Area Action Plan will lead to an
             increase in energy demand through construction and operation. It is difficult to mitigate this
             factor given the requirements for new development. Policy 2 has been developed to mitigate
             the impacts of additional development on energy consumption through the promotion of energy
             conservation and sustainable construction techniques. The application of this policy when
             assessing planning applications will be important in mitigating impacts.


23.6     Proposed Monitoring

23.6.1       Those key indicators most related to energy use which are outlined in Appendix 7 include:
              COI E3: Renewable energy generation

              COI H6: Building for life Assessment on completed housing units

              KTC 2: Number of non residential developments built with a BREEAM rating of at least „very
               good‟




                                                                                                   78
24       Natural Resources: Renewable Energy

24.1     Baseline

         CSS & Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: Renewable Energy
24.1.1    The Baseline is related to the response to climate change and energy efficiency and as such is
          also set by the national level guidance associated with both planning and the building
          regulations. The BREEAM standards incorporating the Code for Sustainable Homes (CfSH)
          provides the overriding steer for residential development and construction of energy efficient
          buildings which incorporate renewable technology. PPS22 outlines the planning approaches to
          renewable energy. The macro need to reduce energy consumption (heat, electricity and
          through construction) can, in part, be achieved through a more efficient built environment,
          which also incorporates a proportion of on site or district (community) energy schemes. This
          extends also to commercial buildings. The re-use and conversion of buildings will also save the
          embedded energy of the materials.

24.1.2    Kettering Borough has achieved a significant amount in terms of renewable energy generation
          with 10 operational wind turbines at Burton Wold Wind Farm where permission has been
          granted for an additional 7 wind turbines. Permission has also been granted for 7 wind turbines
          at New Albion Wind Farm, Rushton. In addition to this permission has been granted for an
          anaerobic digestion plant at Rothwell Lodge Farm which is currently under construction.


24.2     Context Review (other plans & programmes)

24.2.1    Planning Policy Statement 22: Renewable Energy (PPS22) makes it clear that increased
          development of renewable energy resources is vital to facilitating the delivery of the
          Governments commitments on both climate change and renewable energy and can lead to
          social progress, effective protection of the environment, prudent use of natural resources and
          the maintenance of high and stable levels of economic growth and employment.

24.2.2    Towards a Regional Energy Strategy – A Sustainable Approach to Energy in East Midlands
          aims to foster greater awareness, understanding and appreciation of the need for and benefits
          of, a more sustainable approach to energy generation, encourage greater community
          involvement in sustainable energy projects and promote sustainable energy development
          through the land use planning process.


24.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

24.3.1    Likely future conditions are related to the impact of climate change and energy use. The micro
          level will have a minimal impact on overall global or UK energy use/ climate, however, without
          the Town Centre Area Action Plan framework is it likely that the use of renewables in
          contributing toward more sustainable buildings will not occur.


24.4     Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
         Quarters & Site Allocations

24.4.1    Many of the policies have a direct relationship with energy use given the growth levels planned
          through polices 1 (Regeneration Priorities), 3 (Primary Shopping Area and Evening Economy),
          4 (Commercial Offices), 5 (Culture, Tourism and Leisure) and 6 (Residential) which will
          increase energy demand through construction and operation.

24.4.2    Policy 2 has a direct positive relationship as it ensures that developments address the effects of
          climate change including provision of renewable energy, energy conservation and sustainable
          construction techniques.

                                                                                                   79
24.5     Proposed Mitigation

24.5.1       It is considered that the Town Centre Area Action Plan is broadly positive towards this factor
             and encourages the use of renewable energy technologies in new developments through policy
             2. Therefore there is no need for mitigation beyond ensuring the deliverability of the plan is
             proposed. The application of policies requiring use of renewable energy technologies at
             application stage will be important in contributing to the achievement of this SA objective.


24.6     Proposed Monitoring

24.6.1       Those key indicators most related to renewable energy which are outlined in appendix 7
             include:
              COI E3: Renewable energy generation

              COI H6: Building for life Assessment on completed housing units




                                                                                                  80
25       Natural Resources: Waste

25.1     Baseline

         CSS Level: Waste
25.1.1    The main issues relating to waste will be determined through the Minerals and Waste
          Development Framework to be produced by Northamptonshire County Council.

25.1.2    In order to reduce waste going to landfill it is important that the strategic level plan helps to
          identify suitable sites for waste recycling and sorting facilities. As well as ensuring new
          development of a threshold size makes provision for the collection and storage of recyclable
          materials. Also to protect primary minerals the reuse of demolition and all other waste should
          be promoted, especially where the building or structure being demolished contains materials
          that are part of the vernacular character.

         Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: Waste
25.1.3    Two key issues were identified a) reducing waste generation and b) the recycling of waste. The
          national target for the recycling of domestic waste to March 2006 was 18% per annum. The
          Borough plans to exceed the national target for recycling, aiming to achieve 20% to 25% for
          2005/06 and 30% to 45% for 2006/07. These improvements should be reflected in the disposal
          of waste from Kettering town centre. Doorstep recycling schemes are currently operated for
          household recyclables such as glass, cans, plastic bottles, paper, card and green garden
          waste. There are also local recycling points throughout the town for glass bottles, textiles,
          shoes and paper.

25.1.4    The adopted Northamptonshire Waste Local Plan (March 2006) identifies current waste
          disposal sites in the Borough that could accommodate major new facilities. The Plan however,
          does not identify any new sites within the Borough as it is considered that there is sufficient
          waste disposal capacity within the County, provided all recycling targets are met, to take the
          County to 2016 (the end of the plan period). This plan will be replaced by the Locations for
          Waste Development DPD which has been submitted to the Secretary of State.


25.2     Context Review (other plans & programmes)

25.2.1    UK National Waste Strategy aims to tackle the growth in waste, increase recycling and energy
          recovery, develop new markets for recycled materials and reduce the amount of waste to
          landfill.

25.2.2    Planning Policy Statement 10: Planning for Sustainable Waste Management (PPS10) has the
          overall objective to protect human health and the environment by producing less waste and
          using it as a resource wherever possible. Positive planning has an important role in delivering
          sustainable waste management through the development of appropriate strategies for growth,
          regeneration and the prudent use of resources, and by providing sufficient opportunities for new
          waste management facilities.


25.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

25.3.1    The level of waste will continue to increase without the influence of external factors, many of
          which are beyond the scope of land use plans (i.e. behaviour and rates of recycling). Through
          design and implementation the Town Centre Area Action Plan will contribute toward waste
          minimisation on the micro level, however, no sites for waste or recycling facilities are proposed
          within the town centre and as such the factor is very much indirect.



                                                                                                  81
25.4     Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
         Quarters & Site Allocations

25.4.1       The Town Centre Area Action Plan contains no specific policy on waste however there are a
             number of policies which will have an impact on this. Policies 1 and 2 provide the opportunity
             for positive benefits through the replacement of old buildings with new, which will have to meet
             evolving residential and commercial building standards that will include facilities for recycling
             materials and also producing energy efficient buildings.


25.5     Proposed Mitigation

25.5.1       It is difficult to mitigate this factor given the need for redevelopment and new construction.
             Through sustainable construction techniques, the use of sustainability appraisals and the
             incorporation of waste minimisation and recycling into new developments, mitigation will occur.
             These will be important considerations when assessing planning applications.


25.6     Proposed Monitoring


25.6.1       Those key indicators most related to renewable energy which are outlined in appendix 7
             include:

              COI H6: Building for life Assessment on completed housing units

              KTC 2: Number of non residential developments built with a BREEAM rating of at least „very
               good‟




                                                                                                     82
26       Economic: Employment

26.1     Baseline

         CSS Level: Economic Growth
26.1.1    The broad strategic level outlines the principal areas of growth including retail, commercial and
          housing with the objective of sustaining economic growth. As part of planning for employment in
          North Northamptonshire matters that must be taken into consideration include the importance
          of manufacturing and distribution economic sectors in Corby, and the slow take up of office
          space in the town. The relative strength of Kettering and Wellingborough in attracting service
          sector employment, and whether this type of economic growth should continue to be focussed
          in these towns or whether the sector should also be encouraged in Corby also needs to be
          considered. Mixed use developments are preferable as they seek to provide a more sustainable
          development and greater social inclusion, by providing areas that are used constantly.

         Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: Employment
26.1.2    Four key issues were identified a) securing a wide range of employment types within the town
          centre, b) importance of manufacturing, storage and distribution c) opportunities for growth in
          knowledge based industries and d) diversification of the economy.

26.1.3    Kettering, along with the whole of the East Midlands region, has experienced significant growth
          and employment over the last 10 years. Economic activity rates have generally been high with
          low unemployment. 45% of economically active persons within the town centre are in full time
          employment. Other categories that account for the remaining percentage include students,
          retired persons, and sick persons. When split between the sexes, the figures indicate that there
          were fewer males in full time employment in the town centre than within the Borough as a
          whole, but more in part-time employment and more unemployed. However, when it comes to
          females there were more females in full time employment and less in part-time employment
          within the town centre compared with the rest of the Borough.

26.1.4    Within the town centre there are more persons in „professional occupations‟ and „associate
          professional and technical occupations‟, but less in „skilled trades‟. The higher proportion of
          employees within the town centre being in professional occupations indicates that a higher
          proportion of residents within the town centre also have a higher level of qualification. Level 4/5
          equates to a professional, vocational, management or academic qualification at NVQ level 4 or
          above.

26.1.5    The largest proportion of employees in the town centre work in distribution, hotels and
          restaurants. Manufacturing in the town centre wards is considerably lower than in the borough;
          and „transport and communications‟ is considerably higher than in the borough. „Distribution,
          hotels and restaurants‟ and „Banking, finance and insurance‟ are the sectors with the largest
          number of firms in the town centre wards.

26.1.6    In relation to the size of firms by sector, there are some significant differences between the
          areas under scrutiny. In Kettering Borough, 35.7% of manufacturing occurs in firms with 200 or
          more employees, whereas in the town centre wards there are no firms of this size. In the town
          centre wards, 50% of transport and communications firms have 200 or more employees
          whereas in the borough as a whole the figure is only 14.3%.


26.2     Context Review (other plans & programmes)

26.2.1    “Destination 2010” Regional Economic Strategy for the East Midlands 2003 – 2010 key
          objectives are to create high quality employment opportunities and to bring about excellence in
          learning and skills, giving the region a competitive edge in how we acquire and export
          knowledge, provide the physical conditions for a modern economic structure including
                                                                                                    83
         infrastructure to support the use of new technologies, to develop a strong culture of enterprise
         and innovation, creating a climate within which entrepreneurs and world class businesses can
         flourish.

26.2.2   The Employment Study (Nortoft, 2005) states that there is the opportunity for the creation of
         38,000 square metres of office employment space, along with further regeneration
         opportunities.


26.3     Likely future conditions of the factor

26.3.1   Economic growth and employment are positively connected in most cases, although some
         economic theory shows that in some circumstances job losses may be attributed to an
         advanced economic position (due to technical efficiencies and advancement). A large number
         of factors will determinate economic performance, a key finite attribute being the land resource
         and allocation of such as economic activity occurs in space. As such without the Town Centre
         Area Action Plan there may be negative consequences for employment levels connected with
         housing provision, land allocations for employment generation and indirect impacts such as the
         effect on the quality of place.


26.4     Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
         Quarters & Site Allocations

26.4.1   The policies of the Town Centre Area Action Plan have mixed costs and benefits for
         employment. Those policies that will actively encourage and secure economic benefits, both
         directly and indirectly, are outlined first, followed by those whose effects are more uncertain.

26.4.2   Policy 1 (Regeneration Priorities) will, over time increase the level of employment in the town
         due to the additional provision of retail and office floorspace, amongst other uses, which will
         generate employment at both construction and operational stages. It also seeks to attract
         investment and encourage diverse business in an attractive town centre that creates an
         environment that encourages enterprise and innovation and promotes the image of the area,
         which will create job opportunities. Policies 3 (Primary Shopping Area and Evening Economy),
         4 (Commercial Offices) and 5 (Culture, Tourism and Leisure) seek to outline a positive
         approach to new development and regeneration within the town centre. These will have a
         general positive effect on this criterion in the form of both direct and indirect economic benefits.
         The attractiveness of the area for visitors will increase as well as for investors. The quarter
         policies similarly have a strong positive impact on employment through the allocation of sites for
         employment or retail use and through enhancing the quality and attractiveness of the town
         centre as a location for businesses to locate.

26.4.3   Policies 7 (Road Network and Junctions), 8 (Parking), 9 (Public Transport) and 10 (Pedestrian
         and Cycle Network) will assist with employment provision through the attraction of inward
         investment resulting from the facilitation of a choice in transport modes for those travelling to
         work in the town. Policy 11 (Public Realm and Public Art) will also contribute to attracting
         inward investment by improving the appearance and attractiveness of the town centre.

26.4.4   The affect of Policy 6 (Residential) on the factor is uncertain as the development of residential
         may take land away from alternative employment uses, however the provision of residential
         development as part of a mixed use town centre will support the vitality and viability of the town
         centre which will contribute to making the town centre an attractive location for businesses.


26.5     Proposed Mitigation

26.5.1   A large number of positive affects arise due to the Town Centre Area Action Plan given the
         positive regeneration approach. Any policies which have had an uncertain impact on
         employment provision such as policy 6 have been mitigated through the provision of
         employment in additional locations and through ensuring a balanced approach to provision of
         all town centre uses.


26.6     Proposed Monitoring
                                                                                                    84
26.6.1       Those key indicators most related to employment which are outlined in Appendix 7 include:

              COI BD4: Amount of completed retail development within the town centre.

              COI BD1: Amount of floorspace developed for employment by type

              KTC 4: No. of jobs created per employment sector




                                                                                                  85
27        Economic: Wealth Creation

27.1      Baseline

          CSS Level: Economy
 27.1.1    The economy of North Northamptonshire is varied, with Corby still retaining employment types
           more traditionally the feature of the area - industry and distribution - while Kettering and
           Wellingborough employment is based more on service sector industries, with over 150,000m2
           of office spaces between them. However the plan will need to adapt and encourage business
           diversification through the area, although existing strengths should also be built on. Currently
           there is a large amount of travel around the area for work and this may represent a mismatch of
           skills, employment availability and housing availability, and this is something that the plan
           should seek to address and ensure that the right types of employment is delivered in the right
           locations and to the right scale.

27.1.2    The strategic level policies for the economy need to take into account the surrounding market
          forces from beyond the boundaries of North Northamptonshire, from areas such as
          Northampton, Peterborough, Milton Keynes and London.

          CSS Level: Retail and Leisure provision
27.1.3    Currently the retail provision in the North Northamptonshire area is poor and declining in all three
          of the growth towns, and this may in part be due to the strong performance of alternative retail
          opportunities beyond the growth area, in particular Northampton, Peterborough and Milton
          Keynes. Kettering currently has the greatest retail floorspace and also leisure opportunities,
          although is in need of regeneration. Quantitative need was also established through this taking
          predicted economic growth needs into account (resulting in the need for 20,500 – 25,000 sq m of
          comparison retail floorspace).

27.1.4    Tourism and leisure is an important aspect for rural parts of the LDF area and policies should
          encourage development for these employment purposes in rural areas, while retaining and
          managing the effect on the environment. Any development permitted in rural areas, should be
          focussed in settlements with facilities and services, to help them to be retained. A study on the
          roles and relationships of the town centres in North Northamptonshire was undertaken in 2005
          by Roger Tym and Partners.


27.2      Context Review (other plans & programmes)

 27.2.1    Regional Spatial Strategy for the East Midlands (2005) sets out the employment growth levels
           required in Kettering to 2021 which will lead to wealth creation and support for existing services
           and industries.


27.3      Likely future conditions of the factor

 27.3.1    Wealth creation is directly associated with economic growth and employment. The delivery of
           regional and countywide economic requirements will depend, in part, on the implementation of
           growth within the key town centres. As such, without the Town Centre Area Action Plan, wealth
           may be affected both locally and sub regionally.

 27.3.2    The economy is also profoundly influenced by national and global economic conditions.


27.4      Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
          Quarters & Site Allocations

                                                                                                     86
27.4.1       The policies of the Town Centre Area Action Plan have widespread benefits for wealth creation
             given the positive growth, design and regeneration approaches outlined. As such, the
             sustainability appraisal has largely identified positive or neutral relationships in respect of this
             criterion.

27.4.2       Regeneration will, over time, enhance the image of the town and create opportunities for all.
             The regeneration approach outlined within policy 1 (Regeneration Priorities) and complemented
             by policy 2 (Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development Principles) seeks to balance
             competing land use demands and provide a mixed use offer with associated economic benefits.
             Policy 1 also seeks to attract investment and encourage diverse business in an attractive town
             centre in order to create an environment that encourages enterprise and innovation and
             promotes the image of the area. Policies 3 (Primary Shopping Area and Evening Economy), 4
             (Commercial Offices) and 5 (Culture, Tourism and Leisure) all seek to outline a positive
             approach to new development and regeneration within the town centre which will have indirect
             and direct economic benefits. The attractiveness of the area for visitors will increase as well as
             for investors.

27.4.3       A number of policies are also aimed specifically at improving the design quality of the town
             centre, including the public realm and the town‟s green spaces. These include policies 2
             (Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development Principles), 11 (Public Realm and Public Art),
             12 (Heritage Conservation and Archaeology) and Policy 13 (Open Space, Green Infrastructure
             and Biodiversity). By securing a high quality design for new development, the vitality and
             viability of the town centre will be improved and the image of the area enhanced. This should
             assist with the delivery of other land uses. Similar comments also apply to the public realm
             improvement and heritage policies which will enhance the image and attractiveness of the area
             and make the town a more conducive business and tourist destination. Positive effects should
             also occur with regard to the improvement of open space/ green infrastructure which will
             similarly contribute to the higher quality design/ appearance of the town centre and the overall
             enhancement of the area‟s image.

27.4.4       All of the policies for the Urban Quarters (policies 15 to 24) have been identified as having the
             potential for positive effects upon wealth creation, as they all seek to provide a high quality
             urban environment with an emphasis upon the visual appearance and hence attractiveness of
             the area in question. This should encourage the take-up of identified sites and thus help to
             secure the wider economic and wealth creation benefits identified through regeneration policy
             1.

27.4.5       Policies 7 (Road Network and Junctions), 8 (Parking), 9 (Public Transport) and 10 (Pedestrian
             and Cycle Network) will assist with business and wealth creation and help attract inward
             investment by creating an accessible town centre environment attractive to businesses and
             employers. Policy 11 (Public Realm and Public Art) will also contribute to attracting inward
             investment by improving the appearance and attractiveness of the town centre.

27.4.6       The additional population engendered by the implementation of policy 6 (Residential) over time
             will support job opportunities/ other growth factors (retail/ commercial) and assist in creating a
             mixed use town centre and also contribute to enhancing the image of the town centre. There
             will be indirect benefits, followed by longer term positive benefits on the factor.



27.5     Proposed Mitigation

27.5.1       Clearly the Town Centre Area Action Plan has major economic benefits, being a regeneration
             framework it is intended to do so. Policies in the plan ensure a balanced approach to
             development and therefore no further mitigation is proposed.


27.6     Proposed Monitoring

27.6.1       Those key indicators most related to wealth creation which are outlined in appendix 7 include:

              COI BD4: Amount of completed retail development within the town centre.

                                                                                                        87
              COI BD1: Amount of floorspace developed for employment by type

              KTC 1: No. of jobs created per employment sector

              KTC 2: Number of non residential developments built with a BREEAM rating of at least „very
               good‟

              COI H6: Building for life Assessment on completed housing units


27.6.2       The overall implementation and delivery of the Master plan will also be an indication of wealth
             creation.




                                                                                                   88
28        Economic: Town Centres

28.1      Baseline

          CSS Level
 28.1.1    The economic approaches outlined under the Employment and Wealth Creation factors apply
           also to this criterion. The strong focus of the strategic level policies is on the three centres of
           Corby, Wellingborough and Kettering. This extends to the presumption in favour of housing
           growth in and around the towns to assist with sustaining the additional employment, and
           retail/commercial floorspace. These factors form the key catalyst for regeneration.

          Town Centre Area Action Plan Level: The role of the town centre
28.1.2    Four key issues have been identified a) Kettering‟s limited retail offer (comparable to
          Northampton), b) balancing retail growth with population growth and expenditure, c) the public
          realm and d) low expenditure retention levels.

28.1.3    Kettering, together with the other growth town‟s centres in North Northamptonshire, faces
          competition from a number of higher order centres in the area surrounding the sub-region,
          including Northampton, Peterborough, Milton Keynes, Leicester and Bedford. With the planned
          growth in North Northamptonshire, it is inevitable that there will be a substantial requirement for
          new development and a need to identify significant further opportunities for town centre
          comparison retail development throughout the study period, just in order to retain current market
          shares.

28.1.4    'North Northamptonshire Town Centres - Roles and Relationships Study' as updated in July
          2006 predicts that there will be a clear shortfall in retail provision by 2011 and a significant failure
          to meet the shopping needs of the study area by 2021. The deficit worsens still further in the
          later parts of the study period to 2031. Failure to make adequate provision for the scale and
          quality of either comparison or convenience shopping floorspace needed is likely to result in
          continued decline in the combined market share of the towns of Corby, Kettering and
          Wellingborough.

28.1.5    Of the three towns, Kettering is expected to remain the dominant centre and to maintain its
          position, although it is evident that there is potential for a significant enhancement in the retail
          offer and status of other major centres including Corby and Wellingborough. Without significant
          additional development in these towns the trend of relative decline is expected to continue over
          the next thirty years, as larger centres outside the study area continue to attract substantial
          levels of expenditure from within North Northamptonshire. The present comparison goods
          retention level of 50% is regarded as a minimum level acceptable in the future and it is
          recommended that every effort is made to ensure that the retention rate is at least maintained in
          the future – and preferably increased.

28.1.6    The study concludes that there should be clearly defined town centres to provide the focus for
          higher order shopping, leisure, cultural and other key functions. Kettering is to be the dominant
          centre within the North Northamptonshire Growth Area. There is also a need to improve the town
          centre so that it has a stronger attraction to people that do not live within the town.




28.2      Context Review (other plans & programmes)

28.2.1    A number of studies have been undertaken relating to the role of the town centre in recent years,
          the most important being the Roles & Relationships Study (2006). The results and
          recommendations of this Study have had, or will have, an impact on shaping the physical and
          economic future of Kettering town centre. The most recent, and therefore perhaps the most
                                                                                                        89
          relevant, is the 'North Northamptonshire Town Centres - Roles and Relationships Study' as
          updated in July 2006. The study included a qualitative assessment of Kettering town centre, and
          was based on the Experian Goad survey of November 2003. The Kettering Futures work also
          addressed the role of the town centre including commercial analysis.


28.3      Likely future conditions of the factor

 28.3.1    The town centre will decline without the implementation of a planning framework through the
           Town Centre Area Action Plan. Any new development and growth will not be planned as
           sustainably to the detriment of all sustainability factors, for example a poorer quality
           environment may deter business.


28.4      Likely Significant Effects of the Town Centre Area Action Plan Policies, Urban
          Quarters & Site Allocations

28.4.1    The policies of the Town Centre Area Action Plan have wider benefits for the town centre, with
          the impacts being largely similar to those for Wealth Creation.

28.4.2    Regeneration will, over time improve / enhance the image of the town and create opportunities
          for all. The focus of redevelopment and growth of the town centre will have positive sustainability
          impacts by concentrating facilities within an area accessible by a choice of means of transport
          and creating an activity „hub‟. By focusing development in the town centre, (policies 1, and 2)
          and specifically in the defined Quarters (policies 15 to 24) the vitality and viability of the centre
          will be maintained and enhanced, allowing the opportunity for a range of complementary uses.
          Policy 1 also seeks to attract investment and encourage diverse businesses into the town centre
          thus creating an environment that encourages enterprise and innovation and promotes the
          image of the area.

28.4.3    Policies 3 (Primary Shopping Area and Evening Economy), 4 (Commercial Offices) and 5
          (Culture, Tourism and Leisure) seek to secure a positive approach to new development and
          regeneration within the town centre of a type which will increase the area‟s vitality and viability
          with associated direct and indirect economic benefits. The attractiveness of the area for visitors
          will increase as well as for investors. Policy 2 (Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development
          Principles) will complement these policies by enhancing the visual environments and by helping
          to create a safe, accessible and legible environment.

28.4.4    Policies 7 (Road Network and Junctions), 7 (Parking), 9 (Public Transport) and 10 (Pedestrian
          and Cycle Network) seeking to promote enhanced accessibility via a range of transport modes
          which will in turn help to promote vitality and viability by making it easier for people to move into
          and around the town centre by a variety of modes of transport.

28.4.5    Policies 2 (Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development Principles), 11 (Public Realm and
          Public Art), 12 (Heritage Conservation and Archaeology) and 13 (Open Space, Green
          Infrastructure and Biodiversity) have all been judged to have positive effects upon the town
          centre criterion. The higher quality design of development will help to create a more attractive
          environment and improve the centre‟s image, which will in turn promote the centre as a business
          and tourist destination and assist with the delivery of other land uses. The same also applies to
          public realm improvements, the creation and enhancement of green infrastructure and open
          spaces and the promotion of public art/ conservation of heritage.

28.4.6    Policy 6 (Residential) has also been identified as having a direct positive impact upon the town
          centre criterion due to the fact that the emphasis upon mixing residential uses with retail /
          commercial town centre uses will help promote vitality / viability, increase the activity rates within
          the town centre outside of „working‟ hours, and increase the patronage base for the additional
          shopping, associated retail and leisure offer proposed.

28.4.7    Finally, the policies for the individual Urban Quarters have also been assessed as having
          beneficial effects on the town centre as a whole. These differ in terms of the mix of uses and
          specific regeneration objectives proposed in each case, but together present a coherent and
          complementary framework for regeneration within Kettering town centre as a whole. The only
          quarter which was assessed as having an uncertain impact was the Southern Quarter. In this
          Quarter should the Council offices relocate there will be a loss of employment from the town
                                                                                                 90
         centre and an impact on spend in the town centre. To mitigate this impact any replacement
         development on the site will need to address this. To achieve this policy 23 requires any
         replacement development to contribute to the vitality and viability of the town centre, in particular
         the provision of new town centre residents and jobs.


28.5     Proposed Mitigation

28.5.1       Clearly the Town Centre Area Action Plan has major economic benefits, being a regeneration
             framework it is intended to do so. Policies in the plan ensure a balanced approach to
             development and therefore no further mitigation is proposed.


28.6     Proposed Monitoring

28.6.1       Those key indicators most related to town centres which are outlined in appendix 7 include:

              COI BD4: Amount of completed retail development within the town centre.

              COI BD1: Amount of floorspace developed for employment by type

              KTC 11a: Number of public spaces created/ existing public spaces improved

              KTC 11b: Number of additional public art installations secured/ delivered

              KTC HC Indicator 2: Use Class of new and existing units within the Primary and Secondary
               Frontages

              KTC HC Indicator 4: Vacancy Rates of units within the Primary Shopping Area.




                                                                                                     91
29       Determining the need for Appropriate Assessment

29.1     Introduction

29.1.1    The Habitats Directive (92/43/EEC) requires „appropriate assessment‟ of plans and projects
          that are likely to have a significant impact on Natura 2000 sites (Special Protection Areas and
          Special Areas of Conservation). This Directive was passed into UK law under The
          Conservation (Natural Habitats, &c.) Regulations 1994, which proposed that appropriate
          assessment, did not apply to land use plans. However, a judgement from the European Court
          of Justice found that this interpretation was incorrect and failed to properly transpose the
          European provisions into UK law, and that appropriate assessment does apply to land use
          plans. Therefore the 1994 Regulations have been amended to make appropriate assessment
          of relevant plans and strategies a requirement where a significant effect on a Natura 2000 site
          is likely.


29.2     Determination of need

29.2.1    The higher tier „mother‟ SA/SEA for the CSS determined that an appropriate assessment was
          not necessary for the North Northamptonshire area. A separate Supplementary Report was
          prepared in April 2007. This outlined the fact that there are no Natura 2000 sites in North
          Northamptonshire and that no significant effects arose from the CSS. It did advise that the
          potential impacts should be monitored through emerging policy and proposed allocations to
          ensure that appropriate assessment is carried out if required at a later stage of LDF (i.e.
          through documents such as Area Actions Plans), and the preparation of site specific
          development plan documents particularly in the boroughs of East Northamptonshire and
          Wellingborough, or in order for adjustments to the proposals in order to avoid impacts.

29.2.2    It is considered that given the distance of Kettering Town Centre from Natura 2000 sites and
          given that the Supplementary Report did not identify development within Kettering Borough as
          being an issue, an Appropriate Assessment was not required for the Town Centre Area Action
          Plan. Furthermore Natural England did not raise the issue within their Scoping Report
          response.




                                                                                                92
30        Appendices

30.1      Appendix 1: Town Centre Area Action Plan Sustainability Appraisal Questions

 30.1.1    SA TOPIC        SA OBJECTIVE                                                          DECISION MAKING CRITERIA
                                                                                                 (will the option or policy:)
Social progress which recognises the needs of everyone
Accessibility             Enable people all to have similar and sufficient levels of access to   -   Improve access for the disabled?
                          services, facilities and opportunities                                 -   Improve access to public transport?
                                                                                                 -   Improve public transport services?
                                                                                                 -   Improve access to local services and facilities?
                                                                                                 -   Improve access to IT?
                                                                                                 -   Improve access by foot or cycle?
                                                                                                 -   Ensure services are located to maintain the viability of settlements?
                                                                                                 -   Reduce the need to travel?
                                                                                                 -   Reduce travel distances (particularly journey to work)?
Housing                    Provide the opportunity for people to meet their housing needs        -   Reduce homelessness?
                                                                                                 -   Provide affordable housing?
                                                                                                 -   Reduce the number of unfit homes?
                                                                                                 -   Provide housing to meet local needs in the rural area?
                                                                                                 -   Provide a range of house types and sizes?
Health                     Improve overall levels of physical and mental health, reduce the      -   Improve levels of physical or mental health?
                           disparities between different groups and different areas              -   Encourage healthy lifestyles (including travel choices)?
                                                                                                 -   Increase access to affordable locally produced fruit and vegetables?
                                                                                                 -   Improve sporting or recreational facilities?
                                                                                                 -   Improve access to high quality health facilities
Crime                      Reduce the incidences of crime and the fear of crime                  -   Reduce incidences of crime?
                                                                                                 -   Reduce the fear of crime?
                                                                                                 -   Ensure design and layout minimises the opportunity for crime?




                                                                                                                                               1
Community                 Value and nurture a sense of belonging in a cohesive                  -       Increase the ability of people to influence decisions?
                          community whilst respecting diversity                                 -       Improve cultural diversity?
                                                                                                -       Create or sustain a vibrant community?
                                                                                                -       Encourage engagement in community activities?
                                                                                                -       Meet specific needs of a section of the community?
Skills                    Assist people in gaining the skills to fulfil their potential and     -       Improve access to educational/learning or training facilities for all ages?
                          increase their contribution to society and the economy
Liveability               To create healthy, clean and pleasant environments for people         -       Reduce noise pollution?
                          to enjoy living, working and recreating in and to protect and         -       Improve the cleanliness of the environment?
                          enhance residential amenity                                           -       Reduce unpleasant odours?
                                                                                                -       Improve the satisfaction of people with their neighbourhoods?

Effective protection of the environment
Biodiversity             Maintain and enhance the diversity and abundance of species                -     Protect and enhance sites of acknowledged importance for wildlife
                         and their habitats, including those specifically protected, and                  (SSSI‟s, CWS, LNR‟s)?
                         create new greenspace networks for wildlife to flourish and                -     Avoid harm to and enhance opportunities for protected species and others
                         people to enjoy                                                                  listed in the Northamptonshire Red Data Book?
                                                                                                    -     Create habitats of value for wildlife in particular those which meet BAP
                                                                                                          target?
                                                                                                    -     Improve the connectivity of green spaces and green networks?
                                                                                                    -     Improve appropriate access to natural areas?
Landscape                 Maintain and enhance the quality, character and local                     -     Ensure landscape character is used to assess the capacity of areas to
                          distinctiveness of the landscape, including its contribution to the             absorb new development thereby influencing the location and scale of
                          setting and character of settlements                                            development?
                                                                                                    -     Ensure landscape Character Assessment influences design of the built
                                                                                                          environment and networks of green infrastructure
Cultural Heritage         Protect and enhance sites, features and areas of historical,              -     Protect and enhance sites, features and areas of historical, archaeological
                          archaeological, geological and cultural value and their settings                and cultural value and their setting?
                                                                                                    -     Protect and enhance sites of geological value?
Built Environment         Maintain and enhance the quality and distinctiveness of the built         -      Maintain and enhance the quality of built settlements?
                          environment                                                               -     Protect, maintain, enhance and expand good quality open space within
                                                                                                          and adjacent to settlements?
                                                                                                    -     Create buildings and spaces that are attractive, functional, adaptable and
                                                                                                          durable that compliment, enhance and support local character?
                                                                                                    -     Encourage the re-use and refurbishment of the existing built environment?
Climate Change            Reduce the emissions of greenhouse gases and protect people               -      Reduce emissions of greenhouse gases?
                          from the effects of climate change                                        -      Increase tree cover?
                                                                                                    -      Ensure adaptability of environments and buildings to natural hazards?

Prudent Use of natural resources
Air                    Reduce all forms of air pollution in the interests of local air              -    Reduce traffic related pollution?
                       quality and the integrity of the atmosphere                                  -    Minimise or reduce light pollution?

                                                                                                                                                        2
                                                                                         -   Reduce levels of dust or particulates?
Water Quality        Maintain and improve the quality of ground and river waters         -   Minimise or reduce the risk of pollution to water?
Water Conservation   Ensure adequate water supply, maximise water efficiency and         -   Reduce water consumption?
and Management       reduce the risk of flooding                                         -   Improve water efficiency?
                                                                                         -   Reduce the risk of flooding?
                                                                                         -   Encourage Sustainable Drainage Schemes (SUDS)?
Soil and Land        Ensure the efficient use of land and maintain the resource of       -   Maintain the best and most versatile agricultural land?
                     productive soil                                                     -   Reduce the risk of land contamination
                                                                                         -   Remediate contaminated land?
                                                                                         -   Minimise the loss of green field land?
                                                                                         -   Maximise the use of brownfield land?
                                                                                         -   Maximise densities?
Minerals             Maintain the stock of minerals                                      -   Avoid the sterilisation of known minerals reserves?
                                                                                         -   Promote the appropriate use of primary and secondary aggregates?

Energy Use           Minimise energy consumption, increase energy efficiency and     -       Minimise or reduce energy use?
                     maintain the stock of non renewable energy sources              -       Promote energy efficient buildings?
Renewable Energy     Increase the opportunities for energy generation from           -       Encourage the development of renewable energy generation schemes (e.g.
                     renewable energy sources                                                Wind)?
                                                                                     -       Encourage community heating schemes or combined heat and power?
                                                                                     -       Encourage small scale schemes in developments (e.g. Solar)
Waste                Reduce the consumption of finite materials and increase         -       Promote resource efficient buildings?
                     recycling                                                       -       Encourage the use of recycled materials?
                                                                                     -       Reduce the production of waste?




                                                                                                                                        3
Maintenance of high and stable levels of economic growth and employment
Employment            Maintain and enhance employment opportunities and to reduce         -   Provide new jobs?
                      the disparities arising from unequal access to jobs                 -   Encourage efficient patterns of movement?
                                                                                          -   Increase the proportion of knowledge based and high tech businesses?
                                                                                          -   Encourage and support the rural economy?
                                                                                          -   Increase the diversity and quality of employment opportunities in the rural
                                                                                              area
                                                                                          -   Provide quality accessible childcare opportunities?
Wealth Creation       Retain and enhance the factors which are conducive to wealth        -   Encourage enterprise and innovation?
                      creation, including personal creativity, infrastructure and the     -   Exploit opportunities for new technologies?
                      local strengths and qualities that are attractive to visitors and   -   Encourage innovation in sustainable design and construction?
                      investors                                                           -   Enhance and promote the image of the area as a business and a sustainable
                                                                                              tourist location?
Town Centres          Protect and enhance the vitality and viability of town centres      -   Retain and develop a wide range of uses, attractions and amenities?
                      and market towns                                                    -   Ensure good accessibility to and within the centre?
                                                                                          -   Attract continuing investment in development or refurbishment
                                                                                          -   Encourage the evening economy
                                                                                          -   Encourage increased housing




                                                                                                                                           4
30.2    Appendix 2: Responses to the Scoping Report

List of Stakeholders consulted:

      Natural England
      English Heritage
      Environment Agency




Dear Mr Lee

Kettering Town Centre and Kettering Urban Extension Area Action Plans

Sustainability Appraisal Scoping Reports

Thank you for consulting Natural England on the above documents. Your letter was received by
this office on 19 September 2006. We have the following comments to make:



Sustainability objectives



We support the sustainability objectives for both plans as outlined in Table 1 of each document.



Baseline Information



In line with PPS9, the SA for both plans needs to consider geological conservation.



Within the Urban Extension Plan Scoping Report the section on open spaces on page 29 is
poor in its analysis of the open space provision and simply draws to a conclusion that this a key

                                                                                           1
issue. The Town Centre Plan Report contains information on open space provision and we
support the acknowledgement that there is poor provision of publicly accessible greenspace.



The information in Appendix 4 is useful on greenspaces immediately around the Town Centre.
However in the case of each SA we would have expected that the scoping report draw on the
identified strategic green infrastructure study for Northamptonshire lead by the River Nene
Regional Park which should enable a better analysis of whether identified strategic green
infrastructure assets in the area could be better linked or connected through the actions of these
plans.



This should be addressed in the SA‟s for both plans.




Objectives for the Kettering Urban Extension AAP



In general we support the objectives as stated. However we believe given the focus and
importance given to green infrastructure within RSS8 that this should be incorporated into
objective 5 or possibly 8. Objective 8 should ensure that development provides a net increase in
biodiversity.



Objectives for the Kettering Town Centre AAP



We oppose the omission of any objectives relating to the protection and enhancement of
biodiversity, green infrastructure or landscape character. This should be amended accordingly.



Appraisal Questions



We have the following comments to make (this relates to the SA‟s for both plans):

 Biodiversity – we would suggest that it would be better to question whether the proposal
“avoids harm and enhances opportunities for protected species and priority species within the
Northamptonshire BAP”

 Biodiversity – include a question which asks “will it assist in the dispersal and natural
migration of species”



Evolution of Sustainability Objectives – possible indicators

                                                                                              2
Biodiversity

In general, the possible indicators suggested for the sub-objectives are satisfactory. However, it
must be ensured that the necessary information and resources are available to be able to
assess these indicators. This particularly relates to the indicator for protected species. How do
you propose to assess the number of species affected by development and the severity of
harm? In addition to this, the indicator for habitat creation should be made more explicit by
monitoring the percentage of the BAP Habitat target that is delivered by the plan.



Landscape

We suggest that a number of indicators should be included which reflect enhancements of the
landscape that compliment the landscape character. This could include hectares of new trees
planted, no. of new green spaces created etc...



If you have any queries regarding the above, or require further information, please don‟t hesitate
to contact Rachel Gorman at the above office.



Yours sincerely



DR R J KEYMER

Area Manager

Lincolnshire, Leicestershire, Rutland & Northamptonshire

rick.keymer@naturalengland.org.uk


Mr A Lee                                                              Our ref: HD/P/5326/01
Assistant Planning Officer
Kettering Borough Council                                                    Your ref: AL/SRC
Municipal Offices
Bowling Green Road                                                Direct Dial: 01604 735450
Kettering
NN15 7QX                                        E-mail: ann.plackett@english-heritage.org.uk

                                                                      Date: 31 October 2006



                                          Dear Mr Lee

KETTERING TOWN CENTRE                    AREA      ACTION      PLAN      –    SUSTAINABILITY
APPRAISAL SCOPING REPORT


                                                                                            3
Thank you for your letter of 18 September 2006 inviting English Heritage to comment on
the Scoping Report.

English Heritage promotes a wide definition of the historic environment which includes
not only those areas and buildings with statutory protection but also those which are
locally valued and important, as well as the landscape and townscape components of
the historic environment. The historic environment is more than a cultural asset; it is an
important driver for economic regeneration and for building social cohesion. Clearly, the
overall aim of the appraisal process should be to seek to avoid or minimise any adverse
effects and to maximise potential benefits for the historic environment and to ensure
that appropriate mitigation and enhancement is identified for delivery at the
implementation stage, e.g. through the process of Environmental Impact Assessment,
where required; to influence the decision-making process at the planning application
stage and through the use of planning conditions and planning agreements.

In general terms, we have no significant comments to make on the appraisal process,
as set out in the report, although the broad headings in Table 1: Sustainability
Objectives and Table 3: Methodology for Testing Development Options do not reflect
the revised UK Sustainability Framework Securing the Future, 2005, particularly with
reference to economic development. The „Purpose‟ states that an integrated approach
is needed to achieve „a sustainable, innovative and productive economy that delivers
high levels of employment‟.

We have a number of other detailed comments as set out below:



3. Baseline information - Cultural Heritage and Landscape
Paragraph 3.33 As you are probably aware, a survey of all surviving boot and shoe
buildings has been undertaken and English Heritage wishes to promote the reuse of
any redundant buildings, preferably for employment or mixed uses.

Appendix 2 Evolution of Sustainability Objectives
Cultural Heritage, page 43 There should be an up-to-date Conservation Area
Appraisal and Management Plan for the town centre conservation area, as this will be
required in order to be able to effectively monitor „damage to or enhancement of the
character or appearance of a Conservation Area‟.

We welcome the recognition of the need to encourage the re-use and refurbishment of
buildings. This should include upper storeys above shops etc.

Appendix 3
It would be helpful to include the grade of the listing.

Please do not hesitate to contact me if you wish to discuss any of these comments.

Yours sincerely


Ann Plackett (Miss)
Regional Planner

                                                                                   4
        30.3      Appendix 3: Transition of Issues & Options to Preferred Policies

The following tables outline a summary of the initial SA findings/ assessment against the 57 issues forwarded for consultation at the Issues &
Options stage in 2006. These have been related to the preferred policies and plan content of the AAP. The alternative options considered are
clearly shown. Through the drafting of the AAP the original issues and options forwarded have been further refined with some amalgamated and
consolidated. It was also found following further public consultation on the ‘Kettering Futures’ (in late 2007/ early 2008) that further issues such
as amenity, climate change, safety and security and heritage conservation should be covered by the AAP and as such these polices have been
included.



ISSUE           MAJORITY OPTION                         OFFICER RESPONSE                                                  RECOMMENDATION
               To use the vision and                    The Vision and Objectives are in general
                                         National Guidance                                                To use the vision and objectives to guide the
               objectives of the Area                   conformity with National Guidance.                production of the AAP. Consider amending the
               Action Plan as the Regional Guidance The Vision and Objectives comply with RSS8            objectives to reflect stakeholder desire for green
               foundation          for
                                   & Core Spatial       Policy 1; MKSM Strategic Policy 3 and             infrastructure and biodiversity to be emphasised.
               directing the Town Strategy              MKSM Northamptonshire Policy 4. It also           The Vision and Objective 1 adequately deal with
               Centre Area Action                       complies with the Submission CSS                  stakeholder concerns regarding the need for
KTC 1




               Plan.              Evidence Base         N/A                                               emphasis on civic role of town centre and public
                                                                                                          services.
                                  Other                 Of the 131 responses received, 98 (75%)
                                                        agreed with the vision & objectives, whilst the
                                                        remaining 25% would like to see them
                                                        modified. The most frequent suggestion was
                                                        that specific reference should be made to
                                                        green infrastructure and biodiversity.
OPTIONS CONSDERED & SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Options Considered
To use a vision & objectives to guide the Area Action Plan (only one viable option)

The vision and objectives have a positive impact on most of the sustainability appraisal objectives, however there are some instances where additional
wording could be included in the objectives to help improve the impact against some of the sustainability appraisal objectives, including those relating to
biodiversity, renewable energy, use of secondary aggregates and access to health and educational facilities.




                                                                                                                          1
 RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
That the vision and objectives be used but that consideration be given amending the objectives to maximise the impact on sustainability appraisal objectives
and to take in to account consultation responses as recommended above.
 RELVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION
 Plan Vision and Seven Key Objectives.




                                                                                                                        2
ISSUE     MAJORITY OPTION                                OFFICER RESPONSE                                                RECOMMENDATION
         To use the key National Guidance                The identification of design principles         To review and expand the design principles as the
         principles and criteria                         accords with guidance set out in PPS1;          basis for creating an exciting town centre, and
         to create an exciting                           PPS3; PPS6: PPS7; PPS12; PPG15; PPG17           consider amending the criteria to provide more
         town with exemplar Regional Guidance &          RSS8 and NNCSS compliant.                       detailed guidance with particular regard to
         developments            Core Spatial Strategy                                                   sustainable transport and the historic environment.
KTC 2




                                 Evidence Base           Town Centre Masterplan (Atkins 2005), Draft
                                                         Town Centre Framework (Edaw 2007) Best
                                                         Practice Guidance from CABE.
                                 Other                   Of the 132 responses received, 113 (82%)
                                                         indicated that design principles and criteria
                                                         outlined in the Report should be utilised.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Options Considered
To not require high quality design approaches but allow „ad hoc‟ approaches.
To implement generic overarching design guidance with no expanding principles of codes;
To not consider design as a relevant subject for the AAP.
The use of design principles in the Town Centre, clearly has a positive impact on the majority of the sustainability appraisal objectives. The use of specific
codes relates the characteristics of the urban quarters with the requirements for growth and wider regeneration strategy.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
As recommendation above.
RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION
Preferred Policy KTC8 (Design & Sustainability) & Overall Master Plan and design principles contained within the eight defined Urban Quarters.




                                                                                                                        3
ISSUE    MAJORITY OPTION                                     OFFICER RESPONSE                                                       RECOMMENDATION
         N/A                      National Guidance                                                                  To review and expand the design principles as the
                                  Regional Guidance &                                                               basis for creating an exciting town centre, and
                                  Core Spatial Strategy                                                             consider amending the criteria to provide more
                                                                                                                    detailed guidance with particular regard to
KTC 3




                                  Evidence Base
                                                                                                                    sustainable transport and the historic environment.
                                  Other e.g. Strength 56 responses were received specifying a
                                  of Majority Option, variety of suggestions. The majority of
                                  Other Issues etc.          suggestions included reference to urban
                                                             design and character, transport and retail.
                                                             Consider amending
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
There are no options relating to this issue so it is not possible to assess it using the sustainability criteria.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
As recommendation above- see approach to Issues & Options KTC 2.




                                                                                                                                   4
ISSUE     MAJORITY OPTION                               OFFICER RESPONSE                                                    RECOMMENDATION
         Use the designation      National Guidance     The frontages are in line with PPS6, which          To use the frontages as identified in the Issues and
         as    identified    in                         provides clear guidance on what should be           Options Report.       The designation of Primary
         “Proposed      Primary                         designated as Primary of Secondary Frontage.        Frontage affords units thus designated with
         and       Secondary      Regional Guidance & N/A                                                   protection from change of use e.g. from retail to
         Shopping Frontages”      Core Spatial Strategy                                                     leisure. The areas identified as Secondary Frontages
         map.                                                                                               include a mix of uses i.e. retail and leisure, and its
KTC 4




                                  Evidence Base          PPS6 Compliant
                                  Other                 Of the 113 responses received 73 (65%)              designation makes change of use from retail to
                                                        agreed with frontages as identified, whilst 28%     leisure possible. Extending the Primary Frontages to
                                                        would like to see them extended - the most          include areas such as Horsemarket and Market
                                                        frequent suggestion was that Horsemarket            Square would preclude these areas from developing
                                                        and Silver St could be included in the Primary      a mix of uses. If new retail allocations are made in
                                                        Shopping Frontage.                                  and around the town centre and early review of
                                                                                                            frontages may be triggered.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Alternative options considered
Not allocating a retail area (PSA, SSA)
No retail growth
Strict primary and secondary retail definitions and allocations

Defining the Town Centre boundary in line with PPS6 and other information has a positive impact on a number of the sustainability appraisal objectives
including those relating to accessibility, vitality of the Town Centre and the quality of the built environment. Defining the Town Centre in accordance with PPS6
will promote the vitality of the Town Centre by providing a well defined heart to the town and facilitating sustainable travel options.

Originally three options were suggested which included maintaining the status quo, extending or reducing the PSA. Option (a) has a positive impact on the
sustainability appraisal criteria relating to accessibility to services and facilities and maintaining the vitality and viability of the town centre. Extending the
primary shopping area may have a positive impact on the provision of retail facilities in the town centre, however this would restrict opportunities for providing
a mix of uses in the town centre. Reducing the primary shopping frontage may lead to a reduction in retail in the town centre which would reduce accessibility
of retail provision and increase the need to travel.




                                                                                                                            5
RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
As recommendation above.
RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION
Preferred Policy KTC4 & approaches to the Primary Shopping Area




                                                                  6
ISSUE     MAJORITY OPTION                               OFFICER RESPONSE                                                  RECOMMENDATION
         Use the designation      National Guidance     The frontages are in line with PPS6, which        To use the frontages as identified in the Issues and
         as    identified    in                         provides clear guidance on what should be         Options Report.       The designation of Primary
         “Proposed      Primary                         designated as Primary of Secondary Frontage.      Frontage affords units thus designated with
         and       Secondary      Regional Guidance & N/A                                                 protection from change of use e.g. from retail to
         Shopping Frontages”      Core Spatial Strategy                                                   leisure. The areas identified as Secondary Frontages
         map.                                                                                             include a mix of uses i.e. retail and leisure, and its
KTC 5




                                  Evidence Base         PPS6 Compliant
                                  Other e.g. Strength Of the 109 responses received 77 (65%)              designation makes change of use from retail to
                                  of Majority Option, agreed with frontages as identified.                leisure possible. Extending the Primary Frontages to
                                  Other Issues etc.                                                       include areas such as Horsemarket and Market
                                                                                                          Square would preclude these areas from developing
                                                                                                          a mix of uses. If new retail allocations are made in
                                                                                                          and around the town centre and early review of
                                                                                                          frontages may be triggered.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Alternative options considered
Not allocating a retail area
No retail growth
Strict primary and secondary retail definitions and allocations
Defining the Town Centre boundary in line with PPS6 and other information has a positive impact on a number of the sustainability appraisal objectives
including those relating to accessibility, vitality of the Town Centre and the quality of the built environment. Defining the Town Centre in accordance with
PPS6 will promote the vitality of the Town Centre by providing a well defined heart to the town and facilitating sustainable travel options. The AAP outlines an
approach which only defines the Primary Shopping Area and makes no differentiation between primary and secondary frontages to aid the plan flexibility.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
As recommendation above- see approach to Issues & Options KTC 4.
RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION
Preferred Policy KTC4 & approaches to the Primary Shopping Area




                                                                                                                          7
ISSUE    MAJORITY OPTION                                OFFICER RESPONSE                                                RECOMMENDATION
        Define     the    town    National Guidance     PPS6 Compliant                                 To use the boundary as identified in the Issues and
        centre boundary as        Regional Guidance & N/A                                              Options Report, however re-label edge of centre
        above, in line with       Core Spatial Strategy                                                boundary. Guidance in the form of PPS6 states that
        guidance in Planning      Evidence Base         PPS6 Compliant                                 that for retail purposes, edge of centre is a location
KTC 6




        Policy Statement 6                                                                             that is well connected to and within easy walking
        (Town Centres) and        Other e.g. Strength Of the 107 responses received 82 (77%)           distance of the primary shopping area. For all other
                                  of Majority Option, agreed with town centre boundary as
        other information.                                                                             main town centre uses, this is likely to be within 300
                                  Other Issues etc.     identified. Of those respondents that
                                                                                                       metres of a town centre boundary. As such, the
                                                        suggested the boundary should be extended,     boundary will be re-titled 300 metres from Town
                                                        the most frequent suggestion was to extend     Centre boundary.
                                                        the boundary in a westerly direction.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Alternative options considered
Different town centre boundary
No defined area(s) for growth
Different concentrations of growth

Sustainability Appraisal
Defining the Town Centre boundary in line with PPS6 and other information has a positive impact on a number of the sustainability appraisal objectives
including those relating to accessibility, vitality of the Town Centre and the quality of the built environment. Defining the Town Centre in accordance with
PPS6 will promote the vitality of the Town Centre by providing a well defined heart to the town and facilitating sustainable travel options.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
To define the town centre boundary an area of study to incorporate key background studies through the AAP.
RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION
Preferred Policy KTC2 (town centre boundary and direction of Growth) which outlines the approach to the town centre and growth.




                                                                                                                       8
ISSUE     MAJORITY OPTION                                  OFFICER RESPONSE                                                RECOMMENDATION
         To use the directions National Guidance            PPS6 states that development plans should To use the directions of growth as identified in the
         identified  in    the                              be used to address the required growth on Report and in conjunction with KTC Issue 8, identify
         Potential Directions                               town centres.                                   a sequential approach prioritising these directions. In
         for Growth map.       Regional Guidance &          RSS8 states that LPA‟s should actively plan line with community involvement priority should be
                               Core Spatial Strategy        for growth of town centres. NNCSS states given to expanding the town in a generally westerly
                                                            that Kettering will need to provide 26,000 direction.
                                                            square metres of new retail floor space up to
                                                            2021.
KTC 7




                                   Evidence Base            Work undertaken by consultants‟ states that
                                                            Kettering will need to provide additional
                                                            floorspace post 2021.
                                   Other e.g. Strength Of the 100 responses received 69 (69%)
                                   of Majority Option, agreed with the directions for growth
                                   Other Issues etc.        identified. Of the 17% that suggested
                                                            reducing the directions, the most frequent
                                                            direction identified was to focus growth in the
                                                            direction of 4 on map on page 25.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
It is not possible to assess the impact of the various options at the Issues & Options stage without information on the uses proposed within these areas and a
clear indication of which directions would be added or excluded if the directions shown were not used. The alternative options considered were:
Different town centre boundary
No defined area(s) for growth
Different concentrations of growth



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
As recommendation above- see approach to Issues & Options KTC 6.




                                                                                                                              9
ISSUE    MAJORITY OPTION                                 OFFICER RESPONSE                                                    RECOMMENDATION
         N/A                    National Guidance                                                             To research and assess the identified growth options
                                Regional Guidance &                                                           more closely, in conjunction with the Western
                                Core Spatial Strategy                                                         Quarter Masterplan and Town Centre Framework.
                                                                                                              Proposals will need to ensure that the town centre
KTC 8




                                Evidence Base
                                                                                                              retains the flexibility required to grow up to and
                                Other e.g. Strength Of the 85 responses, 54% suggested that the beyond 2021.
                                of Majority Option, town should grow in a westerly direction,
                                Other Issues etc.          either 3, 4. Including Station Rd and
                                                           Northfield Ave (north of Rothwell Rd) this
                                                           majority swells to 88%.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
There are no options associated with this issue so it is not possible to assess this using the sustainability appraisal objective.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
As recommendation above- see approach to Issues & Options KTC 6.




                                                                                                                          10
ISSUE       MAJORITY OPTION                                                    OFFICER RESPONSE                                                                 RECOMMENDATION
           Shops Option: The priority    National Guidance            Option A generally accords with PPS 6, but the guidance does indicate        Given the direction identified for town centres
           for development should be                                  that the objectives for town centres should be to make provision for a       within National Planning Policy Statement 6, it
           to secure more shops.                                      range of shopping, leisure and local services which is more conducive        would be appropriate to progress with Option B
           (55%)                                                      with Option B.                                                               which is based more upon mixed uses within the
                                         Regional Guidance &          Option A and B both generally accord with RSS Policy 23, which               town centre.
           Mixed Uses Option: The        Core Spatial Strategy        identifies the need for retail and leisure development within town
           priority for development                                                                                                                Further examination of potential regeneration and
           must be for other uses
                                                                      centres. MKSM Northamptonshire Policy 4 states that the focus                redevelopment sites within the town centre is
           such as offices and                                        for Kettering is to maintain the existing role of the town centre,           currently being undertaken within the Kettering
           housing (including leisure                                 which includes comparison shopping, niche retail and cultural                Retail Sites Study and will inform the town centre
KTC 9




           and council services) in                                   attractions.                                                                 Area Action Plan.
           order to supplement the       Evidence Base                Kettering Town Centre Masterplan;
           retail that already exists                                 North Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and Relationships;                 Consideration will also need to be given to the
           (plus some additional                                      the Kettering Retail Sites Study;                                            North Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and
           retail) in the town centre                                                                                                              Relationships Study, the Submission North
                                                                      Issues and Options Paper Responses;
           (41%)                                                                                                                                   Northamptonshire Core Spatial Strategy as well
                                         Other e.g. Strength of       Of the 116 responses received, 64 (55%) identified this as the               as to the emerging studies being undertaken
                                         Majority Option, Other       preferred approach. 48 respondents (41%) identified that the                 including those for the Western Quarter and the
                                         Issues etc.                  priority should be for other uses such as offices and housing                Town Centre Framework.
                                                                      (plus some additional retail). The numbers are very evenly split
                                                                      with neither option being the out-right preferred approach.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Alternative options considered
Non retail solely housing and/or office led growth
No growth or regeneration
To not require high quality design approaches but allow „ad hoc‟ approaches
To not incorporate a mixed use approach (Pursue only more shops, or other uses)
To follow a solely led approach (social, environmental or economic)
Sustainability Appraisal
Overall: Pursuing mixed uses would have the most positive impact on sustainability appraisal objectives including those relating to employment, housing and creating a vital and viable town centre.
Regeneration will have a positive impact on all of the strategic objectives, growth and its direction and encouragement will be sustainable. A balanced mix of uses will be preferable given the
reduced economic risk of a focused strategy. Ensuring that the town centre is characterised by a balance of uses will reduce to need to travel, enhance the economy and socially make the town
centre an enjoyable place to live, work and play.
Design: The use of design principles in the Town Centre, clearly has a positive impact on the majority of the sustainability appraisal objectives.
Retail: Defining the Town Centre boundary in line with PPS6 and other information has a positive impact on a number of the sustainability appraisal objectives including those relating to
accessibility, vitality of the Town Centre and the quality of the built environment. Defining the Town Centre in accordance with PPS6 will promote the vitality of the Town Centre by providing a well
defined heart to the town and facilitating sustainable travel options.




                                                                                                                                                   11
RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To progress option (b) taking into account the further work highlighted above.
RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION
Preferred Policy KTC1 outline the approach to the type of town centre growth and regeneration. These preferred approaches amalgamate the issue identified along with others




                                                                                                                               12
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                    OFFICER RESPONSE                                                           RECOMMENDATION
         For      the    proposed    National Guidance        This generally complies with PPS 6 which
         quarters to be more                                  identifies the need for a mix of uses including          To progress this option within the AAP, bearing in mind
         flexible, so that certain                            retail, leisure, residential and community facilities.   that priority will need to be given to key town centre uses
         uses        could     be                             Would accord with the aims of PPS1 and the               such as retail and employment as identified within the
         developed in more than                               creation of sustainable communities and the              evidence-base documents.
         one                                                  provision of sustainable development.
         location                    Regional Guidance &      This would comply with the objectives of the RSS
                                     Core Spatial Strategy    and in particular MKSM Northamptonshire Policy
                                                              4. Complies with objective 4 of the Submission
                                                              CSS and Policy 1: Strengthening the Network of
KTC 10




                                                              Settlements
                                     Evidence Base            Kettering Town Centre Masterplan;
                                                              North Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and
                                                              Relationships;
                                                              the Kettering Retail Sites Study;
                                                              Issues and Options Paper Responses;
                                     Other e.g. Strength of   Of the 112 respondents to this issue, 71 (63%)
                                     Majority Option, Other   identified this as the preferred approach to
                                     Issues etc.              development within the identified quarters. 37
                                                              (33%) respondents identified encouraging the
                                                              predominance of certain uses within different
                                                              areas and the preferred approach
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Alternative options considered
To implement generic overarching design guidance with no expanding principles of „area specific‟ codes
To define the town centre into different urban quarters

Sustainability Appraisal
The use of specific codes relates the characteristics of the urban quarters with the requirements for growth and wider regeneration strategy. The town centre boundary is
justified by the key areas of change or conservation. The positive place aspects and overall direction of growth to aid wider regeneration benefits from being divided by
specific quarter. This has positive sustainability impacts, notably related to social (identify), economic (design, growth and regeneration) and environmental (historic and
actual character/ context).




                                                                                                                                       13
RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

As recommendation above.
RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION
Preferred Policy KTC 3 (Urban Quarters & Key Sites). These preferred approaches amalgamate the issue identified along with others




                                                                                                                              14
ISSUE           MAJORITY                                               OFFICER RESPONSE                                                                    RECOMMENDATION
                 OPTION
                                     National Guidance                 This complies with PPS6 and the need to provide for            Further    examination     of   potential    regeneration      and
           For the site to be                                          mixed uses within town centres                                 redevelopment sites within the town centre is currently being
           retained in existing      Regional Guidance & Core          The RSS and Submission CSS do not give specific                undertaken within the Kettering Retail Sites Study and will inform
           use classes               Spatial Strategy                  guidance as to the specific uses of land within town           the town centre Area Action Plan.
                                                                       centres but both identify a requirement for mixed-use
           (Borough       Council                                      developments that contribute to creating active and vibrant    Given the direction identified for town centres within National
           Offices, Police Station                                     town centres.                                                  Planning Policy Statement 6, it may be appropriate to progress
           and        Magistrates    Evidence Base                     Kettering Town Centre Masterplan;                              with Option A which is based more upon the redevelopment of
           Court)                                                                                                                     the site in a comprehensive approach.
                                                                       North Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and
                                                                       Relationships;
KTC 11




                                                                       the Kettering Retail Sites Study;
                                                                       Issues and Options Paper Responses;                            Consideration will also need to be given to the North
                                                                                                                                      Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and Relationships Study,
                                     Other e.g. Strength of Majority   Of the 120 respondents, 57 (48%) identified retaining the      the Submission North Northamptonshire Core Spatial Strategy
                                     Option, Other Issues etc.         sites in their current use classes, 50 (42%) opted for the     as well as to the emerging studies being undertaken including
                                                                       site to be redeveloped in a comprehensive approach and         those for the Western Quarter and the Town Centre Framework.
                                                                       10 (8%) said the site should be developed in a piecemeal
                                                                       approach. Options A and C were very close in numbers
                                                                       and as a result there is no outright preferred option.
                                                                       Within the Draft Kettering Retail Sites Study (Feb 2007)
                                                                       this area has been identified as being suitable for mixed-
                                                                       use redevelopment including high quality retail, offices
                                                                       and/or commercial leisure.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Alternative options considered
To retain the Borough Council offices and present environs and not allocate the quarter
To utilise the area for a greater proportion of retail
To utilise the area for a greater proportion of commercial
Sustainability Appraisal
The use of specific policies relates the characteristics of the church place area with the requirements for growth and wider regeneration strategy. The quarter boundary is justified by the key areas
of change or conservation. There are positive place aspects and this will aid overall direction of growth towards wider regeneration benefits by being quarter specific. This has positive sustainability
impacts, notably related to social (creating a enhanced civic focus for Kettering), economic (creating a strong civic core to give strong heart to the town) and environmental (retaining and improving
this key urban green space). The comprehensive redevelopment of the site, has the most positive impact on the sustainability appraisal objectives as a comprehensive approach to the
development of the site will enable full consideration to be given to the design, layout and mix of uses on the site. A piecemeal approach to development, could lead to a poor quality built
environment and would not enable a holistic approach to be taken to the development. Retaining the site in its existing us es would enable the retention of employment and recreational facilities,
however the site does not represent the best use of land and does not link well with or contribute positively to the existing town centre.




                                                                                                                                                     15
RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To progress the comprehensive option taking into account the studies identified in the recommendation above.
RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION
Preferred Policy KTC 25 (Cultural Quarter & key sites). These preferred approaches amalgamate the issue identified along with others



ISSUE       MAJORITY OPTION                                         OFFICER RESPONSE                                                          RECOMMENDATION
          Redevelopment as a            National Guidance          This complies with PPS6 and the need to provide          Priority will need to be given to key town centre uses such
          mixed-use            area                                for mixed uses within town centres                       as retail and employment as identified within the
          including           retail,   Regional Guidance &        The RSS and Submission CSS do not give                   evidence-base documents.
          residential and offices.      Core Spatial Strategy      specific guidance as to the specific uses of land
                                                                   within town centres but both identify a                  Further examination of potential regeneration and
          (Borough        Council                                  requirement for mixed-use developments that              redevelopment sites within the town centre is currently
          Offices, Police Station                                  contribute to creating active and vibrant town           being undertaken within the Kettering Retail Sites Study
          and Magistrates Court)                                   centres.                                                 and will inform the town centre Area Action Plan.
                                        Evidence Base              Kettering Town Centre Masterplan;
                                                                   North Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and            Consideration will also need to be given to the North
                                                                   Relationships;                                           Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and Relationships
                                                                   the Kettering Retail Sites Study;                        Study, the Submission North Northamptonshire Core
                                                                                                                            Spatial Strategy as well as to the emerging studies being
KTC 12




                                                                   Issues and Options Paper Responses;
                                                                                                                            undertaken including those for the Western Quarter and
                                        Other e.g. Strength of     Of the 105 respondents 45 (43%) identified this          the Town Centre Framework.
                                        Majority Option, Other     as the preferred approach to redeveloping the
                                        Issues etc.                site, whilst 22 (21%) identified it as a suitable site
                                                                   for mainly retail use and 21 (20%) said other.
                                                                   Under “other” the predominant response was to
                                                                   retain the site for its current use. Other options
                                                                   identified relate to retail and leisure uses
                                                                   (expanding swimming pool) and offices. Housing
                                                                   was not a preferred use for the site overall.
                                                                   Within the Draft Kettering Retail Sites Study (Feb
                                                                   2007) this area has been identified as being
                                                                   suitable for mixed-use redevelopment including
                                                                   high quality retail, offices and/or commercial
                                                                   leisure.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

                                                                                                                                            16
Option (a), redevelopment as a mixed-use area, contributes positively to sustainability objectives relating to housing, employment, crime and vitality and viability of the town
centre, option (b) would also contribute positively to the vitality and viability of the town centre but would not contribute to provision of housing or employment and maximise
other benefits associated with mixed-use development such as ensuring the area remains occupied through out the day and night. It is not possible to assess the impact of
option (c) without knowing which other uses would be provided.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

That option (a) is progressed taking into account studies identified in the recommendation above.



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

As recommendation above- see approach to Issues & Options KTC 11.


ISSUE       MAJORITY OPTION                                      OFFICER RESPONSE                                                          RECOMMENDATION
          N/A                         National Guidance           N/A                                                   Priority will need to be given to key town centre uses such
                                      Regional Guidance &         N/A                                                   as retail and employment as identified within the
          (Specific retail uses of    Core Spatial Strategy                                                             evidence-base documents.
          the Borough Council
          Offices, Police Station     Evidence Base              Kettering Town Centre Masterplan;                      Further examination of potential regeneration and
          and Magistrates Court)                                 North Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and          redevelopment sites within the town centre is currently
                                                                 Relationships;                                         being undertaken within the Kettering Retail Sites Study
                                                                 the Kettering Retail Sites Study;                      and will inform the town centre Area Action Plan.
KTC 13




                                                                 Issues and Options Paper Responses;
                                      Other e.g. Strength of     Specific uses identified within the responses          Consideration will also need to be given to the North
                                      Majority Option, Other     received include :-                                    Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and Relationships
                                      Issues etc.                Specialist, high-quality retail;                       Study, the Submission North Northamptonshire Core
                                                                 A department store;                                    Spatial Strategy as well as to the emerging studies being
                                                                 Offices;                                               undertaken including those for the Western Quarter and
                                                                 Café – leisure uses;                                   the Town Centre Framework.
                                                                 Niche retail;
                                                                 A multi-storey car park;
                                                                 A hotel.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
There are no options associated with this issue so it is not possible for this to be assessed using the sustainability appraisal objectives.

                                                                                                                                         17
RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

As recommendation above- see approach to Issues & Options KTC 11.




                                                                    18
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                       OFFICER RESPONSE                                                         RECOMMENDATION
          For the site to       be   National Guidance          This generally complies with PPS 6 which                 To await the outcomes of the Kettering Retail Sites Study
          redeveloped   in       a                              identifies the need for a mix of uses including          and the Western Quarter Study in order to inform the
          comprehensive                                         retail, leisure, residential and community facilities.   production of the town centre AAP.
          approach                   Regional Guidance &        This would comply with the objectives of the RSS
                                     Core Spatial Strategy      and in particular MKSM Northamptonshire Policy           Consideration will also need to be given to the North
                                                                4. Complies with objective 4 of the Submission           Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and Relationships
          (Western Quarter)                                     CSS and Policy 1: Strengthening the Network of           Study, the Submission North Northamptonshire Core
                                                                Settlements                                              Spatial Strategy as well as to the emerging Town Centre
                                     Evidence Base              Kettering Town Centre Masterplan;                        Framework.
                                                                North Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and
                                                                Relationships;
KTC 14




                                                                the Kettering Retail Sites Study;
                                                                Issues and Options Paper Responses;
                                     Other e.g. Strength of     74 (72%) of the 103 respondents identified
                                     Majority Option, Other     redeveloping in a comprehensive approach as the
                                     Issues etc.                preferred option. 17 (17%) wished to see the site
                                                                retained in existing uses and 13 (13%) would like
                                                                the site developed in a piecemeal approach.
                                                                Within the Draft Kettering Retail Sites Study (Feb
                                                                2007) this area has been identified as suitable for
                                                                bulky goods, whilst the draft Western Quarter
                                                                study identifies mixed-uses with a predominance
                                                                for residential as the most suitable use for the
                                                                site.


SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Option (a), comprehensive redevelopment of the site referred to as the New Residential Quarter (formerly known as the western quarter area), has the most positive impact
on the sustainability appraisal objectives as a comprehensive approach to the development of the site will enable full consideration to be given to the design, layout and mix
of uses on the site. Option (b), a piecemeal approach to development, could lead to a poor quality built environment and would not enable a holistic approach to be taken to
the development. Option (c), retaining the site in its existing use does not represent the best use of land and it does not link well with or contribute positively to the existing
town centre.




                                                                                                                                          19
RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To progress option (a) taking into account the studies identified in the recommendation above.



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Preferred Policy KTC 23 (New Residential Quarter & key sites). These preferred approaches amalgamate the issue identified along with others




                                                                                                                                 20
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                       OFFICER RESPONSE                                                          RECOMMENDATION
          Redevelopment on the       National Guidance           This generally complies with PPS 6 which                 To await the outcomes of the Kettering Retail Sites Study
          basis of mixed uses that                               identifies the need for a mix of uses including          and the Western Quarter Study in order to inform the
          are           physically                               retail, leisure, residential and community facilities.   production of the town centre AAP.
          interlinked.               Regional Guidance &         This generally complies with the objectives of the
                                     Core Spatial Strategy       RSS and in particular MKSM Northamptonshire              Consideration will also need to be given to the North
          (Residential Quarter)                                  Policy 4.      Complies with objective 4 of the          Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and Relationships
                                                                 Submission CSS and Policy 1: Strengthening the           Study, the Submission North Northamptonshire Core
                                                                 Network of Settlements                                   Spatial Strategy as well as to the emerging Town Centre
                                     Evidence Base               Kettering Town Centre Masterplan;                        Framework.
KTC 15




                                                                 North Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and
                                                                 Relationships;
                                                                 the Kettering Retail Sites Study;
                                                                 Issues and Options Paper Responses;
                                     Other e.g. Strength of      75 (77%) of the 98 respondents identified this as
                                     Majority Option, Other      the preferred option.          13 (13%) identified
                                     Issues etc.                 redevelopment with one dominant use as the
                                                                 preferred approach and 5 (5%) said other uses,
                                                                 including a new swimming pool and leisure
                                                                 centre; retail, leisure and recreation; public open
                                                                 space; a multi-storey car park; edge of town retail
                                                                 and offices; and semi/light industry.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Option (a), redevelopment of a mix of uses, would contribute to sustainability appraisal objectives relating to provision of housing, employment, quality of the built
environment, crime and efficient use of land. It is difficult to assess the impacts of options (b) and (c) without knowing the uses to be provided but it is likely that these would
have a positive impact on fewer of the sustainability appraisal objectives than a mixed-use development.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

That option (a) is progressed by creating a town centre that has distinct zones of use that are complementary to each other in terms of function and proximity, taking into
account the studies identified in the recommendation above. As recommendation above- see approach to Issues & Options KTC 14.




                                                                                                                                           21
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                     OFFICER RESPONSE                                                          RECOMMENDATION
         For the site to       be   National Guidance          This generally complies with PPS 6 which                 To await the outcomes of the Kettering Retail Sites Study
         developed     in       a                              identifies the need for a mix of uses including          and the Western Quarter Study in order to inform the
         comprehensive                                         retail, leisure, residential and community facilities.   production of the town centre AAP.
         approach                                              Would accord with the aims of PPS1 and the
                                                               creation of sustainable communities and the              Consideration will also need to be given to the North
         (Wadcroft and Phase 1                                 provision of sustainable development.                    Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and Relationships
         Newlands-    Shopping      Regional Guidance &        This would comply with the objectives of the RSS         Study, the Submission North Northamptonshire Core
         Quarter)                   Core Spatial Strategy      and in particular MKSM Northamptonshire Policy           Spatial Strategy as well as to the emerging Town Centre
                                                               4. Complies with objective 4 of the Submission           Framework.
                                                               CSS and Policy 1: Strengthening the Network of
KTC 16




                                                               Settlements
                                    Evidence Base              Kettering Town Centre Masterplan;
                                                               North Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and
                                                               Relationships;
                                                               the Kettering Retail Sites Study;
                                                               Issues and Options Paper Responses;
                                    Other e.g. Strength of     Of the 108 responses, 83 (77%) identified this as
                                    Majority Option, Other     the preferred approach. 17 (16%) think the site
                                    Issues etc.                should be retained in its existing use, and 8 (7%)
                                                               think the site should be developed in a piecemeal
                                                               approach.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Option (a), comprehensive redevelopment of the site, has the most positive impact on the sustainability appraisal objectives as a comprehensive approach to the
development of the site will enable full consideration to be given to the design, layout and mix of uses on the site. Option (b), a piecemeal approach to development, could
lead to a poor quality built environment and would not enable a holistic approach to be taken to the development. Option (c), retaining the site in its existing use does not
represent the best use of land and would not provide for the future needs of the town centre.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

That option (a) is progressed taking into account the studies identified in the recommendation above.




                                                                                                                                           22
RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Preferred Policy KTC 19 (Shopping Quarter & key sites). These preferred approaches amalgamate the issue identified along with others. Wadcroft is incorporated, however
Newlands shopping centre is not specifically allocated as it may not come forward- although the option remains open.




                                                                                                                                  23
ISSUE        MAJORITY OPTION                                    OFFICER RESPONSE                                                           RECOMMENDATION
            Redevelopment        for   National Guidance        This generally complies with PPS 6 which                 To progress this option within the town centre AAP as
            major new retail use                                identifies the need for a mix of uses including          priority will need to be given to key uses such as retail and
                                                                retail, leisure, residential and community facilities.   employment as identified within the evidence-base
            (Wadcroft and Phase 1                               Would accord with the aims of PPS1 and the               documents.
            Newlands-    Shopping                               creation of sustainable communities and the
            Quarter)                                            provision of sustainable development.                    Further examination of potential regeneration and
                                       Regional Guidance &      This would comply with the objectives of the RSS         redevelopment sites within the town centre is currently
                                       Core Spatial Strategy    and in particular MKSM Northamptonshire Policy           being undertaken within the Kettering Retail Sites Study
                                                                4. Complies with objective 4 of the Submission           and will inform the town centre Area Action Plan.
                                                                CSS and Policy 1: Strengthening the Network of
                                                                Settlements                                              Consideration will also need to be given to the North
                                       Evidence Base            Kettering Town Centre Masterplan;                        Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and Relationships
   KTC 17




                                                                North Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and            Study, the Submission North Northamptonshire Core
                                                                Relationships;                                           Spatial Strategy as well as to the emerging studies being
                                                                the Kettering Retail Sites Study;                        undertaken including those for the Western Quarter and
                                                                Issues and Options Paper Responses;                      the Town Centre Framework.
                                       Other e.g. Strength of   78 (81%) of the 96 respondents identified
                                       Majority Option, Other   redevelopment for major new retail as the
                                       Issues etc.              preferred use for the site. 10 (10%) respondents
                                                                identified the site as being suitable for other uses,
                                                                including mixed uses with a multi storey car park,
                                                                and mixed use commercial units with residential
                                                                above.
                                                                The Draft Kettering Retail Sites Study identifies
                                                                the site as being suitable for substantial retail
                                                                development.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Option (a) would have a positive impact on the vitality and viability of the town centre and would improve assess to retail facilities. It is difficult to assess the impact of
providing another use without knowing what this use would be.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

As recommendation above- see Issues & Options KTC 16.



                                                                                                                                              24
RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Preferred Policy KTC 19 (Shopping Quarter & key sites). These preferred approaches amalgamate the issue identified along with others. Wadcroft is incorporated, however
Newlands shopping centre is not specifically allocated as it may not come forward- although the option remains open.




                                                                                                                                  25
ISSUE       MAJORITY OPTION                                      OFFICER RESPONSE                                                           RECOMMENDATION
          For the site to be          National Guidance          This generally complies with PPS 6 which                 To progress this option within the town centre AAP as
          redeveloped    in   a                                  identifies the need for a mix of uses including          priority will need to be given to key uses such as retail and
          comprehensive                                          retail, leisure, residential and community facilities.   employment as identified within the evidence-base
          approach with Wadcroft                                 Would accord with the aims of PPS1 and the               documents.
          and Phase 1 Newlands                                   creation of sustainable communities and the
                                                                 provision of sustainable development.                    Further examination of potential regeneration and
          (Tanner‟s                   Regional Guidance &        This would comply with the objectives of the RSS         redevelopment sites within the town centre is currently
          Lane/Tanner‟s   Gate        Core Spatial Strategy      and in particular MKSM Northamptonshire Policy           being undertaken within the Kettering Retail Sites Study
          Retail Park- Shopping                                  4. Complies with objective 4 of the Submission           and will inform the town centre Area Action Plan.
KTC 18




          Quarter)                                               CSS and Policy 1: Strengthening the Network of
                                                                 Settlements                                              Consideration will also need to be given to the North
                                      Evidence Base              Kettering Town Centre Masterplan;                        Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and Relationships
                                                                 North Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and            Study, the Submission North Northamptonshire Core
                                                                 Relationships;                                           Spatial Strategy as well as to the emerging studies being
                                                                 the Kettering Retail Sites Study;                        undertaken including those for the Western Quarter and
                                                                 Issues and Options Paper Responses;                      the Town Centre Framework.
                                      Other e.g. Strength of     75 (73%) of the 103 respondents identified this as
                                      Majority Option, Other     the preferred approach, whilst 24 (23%) would
                                      Issues etc.                like the site to retained as it is.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Option (a), comprehensive redevelopment of the site, impacts positively on the sustainability appraisal objectives relating to the vitality and viability of the town centre,
accessibility of facilities, energy efficiency and efficient use of land. Option (b), retaining the site in its existing use, has a negative impact on a number of the sustainability
appraisal objectives as the site is detached from the town centre, has a poor quality built environment and does not make efficient use of land.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To progress option (a) taking into account the studies identified in the recommendation above.



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Preferred Policy KTC 19 (Shopping Quarter & key sites). These preferred approaches amalgamate the issue identified along with others. Tanner‟s Lane/Tanner‟s Gate
Retail Park is included as a key development site.

                                                                                                                                          26
27
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                      OFFICER RESPONSE                                                       RECOMMENDATION
          Use for out-of-town        National Guidance         This generally complies with PPS6 which              To progress this option within the town centre AAP as
          bulky goods retailing                                identifies such uses as suitable for edge of town    priority will need to be given to key uses such as retail and
                                                               centre sites.                                        employment as identified within the evidence-base
          (Northfield Avenue)        Regional Guidance &       The RSS and Submission CSS do not specifically       documents.
                                     Core Spatial Strategy     identify locations for such land uses.
                                                                                                                    Further examination of potential regeneration and
                                     Evidence Base             Kettering Town Centre Masterplan;                    redevelopment sites within the town centre is currently
KTC 19




                                                               North Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and        being undertaken within the Kettering Retail Sites Study
                                                               Relationships;                                       and will inform the town centre Area Action Plan.
                                                               the Kettering Retail Sites Study;
                                                               Issues and Options Paper Responses;                  Consideration will also need to be given to the North
                                     Other e.g. Strength of    58 (53%) respondents identified this as the          Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and Relationships
                                     Majority Option, Other    preferred approach for this site, whilst 49 (45%)    Study, the Submission North Northamptonshire Core
                                     Issues etc.               would like to see the site retained as a mixed-use   Spatial Strategy as well as to the emerging studies being
                                                               commercial area.                                     undertaken including those for the Western Quarter and
                                                                                                                    the Town Centre Framework.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Both options have some positive impacts on the sustainability appraisal objectives. Option (a), use for bulky goods retailing, would have a positive impact on the accessibility
of this type of development and on the efficient use of land. Option (b) on the other hand would retain the employment generated by the commercial uses currently located on
the site. It would be appropriate for a combination of the options to be taken forward maximising the benefits of both. This would allow the retention of retail uses alongside
the provision of bulky goods retailing to make use of vacant land within the site.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

The site is no longer within the recommended study area boundary of the AAP and as such it will be addressed by the Site Allocations DPD.




                                                                                                                                     28
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                      OFFICER RESPONSE                                                           RECOMMENDATION
                                     National Guidance          This generally complies with PPS 6 which                 To progress this option within the town centre AAP giving
          Redevelopment in parts                                identifies the need for a mix of uses including          consideration to the Kettering Retail Sites Study which will
          for a variety of mixed                                retail, leisure, residential and community facilities.   inform the town centre Area Action Plan as well as the
          uses.                      Regional Guidance &        This generally complies with the objectives of the       North Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and
                                     Core Spatial Strategy      RSS and in particular MKSM Northamptonshire              Relationships      Study,     the     Submission      North
          (Weaver‟s Lane/School                                 Policy 4.      Complies with objective 4 of the          Northamptonshire Core Spatial Strategy as well as to the
          Lane Car Park)                                        Submission CSS and Policy 1: Strengthening the           emerging studies being undertaken including those for the
                                                                Network of Settlements                                   Western Quarter and the Town Centre Framework.
                                     Evidence Base              Kettering Town Centre Masterplan;
KTC 20




                                                                North Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and
                                                                Relationships;
                                                                the Kettering Retail Sites Study;
                                                                Issues and Options Paper Responses;
                                     Other e.g. Strength of     56 (51%) of the 110 respondents identified this
                                     Majority Option, Other     approach as the preferred option. 38 (35%)
                                     Issues etc.                identified the need to retain the sites for existing
                                                                uses and12 (11%) identified the site as being
                                                                suitable for other uses, including flats/apartments;
                                                                car parking/multi-story car park; leisure; retail;
                                                                cafe‟s and restaurants.

SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Option (a), redevelopment in part for a variety of mixed uses, would contribute to sustainability appraisal objectives relating to the efficient use of land and provision of
housing and employment. The main negative impact of this option is that it would result in a loss of car parking. Option (b) would not represent an efficient use of land but it
would retain car parking which is in short supply in the town centre. It is difficult to assess the impact of option (c) without an knowing which other uses would be provided.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To progress option (a) taking in to account the studies identified in the recommendation above and giving consideration to mitigating the potential loss of car parking spaces.




                                                                                                                                         29
RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Preferred Policy KTC 21 (Socialising & Craft Quarter & key sites, in particular site SS2). These preferred approaches amalgamate the issue identified along with others.
Weavers‟ Lane/ School Lane car park is included as a key development site (Montague Street/ Tordoff Place).




                                                                                                                               30
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                      OFFICER RESPONSE                                                        RECOMMENDATION
          Redevelopment         for   National Guidance         This accords with the principles of Planning Policy   To progress this option within the town centre AAP as
          housing                                               Statement 3 : Housing in relation to the provision    priority will need to be given to key uses such as retail and
                                                                of housing and the creation of mixed and              employment as identified within the evidence-base
          (Eskdaill Street Medical                              sustainable communities.                              documents.
          Centre)                                               Planning Policy Statement 6: Planning for Town
                                                                Centres allows for an element of residential          Further examination of potential regeneration and
                                                                development within town centres                       redevelopment sites within the town centre is currently
                                      Regional Guidance &       RSS8 does not give any specific guidance in           being undertaken within the Kettering Retail Sites Study
                                      Core Spatial Strategy     relation to the provision of residential dwellings    and will inform the town centre Area Action Plan.
                                                                within town centres. It does however advocate
                                                                the need to provide mixed, sustainable                Consideration will also need to be given to the North
                                                                communities. This generally accords with Policy       Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and Relationships
                                                                10 of the submission CSS in relation to the reuse     Study, the Submission North Northamptonshire Core
                                                                of suitable previously developed land and             Spatial Strategy as well as to the emerging studies being
KTC 21




                                                                buildings within the urban areas.                     undertaken including those for the Western Quarter and
                                      Evidence Base             Kettering Town Centre Masterplan;                     the Town Centre Framework.
                                                                North Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and
                                                                Relationships;
                                                                the Kettering Retail Sites Study;
                                                                Issues and Options Paper Responses;
                                      Other e.g. Strength of    60 (53%) of the 114 respondents identified this
                                      Majority Option, Other    site as being suitable for residential development,
                                      Issues etc.               37 (33%) thought it suitable for commercial
                                                                development, and 16 (24%) identified the site as
                                                                being suitable for other uses, including a covered
                                                                bus stop area with café; car parking; offices,
                                                                shops; a petrol station; green space/park and
                                                                other health facilities such as a dentists or
                                                                physiotherapists.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Both options (a) and (b) contribute positively to a number of the sustainability appraisal objectives, including accessibility and use of previously developed land. Both options
also contribute to the provision of housing and employment development respectively. Residential development would also have the added benefit of introducing natural
surveillance into the site at night and could be closely associated with surrounding residential development.




                                                                                                                                      31
RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To progress option (a) taking into account the studies identified in the recommendation above.



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

The site is within the Socialising and Craft quarter and has not been specifically identified for redevelopment given the small scale in comparison to other key sites.


ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                       OFFICER RESPONSE                                                        RECOMMENDATION
          Redevelopment         for   National Guidance         This accords with the principles of Planning Policy   To progress this option within the town centre AAP as
          housing                                               Statement 3: Housing in relation to the provision     priority will need to be given to key uses such as retail and
                                                                of housing and the creation of mixed and              employment as identified within the evidence-base
          (Stagecoach Site)                                     sustainable communities.                              documents.
                                                                Planning Policy Statement 6 : Planning for Town
                                                                Centres allows for an element of residential          Further examination of potential regeneration and
                                                                development within town centres                       redevelopment sites within the town centre is currently
                                      Regional Guidance &       RSS8 does not give any specific guidance in           being undertaken within the Kettering Retail Sites Study
                                      Core Spatial Strategy     relation to the provision of residential dwellings    and will inform the town centre Area Action Plan.
                                                                within town centres. It does however advocate
                                                                the need to provide mixed, sustainable                Consideration will also need to be given to the North
KTC 22




                                                                communities. This generally accords with Policy       Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and Relationships
                                                                10 of the submission CSS in relation to the reuse     Study, the Submission North Northamptonshire Core
                                                                of suitable previously developed land and             Spatial Strategy as well as to the emerging studies being
                                                                buildings within the urban areas.                     undertaken including those for the Western Quarter and
                                      Evidence Base             Kettering Town Centre Masterplan;                     the Town Centre Framework.
                                                                North Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and
                                                                Relationships;
                                                                the Kettering Retail Sites Study;
                                                                Issues and Options Paper Responses;
                                      Other e.g. Strength of    54 (46%) of the 117 respondents identified this
                                      Majority Option, Other    site as being suitable for residential development,
                                      Issues etc.               21 (18%) thought it should be retained in its
                                                                existing use and 34 (29%) identified the site as

                                                                                                                                       32
                                                                  being suitable for other uses, the dominant
                                                                  response being for a multi storey car park; as well
                                                                  as for retail; offices; leisure facilities; and
                                                                  commercial uses.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Option (a), redevelopment of the site for housing, has a positive impact on a number of the sustainability appraisal criteria including those relating to provision of housing,
quality of the built environment, air quality and vitality and viability of the town centre. Option (c), retaining the current use, has a number of negative impacts mainly relating to
the congestion issues on the site and the limitations the location places on operational effectiveness. It is difficult to assess the impact of option (b) without knowing which
other uses would be proposed.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To progress option (a) giving consideration to other uses put forward through the consultation and the studies identified in the recommendations above.



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

The site is within the Residential Quarter, Preferred Policy KTC 23 applies as well as key site WQ12. The delivery is dependent on a bus depot relocation (to site SQ12).


ISSUE       MAJORITY OPTION                                       OFFICER RESPONSE                                                          RECOMMENDATION
          Redevelopment          for   National Guidance          This generally complies with PPS 6 which                 Further examination of potential regeneration and
          leisure uses such as                                    identifies the need for a mix of uses including          redevelopment sites within the town centre is currently
          restaurants, cafes etc                                  retail, leisure, residential and community facilities.   being undertaken within the Kettering Retail Sites Study
                                       Regional Guidance &        This would comply with the objectives of the RSS         and will inform the town centre Area Action Plan.
          (Horse Market)               Core Spatial Strategy      and in particular MKSM Northamptonshire Policy
                                                                                                                           Consideration will also need to be given to the North
KTC 23




                                                                  4. Complies with objective 4 of the Submission
                                                                  CSS and Policy 1: Strengthening the Network of           Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and Relationships
                                                                  Settlements                                              Study, the Submission North Northamptonshire Core
                                       Evidence Base              Kettering Town Centre Masterplan;                        Spatial Strategy as well as to the emerging studies being
                                                                  North Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and            undertaken including those for the Western Quarter and
                                                                  Relationships;                                           the Town Centre Framework.
                                                                  the Kettering Retail Sites Study;
                                                                  Issues and Options Paper Responses;



                                                                                                                                          33
                                      Other e.g. Strength of      Of the 115 responses, 82 (71%) identified the
                                      Majority Option, Other     Horsemarket as suitable for redevelopment in
                                      Issues etc.                relation to leisure uses such as restaurants and
                                                                 cafes. 13 (11%) respondents identified it as
                                                                 suitable for redevelopment for a small super
                                                                 market and 13 (11%) identified it as suitable for
                                                                 other uses including, retail; offices; small shops
                                                                 with residential above; leisure; and an indoor
                                                                 market.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Redevelopment of the site will positively impact on the sustainability appraisal objective to enhance the quality of the built environment. Option (a) would have a positive
impact on the sustainability appraisal objective to enhance the vitality of the town centre by contributing to the evening economy. It is difficult to assess the impact of option (c)
without knowing the uses proposed.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To give further consideration to proposed uses based on the studies identified above and the findings of the sustainability appraisal.



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Preferred Policy KTC 21 (Socialising & Craft Quarter covers the Horse Market).




                                                                                                                                         34
ISSUE       MAJORITY OPTION                                      OFFICER RESPONSE                                                           RECOMMENDATION
          Preferred Option = A        National Guidance          PPS1: Delivering Sustainable Development.                 That policies to promote high quality public realm within
          Public realm is the key                                PPS6: Town Centres.                                       the town centre be progressed in subsequent AAP
          priority in improving the   Regional Guidance &        NNCSS Policy 9: Delivering Economic Prosperity.           preparation (Proposed Submission version).
          experience of the town      Core Spatial Strategy
          centre.
KTC 24




                                      Evidence Base              Commission for Architecture and the Built
                                                                 Environment. Atkins Kettering Town Centre
                                                                 Masterplan.
                                      Other e.g. Strength of     Of the 106 responses 61 (58%) felt that public
                                      Majority Option, Other     realm is the key priority, whilst 42 (40%) felt that it
                                      Issues etc.                is one of many priorities for improving the town
                                                                 centre.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Alternative options considered
To not prioritise Public Realm initiatives
To not seek funding for the Public Realm and allow „ad hoc‟ approaches

A high quality Public Realm will impact positively on sustainability appraisal objectives relating to the quality of the built environment, crime, cultural heritage, wealth creation
and enhancing the viability and vitality of Town Centres.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To progress an option which priorities the public realm.



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Preferred Policy KTC 15 (Public Realm & Green Infrastructure).




                                                                                                                                          35
ISSUE       MAJORITY OPTION                                       OFFICER RESPONSE                                                       RECOMMENDATION
          Protection           and    National Guidance          PPS1: Delivering Sustainable Development.              Future policies and master plans to improve public realm
          enhancement of the                                     PPS6: Town Centres.                                    should protect and enhance the existing town centre,
          town centres historic       Regional Guidance &        NNCSS Policy 9: Delivering Economic Prosperity.        whilst reflecting the character of the area, and should
          environment + Design        Core Spatial Strategy                                                             seek to improve prestige sites and landmark buildings.
          reflecting the character                                                                                      Careful consideration should be given to the use of
KTC 25




          of     Kettering   using    Evidence Base              Commission for Architecture and the Built              innovative, modern design.
          traditional materials +                                Environment. Atkins Kettering Town Centre
          Improvement            to                              Masterplan.
          prestige     sites   and    Other e.g. Strength of     Support from respondents on all aspects of an
          landmark buildings.         Majority Option, Other     attractive public realm, except for proposals for
                                      Issues etc.                more buildings of innovative, modern design
                                                                 highlighted by only 6 (3%) of 201 respondents.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
There are no options associated with this issue so it is not possible to assess this using the sustainability appraisal objectives.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

As recommendation above- see Issues & Options KTC 24.




                                                                                                                                       36
ISSUE       MAJORITY OPTION                                        OFFICER RESPONSE                                                          RECOMMENDATION
          SPREAD     OF    ALL        National Guidance           PPS1: Delivering Sustainable Development.               Consideration should be given to a balanced approach
          OPTIONS MOST = E                                        PPS6: Planning for Town Centres. PPG13:                 which provides a range of access options to the town
          53 OF 127 AND LEAST                                     Transport.                                              centre, whilst not dissuading visitors. Modal shift may be
          = D 35 OF 127 (MORE         Regional Guidance &         RSS8 Policy 4: Promoting Better Design and              an important aspect and requires further investigation with
          THAN ONE OPTION             Core Spatial Strategy       Policy 45: Behavioural Change. NNCSS Policy 4:          regards to the Transport Strategy for Growth.
          SELECTED)                                               Enhancing Local Connections. Northamptonshire
                                                                  Local Transport Plan.
                                      Evidence Base               Northamptonshire Transport Strategy for Growth
KTC 26




                                                                  Consultation Draft including Guidance on
                                                                  Creating Lasting Modal Shift, Transport
                                                                  Prioritisation Framework.
                                      Other e.g. Strength of      All options were highlighted by consultees, and
                                      Majority Option, Other      many suggested more than one option, thereby
                                      Issues etc.                 inferring that a combination (option 26e) should
                                                                  be used. Of those who selected one of the
                                                                  individual options (26A-D) the least highlighted
                                                                  was option 26d: improved access for the private
                                                                  car.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
The five original options have been condensed through the process. Alternative options considered:
To prioritise other transport modes
Pedestrian/ Cycle: a combination of pedestrian and cyclist provision, scored highest on the objectives of accessibility, health, liveability, climate change, air quality, energy
use and enhancing the viability and vitality of Town Centres.
Bus: Retaining the bus hubs at either side of the Town Centre has a positive impact on the sustainability appraisal criteria of accessibility, air quality and vitality and viability of
the Town Centre. It is questionable whether increased numbers/ relocation of bus hubs would improve the public transport system and discourage private car use as the
hubs are already well located strategically and connect both sides of the town to the Town Centre well.
Railway Station: Enhanced rail facilities and increased development close to the station will (as part of broader measures) enhance the attractiveness of using rail for
commuter as well as strategic travel over road. Coach facilities will also assist with modal shift.
Alternative Measures: The use of intelligent travel solutions such as car clubs or travel plans will maximise the available resource/ capacity of roads and enhance the use of
sustainable transport



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To progress the combination option (i.e. all transport modes) but with the emphasis to be on a heavier reliance on public transport and improved pedestrian and cycle access
                                                                                                                                           37
rather than improved access for the private car to maximise the impact on sustainability appraisal objectives.



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Preferred Policies KTC 10-12 (transport).




ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                       OFFICER RESPONSE                                                         RECOMMENDATION
          A          Concentrate     National Guidance           PPS1: Delivering Sustainable Development.             Policy preparation should focus pedestrian and cycle
          pedestrian and cycle                                   PPS3: Housing. PPS6: Planning for Town                access improvements to the main routes in and around
          improvements to the                                    Centres. PPG13: Transport.                            the town centre.
          main routes identified     Regional Guidance &         RSS8 Policy 4: Promoting Better Design and
                                     Core Spatial Strategy       Policy 45: Behavioural Change. NNCSS Policy 4:
                                                                 Enhancing Local Connections. Northamptonshire
                                                                 Local Transport Plan.
KTC 27




                                     Evidence Base               Kettering Cycling Strategy. Kettering Community
                                                                 Plan Target 1b: to encourage more people to
                                                                 cycle. Northamptonshire Transport Strategy for
                                                                 Growth Consultation Draft including Guidance on
                                                                 Creating Lasting Modal Shift. .
                                     Other e.g. Strength of      70 (63%) respondents out of 111 received
                                     Majority Option, Other      considered that the pedestrian and cycle
                                     Issues etc.                 improvements should concentrate on the main
                                                                 routes identified.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
The three original options have been condensed through the process. Alternative options considered:
Focus on one particular mode (such as the car) and not consider pedestrian movement;
To not consider transport/ access and movement as a key part of the AAP.

A combination of measures (incorporating public transport, pedestrian and cycle access improvements, possibly incorporating some restricted access but not improving
private car access) scores positively on the sustainability objectives of accessibility, health, community, skills, liveability, climate change, air quality, energy use, employment
and enhancing the viability and vitality of Town Centres. Emphasis should be on a heavier reliance on public transport and improved pedestrian and cycle access rather than
improved access for the private car to maximise the impact on sustainability appraisal objectives. Addressing the link between sustainable development and transport
solutions and urban design/ public realm will assist with creating a spatial plan for change.

                                                                                                                                        38
RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To progress a strategy which promotes pedestrian and cycle movement.



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Preferred Policies KTC 12-14 (transport).




                                                                       39
ISSUE     MAJORITY OPTION                                    OFFICER RESPONSE                                                      RECOMMENDATION
         Improve       pedestrian   National Guidance        PPS1: Delivering Sustainable Development.            The AAP should be progressed with consideration of
         access               and                            PPS3: Housing. PPS6: Planning for Town               policies to improve pedestrian access to the town centre
         infrastructure along the                            Centres. PPG13: Transport.                           along the four essential routes identified.
         4     essential   routes   Regional Guidance &      RSS8 Policy 4: Promoting Better Design and
         identified.                Core Spatial Strategy    Policy 45: Behavioural Change. NNCSS Policy 4:
KTC 28




                                                             Enhancing Local Connections. Northamptonshire
                                                             Local Transport Plan.
                                    Evidence Base            Kettering Town Centre Master Plan.
                                    Other e.g. Strength of   Of the 106 responses 61 (58%) considered that
                                    Majority Option, Other   pedestrian access should be improved along the
                                    Issues etc.              4 current essential pedestrian routes highlighted.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
See above comments on Issues & Options KTC27



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

See above comments on Issues & Options KTC27




                                                                                                                                   40
ISSUE     MAJORITY OPTION                                    OFFICER RESPONSE                                                  RECOMMENDATION
         A combination of both,     National Guidance        PPS1: Delivering Sustainable Development.         For the AAP to be progressed with consideration of the
         providing    for   both                             PPS3: Housing. PPS6: Planning for Town            majority opinion.
         pedestrians and cyclists                            Centres. PPG13: Transport.
                                    Regional Guidance &      RSS8 Policy 4: Promoting Better Design and
                                    Core Spatial Strategy    Policy 45: Behavioural Change. NNCSS Policy 4:
                                                             Enhancing Local Connections. Northamptonshire
                                                             Local Transport Plan.
KTC 29




                                    Evidence Base            Kettering Cycling Strategy. Kettering Community
                                                             Plan Target 1b: to encourage more people to
                                                             cycle. Northamptonshire Transport Strategy for
                                                             Growth Consultation Draft including Guidance on
                                                             Creating Lasting Modal Shift. .
                                    Other e.g. Strength of   c = 59 of 115 Of the 115 responses received, 59
                                    Majority Option, Other   (51%) chose option C a combination.
                                    Issues etc..
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
See above comments on Issues & Options KTC27



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

See above comments on Issues & Options KTC27




                                                                                                                             41
ISSUE       MAJORITY OPTION                                        OFFICER RESPONSE                                                          RECOMMENDATION
          To keep the hubs where      National Guidance           PPS1: Delivering Sustainable Development.               For the AAP to be progressed with consideration of the
          they are on either side                                 PPS6: Planning for Town Centres. PPG13:                 majority opinion.
          of the town centre                                      Transport.
                                      Regional Guidance &         RSS8 Policy 45: Behavioural Change. NNCSS
                                      Core Spatial Strategy       Policy 4: Enhancing Local Connections.
KTC 30




                                                                  Northamptonshire Local Transport Plan.
                                      Evidence Base               Northamptonshire Transport Strategy for Growth
                                                                  Consultation Draft including Guidance on
                                                                  Creating Lasting Modal Shift. .
                                      Other e.g. Strength of      53 (48%) of 111 responses stated that option a
                                      Majority Option, Other      should be progressed.
                                      Issues etc..
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Retaining the bus hubs at either side of the town centre, has a positive impact on the sustainability appraisal criteria of accessibility, air quality and vitality and viability of the
town centre.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

. See above comments on Issues & Options KTC27




                                                                                                                                             42
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                      OFFICER RESPONSE                                                        RECOMMENDATION
          Improve        pedestrian   National Guidance         PPS1: Delivering Sustainable Development.            The AAP should be progressed with consideration of
          access between the                                    PPS6: Planning for Town Centres. PPG13:              policies to improve pedestrian access between the town
          town centre and the                                   Transport.                                           centre and the train station.
          train      station     to   Regional Guidance &       RSS8 Policy 45: Behavioural Change. NNCSS
          encourage greater use       Core Spatial Strategy     Policy 4: Enhancing Local Connections.
KTC 31




          of the station                                        Northamptonshire Local Transport Plan.
                                      Evidence Base             Northamptonshire Transport Strategy for Growth
                                                                Consultation Draft including Guidance on
                                                                Creating Lasting Modal Shift.
                                      Other e.g. Strength of    a = 69 of 114 Of the 114 responses 69 (61%) felt
                                      Majority Option, Other    that pedestrian access should be improved.
                                      Issues etc..
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
The original options forwarded have been condensed within the overall options considered within the Station Quarter including provision of new public realm, car parking, new
development and coach/ bus parking.

Improving pedestrian access between the town centre and the train station, has a positive impact on a number of the sustainability appraisal criteria including those relating to
accessibility, health, skills, liveability, climate change, air quality, energy use, employment and enhancing the vitality and viability of the town centre.

Reducing the status of the town centre bus hubs and providing an improved bus hub at the train station, has a positive impact on the sustainability appraisal criteria of health,
skills, climate change, energy use, employment and vitality and viability of the town centre, however this is offset by reducing accessibility to the town centre as a result of
reducing the status of the town centre bus hubs.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

Integrate the approaches with the wider initiatives with regard to movement and accessibility as well as public realm enhancements



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Preferred Policies KTC 10-12 (transport)/ Preferred Policy 24 (Station Quarter).



                                                                                                                                        43
ISSUE     MAJORITY OPTION                                   OFFICER RESPONSE                                                   RECOMMENDATION
         To provide suitable       National Guidance        PPS1: Delivering Sustainable Development.         Future consideration be given to proposals to provide
         facilities at the train                            PPS6: Planning for Town Centres. PPG13:           suitable facilities at the train station to encourage and
         station to encourage                               Transport.                                        accommodate coach services from Kettering. Needs to be
         and accommodate a         Regional Guidance &      RSS8 Policy 45: Behavioural Change. NNCSS         further investigated in the light of the draft Transport
         coach service from        Core Spatial Strategy    Policy 4: Enhancing Local Connections.            Strategy for Growth proposed by Northamptonshire
         Kettering                                          Northamptonshire Local Transport Plan.            County Council.
KTC 32




                                   Evidence Base            Northamptonshire Transport Strategy for Growth
                                                            Consultation Draft including Guidance on
                                                            Creating Lasting Modal Shift and the Town
                                                            Strategy for Kettering.
                                   Other e.g. Strength of   100 (88%) of 113 respondents selected option a.
                                   Majority Option, Other
                                   Issues etc..
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
See above comments on Issues & Options KTC 31.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

See above comments on Issues & Options KTC 31.




                                                                                                                             44
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                        OFFICER RESPONSE                                                     RECOMMENDATION
          Restrict traffic entering     National Guidance        PPS1: Delivering Sustainable Development.           Future consideration should be given to progressing this
          the town centre by only                                PPS6: Planning for Town Centres. PPG13:             option through the AAP process. Further work with NCC
          providing        short-stay                            Transport.                                          may be required to examine such proposals, in light of the
          facilities    within    the   Regional Guidance &      RSS8 Policy 47: Regional Car Parking Standards.     emerging Transport Strategy for Growth.
          centre, but long-stay         Core Spatial Strategy    East Midlands Regional Transport Strategy.
          facilities on the outskirts                            NNCSS Policy 10: Distribution and location of
KTC 33




          with dedicated buses                                   development.
          and pedestrian facilities     Evidence Base            Northamptonshire Transport Strategy for Growth
          to the town                                            Consultation Draft including Guidance on Creating
                                                                 Lasting Modal Shift and Public Transport
                                                                 Guidelines for New Developments
                                        Other e.g. Strength of   60 (50%) of the 120 respondents selected option
                                        Majority Option, Other   c.
                                        Issues etc..
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
The original five options have been condensed through the plan making process to form three options. Alternative options considered:
Increase car parking without new development
Decrease car parking
To not regard wider spatial impacts such as location, charging and enforcement.

Allowing a mixture of measures, including still accommodating the car, would have a positive impact on a number of the sustainability appraisal criteria including those
relating to accessibility, health, liveability, climate change, air quality, energy use and enhancing the vitality and viability of the Town Centre. Reducing car parking would
have a positive impact on health by encouraging walking but is considered unsustainable due to the negative impact on the criteria of accessibility, employment and
enhancing the vitality and viability of the Town Centre. It is doubtful whether reduced car parking provision in isolation would encourage walking, cycling or public transport
use but rather encourage residents to drive further afield to retail destinations with more parking provision.




RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To progress the option to increase car parking in accordance with new development. The location of the proposed car parks are towards the edge of the defined town centre.
Matters of long/ short stay parking have been left to the implementation stage.



                                                                                                                                      45
RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Preferred Policies KTC 12 (public car parks).




ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                  OFFICER RESPONSE                                                     RECOMMENDATION
         A mixture of the above    National Guidance        PPS1: Delivering Sustainable Development.           To progress this option through the AAP process.
         options                                            PPS3: Housing. PPS6: Planning for Town
                                                            Centres. PPG13: Transport.
                                   Regional Guidance &      RSS8 Policy 47: Regional Car Parking Standards.
                                   Core Spatial Strategy    East Midlands Regional Transport Strategy.
                                                            NNCSS Policy 10: Distribution and location of
KTC 34




                                                            development.
                                   Evidence Base            Northamptonshire Transport Strategy for Growth
                                                            Consultation Draft including Guidance on
                                                            Creating Lasting Modal Shift and Public Transport
                                                            Guidelines for New Developments
                                   Other e.g. Strength of   Of the 117 responses 80 (68%) selected option d
                                   Majority Option, Other   for a combination of all the types of car parking
                                   Issues etc..             provision.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
See above comments on Issues & Option KTC33



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

See above comments on Issues & Option KTC33




                                                                                                                                 46
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                       OFFICER RESPONSE                                                        RECOMMENDATION
          Northampton Road 21        National Guidance          PPS1: Delivering Sustainable Development.             For the AAP to be progressed with consideration of the
          of 96, 14 Lower St/                                   PPS3: Housing. PPS6: Planning for Town                parking locations highlighted.
          Wadcroft, 10 as existing                              Centres. PPG13: Transport.
                                     Regional Guidance &        RSS8 Policy 47: Regional Car Parking Standards.
                                     Core Spatial Strategy      East Midlands Regional Transport Strategy.
                                                                NNCSS Policy 10: Distribution and location of
KTC 35




                                                                development.
                                     Evidence Base              Northamptonshire Transport Strategy for Growth
                                                                Consultation Draft including Guidance on
                                                                Creating Lasting Modal Shift and Public Transport
                                                                Guidelines for New Developments
                                     Other e.g. Strength of     Of the 96 responses 21 highlighted Northampton
                                     Majority Option, Other     Road, 14 Lower St/ Wadcroft and 10 as existing.
                                     Issues etc..
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
There are no options associated with this issue so it is not possible to assess this using the sustainability appraisal objectives. The issue was considered repetitive of previous
issues.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

See above comments on Issues & Option KTC33




                                                                                                                                       47
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                      OFFICER RESPONSE                                                        RECOMMENDATION
          To require 1.5       car    National Guidance         PPS1: Delivering Sustainable Development.             Consideration be given to the consultation responses
          parking spaces       per                              PPS3: Housing. PPS6: Planning for Town                received when progressing the AAP. However, a
          residential          unit                             Centres. PPG13: Transport.                            balanced transport strategy is required within the town
          provided.                   Regional Guidance &       RSS8 Policy 47: Regional Car Parking Standards.       centre which has regard to the draft Transport Strategy for
                                      Core Spatial Strategy     East Midlands Regional Transport Strategy.            Growth.
                                                                NNCSS Policy 10: Distribution and location of
KTC 36




                                                                development.
                                      Evidence Base             Northamptonshire Transport Strategy for Growth
                                                                Consultation Draft including Guidance on
                                                                Creating Lasting Modal Shift and Public Transport
                                                                Guidelines for New Developments
                                      Other e.g. Strength of    Of the 119 responses, 69 (58%) felt that the
                                      Majority Option, Other    existing standard should be carried forward for all
                                      Issues etc..              residential development within the town centre.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
The original five options have been condensed through the plan making process to form one option. Alternative options considered:
To not have parking standards specifically for residential.
Measures to encourage reduced car ownership and use of sustainable transport methods where possible would have a positive impact on the sustainability appraisal criteria
of health, climate change and air quality.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

The matter is though difficult to assess as the level of residential car parking will be set by other plans and programmes, the AAP seeks to influence design only.



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Preferred Policies KTC 14 (residential car parking).




                                                                                                                                      48
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                      OFFICER RESPONSE                                                        RECOMMENDATION
          To accommodate office      National Guidance          Complies with national guidance                       A large single development (for example around the
          development                Regional Guidance &        Complies with regional guidance                       station area) may well be more viable, but planning policy
          throughout the town        Core Spatial Strategy                                                            could encourage office development within the town
KTC 37




          centre                                                                                                      centre wherever it is proposed.
                                     Evidence Base              N/A
                                     Other e.g. Strength of     Of the 114 responses received, 63 (55.26%)
                                     Majority Option, Other     chose option B
                                     Issues etc.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
The original options were condensed to form three options: Alternative options considered:
Non retail solely housing and/or office led growth
No growth or regeneration
No office growth

Accommodating office development throughout the Town Centre impacts positively on a number of the criteria including accessibility, employment and vitality and viability of
the Town Centre. However it is unclear whether the approach of spreading development throughout the Town Centre would provide the critical mass of development required
to attract businesses to the town. It may be more appropriate to focus the majority of employment around the station but also to allow some office development within the
Town Centre where this is required.

The provision of office based employment and development sites in the Town Centre will reduce the risk of greater out of town development in less sustainable locations.
The viability and vitality of the Town Centre will also be supported with wider spatial benefits.

The sustainability testing also extended to those key quarters which will receive office growth such as the Station Quarter.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To progress a combination of office growth in Station Quarter and throughout the town centre. Allocate specific sites in the Station Quarter.



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Preferred Policies KTC 5 (Commercial Offices) & Preferred Policy KTC 24 (Station Quarter).

                                                                                                                                      49
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                      OFFICER RESPONSE                                                        RECOMMENDATION
          To accommodate a           National Guidance          Complies with national guidance                       The provision of larger, modern retail units would
          mixture of larger and      Regional Guidance &        Complies with regional guidance                       encourage a greater retention of existing (and future)
          smaller shops              Core Spatial Strategy                                                            expenditure and this is the most pressing need for the
                                                                                                                      town centre as a whole. Smaller units would also be
                                     Evidence Base              North Northants. Town Centres Roles and               beneficial to the town centre, especially if a quality
KTC 38




                                                                Relationships      Study     (August     2005)        environment can be created. It is recommended that
                                                                North Northants. Town Centres Roles and               future planning policy encourage the development of both
                                                                Relationships Study:- Update of Retail Capacity       kinds of premises.
                                                                Forecasts (July 2006)
                                     Other e.g. Strength of     Of the 119 responses received, 102 (85.71%)
                                     Majority Option, Other     chose option B
                                     Issues etc.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
The original options were condensed to form three options: Alternative options considered:
Not allocating a retail area
No retail growth
Strict primary and secondary retail definitions and allocations

Defining the Town Centre boundary in line with PPS6 and other information has a positive impact on a number of the sustainability appraisal objectives including those
relating to accessibility, vitality of the Town Centre and the quality of the built environment. Defining the Town Centre in accordance with PPS6 will promote the vitality of the
Town Centre by providing a well defined heart to the town and facilitating sustainable travel options.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

The original options identified relate strongly to Issues and Options KTC 5, 6 and 9. The options have been amalgamated into one retail policy at the preferred options stage.



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Preferred Policy KTC1 & 4 approach to the type of town centre growth and regeneration. These preferred approaches amalgamate the issue identified along with others




                                                                                                                                      50
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                               OFFICER RESPONSE                                                          RECOMMENDATION
          To allocate additional     National Guidance          This accords with the principles of Planning Policy Statement 3 :         Priority would need to be given to other
          housing sites within the                              Housing in relation to the provision of housing and the creation of       town centre uses such as retail and
          town centre                                           mixed and sustainable communities.                                        employment as identified within the
                                                                Planning Policy Statement 6 : Planning for Town Centres allows for        evidence-base documents.
                                                                an element of residential development within town centres
                                     Regional Guidance &        RSS8 does not give any specific guidance in relation to the provision     Further consideration will need to be
                                     Core Spatial Strategy      of residential dwellings within town centres. It does however             given to the North Northamptonshire
                                                                advocate the need to provide mixed, sustainable communities. This         Town Centres Roles and Relationships
                                                                generally accords with Policy 10 of the submission CSS in relation to     Study,    the    Submission     North
                                                                the reuse of suitable previously developed land and buildings within      Northamptonshire      Core     Spatial
                                                                the urban areas.                                                          Strategy as well as to the emerging
                                                                                                                                          studies being undertaken including
KTC 39




                                     Evidence Base              North Northamptonshire Housing Market Assessment;
                                                                Kettering Housing Background Paper;                                       those for the Western Quarter, the
                                                                Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and Relationships Study;              Kettering Retail Sites Study and the
                                                                Western Quarter Study;                                                    Town Centre Framework.
                                                                Kettering Retail Sites Study;
                                                                Issues and Options Responses                                              To undertake further investigation as to
                                                                                                                                          the        need       for      residential
                                     Other e.g. Strength of     71 (61%) of the 117 respondents identified this as the preferred          accommodation,                particularly
                                     Majority Option, Other     approach. 41 (35%) of the respondents did not want any additional         opportunities for residential properties
                                     Issues etc..               housing sites allocated within the town centre.                           above commercial uses, and the
                                                                                                                                          identification of any potential sites that
                                                                                                                                          could come forward for residential
                                                                                                                                          development within the town centre.


SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
The original options were expanded to form six options: Alternative options considered:

Allocate no new housing in the Town Centre
To not include a housing mix policy and leave to market forces
To require larger properties
To not have a density policy or Master Plan approach and allow „ad hoc‟ approaches

Not accommodating additional housing in the Town Centre would impact positively on objectives relating to employment and retail provision as residential development would
reduce the number of sites available for these uses. However, an allocation of housing in the Town Centre would have a positive impact on objectives relating to
accessibility, housing provision and crime. Potential negative impacts of this option would be the restriction of growth in employment, retail and leisure, however there impacts

                                                                                                                                     51
could be mitigated by ensuring the level of housing allocated would not impact on the supply of sites for these uses. In any case not all sites will be suitable for retail/
commercial, particularly those on the fringes of the town centre.

The provision of one and two bedroom flats or apartments, would make the most efficient use of land and would meet the housing needs of specific groups more suited to the
Town Centre area. The social benefits of providing more housing are apparent.

The sustainability appraisal found that providing lower density levels across the Town Centre, would have a negative impact on the SA objective on soil and land as this
would be an inefficient use of land in a central location. The main advantage of providing higher densities, is that this represents and efficient use of land, it may however lead
to over crowding. A mix of density levels would enable the benefits of both approaches to be incorporated into development and will allow densities to be provided appropriate
to the location.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

The preferred option is essentially to progress sites for residential development taking in to account the need for retail, employment and leisure growth in the town centre.



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Preferred Policy KTC13 (Housing) and relevant applicable development sites within the eight urban quarters.




                                                                                                                                       52
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                       OFFICER RESPONSE                                                        RECOMMENDATION
                                     National Guidance          This accords with National Guidance Planning           Priority would need to be given to other town centre uses
          To     provide   mixed                                Policy Statement 3 in relation to the creation of      such as retail and employment as identified within the
          density levels across                                 mixed communities linked to location and site          evidence-base documents.
          the town centre based                                 circumstances.
          upon locational criteria   Regional Guidance &        This conforms to the MKSM Sub-Regional                 To progress this option in relation to any identified
          and circumstances.         Core Spatial Strategy      Strategy     key    requirements     for   creating    residential sites within the town centre through the Area
                                                                sustainable communities. The submission CSS            Action Plan and identify densities based upon locational
                                                                does allow for a variety of densities, although        criteria and circumstances to allow different character
                                                                Policy 16 does seek for higher densities to be         areas, site conditions and design matters to be
                                                                sought particularly in locations most accessible on    considered
                                                                foot, cycle and public transport.
KTC 40




                                     Evidence Base              Kettering Housing Background Paper;
                                                                North     Northamptonshire       Housing    Market
                                                                Assessment;
                                     Other e.g. Strength of     Of the 110 respondents to this option, 44 (40%)
                                     Majority Option, Other     identified this as the preferred approach. 32
                                     Issues etc.                (29%) respondents identified providing higher
                                                                density levels and 25 (23%) respondents
                                                                identified lower density levels across the town
                                                                centre as the preferred approach.




SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
The sustainability appraisal found that providing lower density levels across the town centre would have a negative impact on the SA objective on soil and land as this would
be an inefficient use of land in a central location. The main advantage of the option of provding higher density, providing higher densities, is that this represents and efficient
use of land, it may however lead to over crowding. A mix of density levels would enable the benefits of both approaches to be incorporated into development and will allow
densities to be provided appropriate to the location.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To provide mixed density levels across the town centre based upon locational criteria and circumstances. To be outlined by the overall Master Plan and design framework.



                                                                                                                                       53
RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Incorporated within Preferred Policy KTC13 (Housing)and those policies with regard to the eight urban quarters (Preferred Policies’ KTC19-26)




                                                                                                                               54
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                     OFFICER RESPONSE                                                       RECOMMENDATION
         To               primarily   National Guidance        This generally accords with PPS3 in terms of the      Priority would need to be given to other town centre uses
         accommodate 1 and 2                                   requirement to use land efficiently and the ability   such as retail and employment as identified within the
         bed        flats     and                              for LPA‟s to set out a range of densities across a    evidence-base documents.
         apartments       but   to                             plan area rather than one broad density range.
         include an element of                                                                                       To generally progress this option in relation to any
         other property types on      Regional Guidance &      Conforms to RSS8 and the MKSM SRS, including          identified residential sites within the town centre Area
         suitable sites.              Core Spatial Strategy    Strategic Policy 3: Sustainable Communities in        Action Plan but await the final outcomes of the HMA to
                                                               relation to ensuring a supply of housing of the       inform the types of properties provided.
                                                               right types, sizes and tenure.
KTC 41




                                      Evidence Base            Kettering Housing Background Paper;
                                                               North     Northamptonshire     Housing     Market
                                                               Assessment;
                                                               Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and
                                                               Relationships Study;
                                      Other e.g. Strength of   59 (50%) of the 117 respondents identified this as
                                      Majority Option, Other   the preferred approach to housing provision within
                                      Issues etc.              the town centre. 28 (24%) identified the need for
                                                               only 1 and 2 bed flats and apartments and 28
                                                               (24%) do not want any additional housing
                                                               accommodated within the town centre.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
The option which encourages a higher provision of 1 and 2 bedroom flats or apartments, would make the most efficient use of land and would meet the housing needs of
specific groups.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To primarily accommodate 1 and 2 bed flats and apartments but to include an element of other property types on suitable sites.



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Incorporated within Preferred Policy KTC13 (Housing) and those policies with regard to the eight urban quarters (Preferred Policies’ KTC19-26) and sites. The Master
Plan has identified the urban capacity of circa 1,650 dwellings of which 1,500 are flatted (1 to 2 bedroomed, or 90% of capacity).


                                                                                                                                    55
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                     OFFICER RESPONSE                                                      RECOMMENDATION
         For      the    affordable   National Guidance        This complies with Planning Policy Statement 3       Priority would need to be given to other town centre uses
         housing requirement to                                which identifies the need to undertake and           such as retail and employment as identified within the
         be based upon the                                     consider the outcomes of a HMA. It generally         evidence-base documents.
         identified need following                             accords with the Delivering Affordable Housing
         the completion of the                                 guide accompanying PPS3.                             To consider the findings of the North Northamptonshire
         Housing            Market    Regional Guidance &      RSS8 and the MKSM SRS do not give specific           HMA alongside identified local need and demand in order
         Assessment              in   Core Spatial Strategy    guidance as to the use of HMA‟s.                     to fully inform the level of affordable housing provided
         accordance with the                                   This would conform to the submitted CSS which        within the Borough.
         Joint      Core    Spatial                            identifies the proposed affordable housing
         Strategy (CSS).                                       requirement for the borough based upon the draft
                                                               HMA for North Northamptonshire.
KTC 42




                                      Evidence Base            Kettering Housing Background Paper;
                                                               North     Northamptonshire      Housing    Market
                                                               Assessment;
                                                               Kettering Housing Needs Survey
                                      Other e.g. Strength of   62 (54%) of the 115 respondents identified this as
                                      Majority Option, Other   the preferred approach for affordable housing
                                      Issues etc.              provision, whilst 40 (35%) respondents identified
                                                               the need to require 25% affordable housing on all
                                                               residential developments, and 11 (10%)
                                                               respondents said there should be no more
                                                               affordable housing within the town centre.

SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
The issue is covered by the Joint Core Spatial Strategy and given this the original options have not been progressed.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

The issue is covered by the Joint Core Spatial Strategy (CSS) and given this the original options have not been progressed. The housing section of the AAP makes
references to the affordable housing requirements set by the CSS.




                                                                                                                                   56
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                   OFFICER RESPONSE                                                      RECOMMENDATION
                                   National Guidance        This generally accords with PPS3 in terms of the      Priority would need to be given to other town centre uses
         To provide affordable                              requirement to use land efficiently and the ability   such as retail and employment as identified within the
         housing within the town                            for LPA‟s to set out a range of densities across a    evidence-base documents.
         centre primarily in the                            plan area rather than one broad density range.
         form of flats and         Regional Guidance &      Conforms to RSS8 and the MKSM SRS, including          To generally progress this option within the town centre
         apartments, but also      Core Spatial Strategy    Strategic Policy 3: Sustainable Communities in        Area Action Plan but await the final outcomes of the HMA
         bungalows and houses                               relation to ensuring a supply of housing of the       to inform the types of properties provided.
         where appropriate to do                            right types, sizes and tenure.
         so.                       Evidence Base            Kettering Housing Background Paper;
                                                            North     Northamptonshire     Housing     Market
KTC 43




                                                            Assessment;
                                                            Northamptonshire Town Centres Roles and
                                                            Relationships Study;
                                   Other e.g. Strength of   Of the 109 respondents, 50 (46%) identified this
                                   Majority Option, Other   as the most suitable approach to provision for
                                   Issues etc.              affordable housing within the town centre. 33
                                                            (30%) respondents said affordable housing
                                                            should be provided across all property types, and
                                                            31 (28%) respondents said affordable housing
                                                            within the town centre should be in the form of
                                                            flats and apartments only.



SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
See response to Issues & Options KTC 42 above. Matter covered by the Joint Core Spatial Strategy.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

See response to Issues & Options KTC 42 above. Matter covered by the Joint Core Spatial Strategy.




                                                                                                                                 57
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                   OFFICER RESPONSE                                                      RECOMMENDATION
                                   National Guidance        This generally complies with PPS3 Housing in         Priority would need to be given to other town centre uses
         To await the outcomes                              that it requires LPA‟s to identify the % of          such as retail and employment as identified within the
         of the Housing Market                              affordable housing required through the HMA, but     evidence-base documents.
         Assessment         to                              does not require HMA‟s to determine an
         determine a suitable                               appropriate split in tenure.                         To await the outcome of the final HMA to inform the
         split in tenure.                                                                                        tenure split for affordable housing within the town centre
                                   Regional Guidance &      RSS8 and the MKSM SRS do not give specific
                                   Core Spatial Strategy    guidance as to the use of HMA‟s.
                                                            This complies with the submission CSS which
                                                            requires DPD‟s to set out more detailed affordable
KTC 44




                                                            housing requirements, including the mix of types
                                                            and tenures of housing required to meet local
                                                            needs.
                                   Evidence Base            North     Northamptonshire     Housing     Market
                                                            Assessment;
                                                            Kettering Housing Needs Survey
                                   Other e.g. Strength of   Of the 111 respondents, 73 (66%) identified this
                                   Majority Option, Other   as the appropriate way in the determination of
                                   Issues etc.              affordable housing tenure. 35 (32%) respondents
                                                            identified the Borough Council‟s current standard
                                                            provision of 60% rented and 40% low cost
                                                            ownership as the appropriate way to proceed.

SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
See response to Issues & Options KTC 42 above. Matter covered by the Joint Core Spatial Strategy.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

See response to Issues & Options KTC 42 above. Matter covered by the Joint Core Spatial Strategy.




                                                                                                                                   58
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                    OFFICER RESPONSE                                                       RECOMMENDATION
         To require affordable       National Guidance        This generally complies with PPS3 and the            Priority would need to be given to other town centre uses
         housing      on    sites                             national indicative minimum site size threshold of   such as retail and employment as identified within the
         suitable               to                            15 dwellings. PPS3 further states that LPA‟s can     evidence-base documents.
         accommodate           15                             set lower minimum thresholds, where viable and
         dwellings or more within                             practicable.                                         To await the outcome of the NN HMA which will inform the
         the town centre             Regional Guidance &      RSS8 does not give any specific guidance as to       extent of affordable housing required within the Borough
                                     Core Spatial Strategy    the thresholds for the provision of affordable       and therefore inform on an appropriate threshold for the
                                                              housing.                                             provision of such housing within the town centre. This will
                                                              This does not comply with the submission CSS         also be based upon locational criteria and circumstances
                                                              which requires DPD‟s to set out more detailed        to allow different character areas, site conditions and
KTC 45




                                                              affordable housing requirements, including the       design matters to be considered
                                                              site thresholds above which affordable housing
                                                              should be provided to meet the overall targets
                                     Evidence Base            North     Northamptonshire     Housing     Market
                                                              Assessment;
                                     Other e.g. Strength of   56 (64%) of the 101 respondents identified this as
                                     Majority Option, Other   the appropriate threshold for affordable housing
                                     Issues etc.              provision within the town centre, whilst 35 (35%)
                                                              respondents said affordable housing should be
                                                              provided on all residential development sites
                                                              within the town centre.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Both options contribute towards the provision of affordable housing to meet housing needs. The option to have no threshold would result in a high provision of affordable
housing overall, however not all sites within the town centre will be of a suitable size to accommodate affordable and market housing, it may therefore be too inflexible to
require affordable housing on all sites.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

As recommendation above, implement a threshold of 15 or more to required affordable housing in accordance with PPS3.




                                                                                                                                   59
RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Incorporated within Preferred Policy KTC13 (Housing).




                                                        60
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                      OFFICER RESPONSE                                                        RECOMMENDATION
          To identify all types of   National Guidance          Complies with PPG17.                                  To progress this option through the AAP process and
          open space detailed        Regional Guidance &        This option complies with Policy 14: General          await the final PPG17 study. To link this work into the
          within the Open Space      Core Spatial Strategy      Sustainable Development Principles.         The       outcomes of KBC's local GI study and responses to TC
          Needs       Assessment                                Submission CSS also states that open space is         Issues 53-56.
KTC 46




          table                                                 an essential element of a sustainable community.
                                     Evidence Base              PPG17 Study undertaken by consultants for KBC
                                     Other e.g. Strength of     Of the respondents, 89% indicated that all types
                                     Majority Option, Other     of open space should be identified.
                                     Issues etc.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Both of the original options were expanded to form four options as the plan was progressed. This also incorporated Issues & Options KTC47. Alternative options
considered:
To not safeguard open space
To positively propose alternative uses/ development of more existing open space
To adopt a quantity not quality approach
To not consider wider Green Infrastructure with development proposals or integrate with biodiversity factors

Safeguarding/ enhancing open space contributes towards social progress which recognises the needs of everyone and effective protection of the environment. The present
option has a more positive impact as this would provide a range of open space to meet the needs of the whole contribution and would include the creation of natural
environments. It is difficult to assess the impact of only providing certain types of open space without knowing which types would be provided.

GI contributes significantly to the effective protection of the environment. The Slade Brook is an important green space in the Town Centre and it is appropriate that this is the
focus for GI provision, however it would also be beneficial to enhance any other important GI assets in the Town Centre to maximise opportunities for habitat creation.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

As recommendation above.



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Incorporated within Preferred Policy KTC15 (Public Realm & Green Infrastructure). The need for a separate policy on open space was not warranted given the public realm
priority for the town centre- the issues and policy responses were therefore felt to be integrated.

                                                                                                                                      61
62
ISSUE     MAJORITY OPTION                                     OFFICER RESPONSE                                                    RECOMMENDATION
         Protect all types of open   National Guidance        Complies with PPG17.                               To progress this option through the AAP process and
         space within the town       Regional Guidance &      The Submission CSS states that open space is       await the final PPG17 study. To link this work into the
         centre                      Core Spatial Strategy    an essential element of a sustainable              outcomes of KBC's local GI study and responses to TC
KTC 47




                                                              communities                                        Issues 53-56.
                                     Evidence Base            PPG17 Study undertaken by consultants for KBC
                                     Other e.g. Strength of   Of the 121responses, 91 (75%) indicated that all
                                     Majority Option, Other   types of open space should be protected
                                     Issues etc.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
See Issues & Options KTC46 above.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

See Issues & Options KTC46 above




                                                                                                                                63
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                     OFFICER RESPONSE                                                      RECOMMENDATION
         To retain health care      National Guidance         PPS1 states that plan policies should ensure that    To undertake further research on this issue and continue
         facilities within the TC                             suitable locations are available for public          dialogue with the Primary Care Trust as to the most
         to serve the wider area                              sector (e.g. health and education) developments.     appropriate way of providing the best health care facilities.
                                                              It also states that plans should seek to provide
                                                              improved access for all to health facilities.
                                    Regional Guidance &       RSS8 emphasises the need to facilitate
KTC 48




                                    Core Spatial Strategy     accessibility and that provision should be focused
                                                              on new and expanded primary and community
                                                              health and social care facilities.
                                    Evidence Base              Issues and Options Responses
                                    Other e.g. Strength of    Of the 115 responses, 65 (57%) indicated that
                                    Majority Option, Other    health faculties should be retained in the town
                                    Issues etc.               centre to serve the wider area.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
It has been decided that this issue is not being covered by the AAP and will be addressed by an alternative DPD.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

It has been decided that this issue is not being covered by the AAP and will be addressed by an alternative DPD.




                                                                                                                                   64
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                       OFFICER RESPONSE                                                       RECOMMENDATION
          To improve existing        National Guidance          PPS1 states that plan policies should ensure that      To progress this option through the AAP process and
          facilities in Kettering                               suitable locations are available for community         undertake further work in communication with KBC
          Town Centre                                           facilities. It also states that plans should seek to   Community Service and key stakeholders to ascertain the
                                                                provide improved access for all to such facilities     need and requirement for new facilities.
                                     Regional Guidance &        RRS8 and NNCSS both state that cultural
KTC 49




                                     Core Spatial Strategy      infrastructure and community facilities are key to
                                                                delivering sustainable communities.
                                     Evidence Base
                                     Other e.g. Strength of     Of the 116 responses, 88 (76%) indicated that
                                     Majority Option, Other     existing faculties should be improved, whilst 21%
                                     Issues etc.                indicated that new facilities need to be provided.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
The three original options were condensed to two options through the plan process. Alternative options considered:
To not provide for additional facilities;
To not safeguard existing uses.

To improve existing facilities in Kettering Town Centre and retain existing facilities would have positive social impacts. As the Town Centre is indentified for growth,
safeguarding is deemed necessary with suitable caveats to prevent unnecessary loss.




RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To progress a combination of options which sought to improve existing facilities and provide for new facilities.



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Incorporated within Preferred Policy KTC 6 (Leisure, Culture & Tourism).




                                                                                                                                      65
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                      OFFICER RESPONSE                                                        RECOMMENDATION
          To improve existing        National Guidance          Complies with national guidance                      Recommended that future planning policy (and
          facilities in the town     Regional Guidance &        Complies with regional guidance                      masterplans) encourage the improvement of existing
          centre.                    Core Spatial Strategy                                                           facilities.
                                     Evidence Base              North Northants. Town Centres Roles and              It should also be noted that the majority of individual
KTC 50




                                                                Relationships      Study     (August     2005)       comments on the issue expressed the desire for more
                                                                North Northants. Town Centres Roles and              high quality, family orientated leisure opportunities.
                                                                Relationships Study:- Update of Retail Capacity
                                                                Forecasts (July 2006)
                                     Other e.g. Strength of     Of the 112 responses received, 68 (60.71%)
                                     Majority Option, Other     chose option A
                                     Issues etc.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
The original nine Issues & Options (KTC 50, KTC 51and KTC 52) were combined into a total of three options for analysis. Alternative options considered:
To promote a significant increase in A4 public houses and night clubs
To disregard the Evening Economy as an issue
To spread Evening activity throughout the Town Centre
Diversify the evening economy offer by restricting further bars and clubs whilst allowing more restaurants is the most sustainable option and would contribute positively to
sustainability appraisal objectives relating to accessibility, crime, community, liveability, reducing the need to travel, economy and the vitality of the Town Centre. The focus
on the majority of Evening uses on Montagu Street, Silver Street and Horsemarket will have amenity benefits.




RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To progress a combination of options (a) and (c) enhancing existing facilities but also considering additional provision where this is appropriate and contributes towards the
provision of a range of uses.



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Incorporated within Preferred Policy KTC7 (Evening Economy).




                                                                                                                                        66
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                       OFFICER RESPONSE                                                         RECOMMENDATION
          To maintain focus for         National Guidance        Complies with national policy                         Recommended that this be assessed through master
          evening      economy          Regional Guidance &      Complies with regional policy                         planning.
          around Montagu Street,        Core Spatial Strategy
KTC 51




          Silver  Street    and
          Horsemarket.                  Evidence Base            N/A
                                        Other e.g. Strength of   Of the 114 responses received, 62 (54.39%)
                                        Majority Option, Other   chose option A
                                        Issues etc.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
It is difficult to assess the impact of these options without more information on the facilities to be provided as provision of additional pubs and bars would have a very different
impact to that of restaurants or cultural facilities which could benefit the areas identified. Please see Issues & Options KTC 50 above.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

Please see Issues & Options KTC 50 above.


ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                       OFFICER RESPONSE                                                         RECOMMENDATION
          Diversify the evening         National Guidance        Complies with national policy (depending on           Recommended that this be assessed through
          economy        offer    by                             location and relative numbers)                        masterplanning (which should also provide a direction for
          restricting further bars      Regional Guidance &      Complies with regional guidance                       relevant planning policies) in conjunction with
KTC 52




          and       clubs      whilst   Core Spatial Strategy                                                          stakeholders.
          allowing             more
          restaurants.                  Evidence Base            N/A
                                        Other e.g. Strength of   Of the 110 responses received, 87 (79.09%)
                                        Majority Option, Other   chose option B
                                        Issues etc.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Please see Issues & Options KTC 50 above.




                                                                                                                                          67
RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

Please see Issues & Options KTC 50 above.




                                                    68
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                      OFFICER RESPONSE                                                        RECOMMENDATION
          For GI provision for the   National Guidance          PPS1 includes a commitment to creating new             To use responses to the Issues and Options Report and
          town centre to focus on                               green spaces that will provide high quality public     the green routes identified by the RNRP as the basis for
          the Slade Brook                                       open spaces and ensure that urban areas are            KBC‟s local GI study, which will inform the production of
                                                                attractive places for people to live and work.         the Town Centre Area Action Plan. To link this work into
                                     Regional Guidance &        RSS8 states that a network of green infrastructure     the outcomes of the PPG17 study and responses to TC
                                     Core Spatial Strategy      will be necessary to secure sustainable                Issues 46 and 47.
                                                                communities.       The    provision      of    green
                                                                infrastructure needs to be addressed in planning
                                                                development to ensure a net gain to meet the
                                                                needs generated by growth and, where relevant,
                                                                help to address existing deficiencies. This is
KTC 53




                                                                reiterated in the NNCSS, which states that the
                                                                river Nene regional park will be a key mechanism
                                                                for delivering green infrastructure, bringing
                                                                together public and private stakeholders and
                                                                investment.
                                     Evidence Base              The River Nene Regional Park project has
                                                                undertaken a study to identify key strategic and
                                                                local GI routes.
                                     Other e.g. Strength of     Of the 95 responses, 49 (52%) indicated GI
                                     Majority Option, Other     provision should focus on the Slade Brook. Of
                                     Issues etc.                those that would like to see other important GI
                                                                assets utilised, most respondents were of the
                                                                opinion that all green spaces in and around the
                                                                town should be integral to GI in the town centre.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Both options contribute significantly to the effective protection of the environment, the options relate closely to those tested for open space (Issues & Options KTC 46/47). The
Slade Brook is an important green space in the town centre and it is appropriate that this is the focus for GI provision, however it would also be beneficial to enhance any
other important GI assets in the town centre to maximise opportunities for habitat creation.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To focus GI provision in the Slade Brook but also to consider provision relating to any other important GI assets identified in the studies discussed above.



                                                                                                                                        69
RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Incorporated within Preferred Policy KTC 15 (Public Realm & Green Infrastructure)




                                                                                    70
ISSUE       MAJORITY OPTION                                       OFFICER RESPONSE                                                           RECOMMENDATION
          N/A                          National Guidance                                                                     To progress this option through the AAP process, baring
                                       Regional Guidance &                                                                  in mind all three priorities, with an emphasis on
                                       Core Spatial Strategy                                                                landscaping and flood risk management. To link this work
KTC 54




                                                                                                                            into the outcomes of the PPG17 study and responses to
                                       Evidence Base                                                                        TC Issues 46 and 47.
                                       Other e.g. Strength of    Of the 73 responses the majority indicated either
                                       Majority Option, Other    flood risk, landscaping, or "all three" i.e. flood risk,
                                       Issues etc.               landscaping, water quality. Taken together these
                                                                 options accounted for 73% of responses.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
There are no options associated with this issue so it is not possible to assess this using the sustainability appraisal objectives.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

As recommendation above see responses to Issues & Options KTC 46, 47 & 53.


ISSUE       MAJORITY OPTION                                       OFFICER RESPONSE                                                           RECOMMENDATION
          GI        should        be   National Guidance                                                                    To progress this option through the AAP process with an
          incorporated in to flood     Regional Guidance &                                                                  emphasis on integrating GI with flood risk management.
          risk        management       Core Spatial Strategy                                                                To link this work into the outcomes of the PPG17 study
KTC 55




          alongside the use of                                                                                              and responses to TC Issues 46 and 47.
          traditional infrastructure   Evidence Base
          and sustainable urban        Other e.g. Strength of    Of the 101 responses 79 (78%) indicated that GI
          drainage systems.            Majority Option, Other    should be incorporated into flood risk
                                       Issues etc.               management.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Two options were tested. The Flood risk management Option is the more sustainable of the two options; this option has dual benefits of contributing to flood risk management
and providing opportunities for provision of green infrastructure and creation of wildlife habitats. The other Option incorporates the use of standard infrastructure, use of
traditional infrastructure, can increase run-off and the risk of flooding downstream. It can also have a negative impact on the built environment and biodiversity.




                                                                                                                                             71
RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To incorporate Green Infrastructure into flood risk management alongside traditional infrastructure and sustainable drainage systems. Although these are issues to be
covered beyond the scope of the AAP including other DPDs and through national planning guidance. SuDs are mentioned through Preferred Policy KTC 8 (Design &
Sustainability).




                                                                                                                              72
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                     OFFICER RESPONSE                                                     RECOMMENDATION
         To      prioritise  the    National Guidance          PPS9 compliant                                     To progress this option through the AAP process. To link
         enhancement         and    Regional Guidance &        RSS8, NNCSS and Northants BAP compliant.           this work into the outcomes of the PPG17 study and
         creation of biodiversity   Core Spatial Strategy                                                         responses to TC Issues 46 and 47.
KTC 56




         assets in the town
         centre.                    Evidence Base
                                    Other e.g. Strength of     Of the 95 responses 79 (83%) indicated the need
                                    Majority Option, Other     to prioritise biodiversity.
                                    Issues etc.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
Alternative options considered:
To not consider the environment or biodiversity factors within the LDF
To consider biodiversity factors on a site basis and not the broader Town Centre green infrastructure

Nature conservation has positive environmental and social benefits maintaining/ enhancing the level of biodiversity. Indirectly through place creation multipliers and wider
environmental enhancement economic benefits may also occur. However, the issue has been covered by the CSS and could be expanded upon via SPD.




RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

To priorities the enhancement and creation of biodiversity assets in the town centre. This issue is already covered by the CSS and could be taken forward through KTC 15
(Public Realm & Green Infrastructure)



RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

KTC 15 (Public Realm & Green Infrastructure)




                                                                                                                                    73
ISSUE      MAJORITY OPTION                                       OFFICER RESPONSE                                                            RECOMMENDATION
          Key factors raised to      National Guidance           Guidance issued by the Planning Inspectorate               The plan will include the adoption of measures and
          the          successful                                indicates that development plans are tested on             targets to ensure the successful implementation of the
          implementation of the                                  their ability to indicate a clear mechanism for            plan. Ongoing community consultation will be undertaken
          plan                                                   implementation and monitoring.                             as part of the Preferred Options stage
                                     Regional Guidance &         RSS8 sets out key indicators and targets to be
                                     Core Spatial Strategy       collected and reviewed on an annual basis. The
                                                                 Submission CSS adopts a similar plan monitor
                                                                 manage approach setting out the delivery
                                                                 mechanism       timeframes, key infrastructure
                                                                 requirements, implementation in the case of land
KTC 57




                                                                 banking and other measures and targets.
                                     Evidence Base               Baseline      studies        indicate     infrastructure
                                                                 requirements in particular major investment
                                                                 requirements       in      highway     and      sewage
                                                                 infrastructure,        including      delivery      and
                                                                 implementation.
                                     Other e.g. Strength of      It is not possible to quantify the responses. Main
                                     Majority Option, Other      themes include the early delivery of infrastructure,
                                     Issues etc.                 engagement with key stakeholders and public
                                                                 involvement and support, design, quality and
                                                                 diversity of development in the town centre,
                                                                 integration of facilities.
SUMMARY OF SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL
There are were no options associated with this issue originally and it was not possible to assess this using the sustainability appraisal objectives.

As the plan was advanced further objectives were developed for testing. Alternative options considered: -
To not consider implementation and delivery and allow the plan principles to evolved randomly.
To not seek S.106 Financial Contributions or seek to establish a plan framework
The delivery of all of the plan objectives, vision, core policies and principles will achieve the wider sustainability benefits outlined. Mechanisms which seek to assist with this
delivery are therefore sustainable in themselves.



RECOMMENDATION FOLLOWING SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL

As recommendation above.

                                                                                                                                            74
RELEVANT AAP PREFERRED PLANNING POLICY/ SECTION

Incorporated within Preferred Policy KTC27 (Implementation & Phasing).




      Additional Preferred Planning Policies proposed following the Kettering Futures work and inserted into the
      AAP.
      A selection of Preferred Planning Policies have been included within the AAP which were not identified specifically as „Options‟ at the Issues &
      Options stage. Although inherently the issues tackled were discussed. This was because of emerging technical evidence arising primarily due to the
      „Kettering Futures‟ design/ consultation work (undertaken by Savills) and also through the Submission & Adoption of the Joint Core Spatial Strategy
      (CSS).

      These Preferred Policy Options included:

      Preferred Policy Option KTC 8 (Design 7 Sustainability)- a specific policy added to reflect the emerging CSS and new PPS1 Supplement Guidance

      Preferred Policy Option KTC 9 (Amenity) – required as an expansion to the design and urban quality principles but directly related to social factors
      such as persons relationship with the environment.

      Preferred Policy Option KTC 16 (A Safe & Secure Place) – required as an expansion to the design and urban quality principles including the overall
      Master Plan

      Preferred Policy Option KTC 17 (Heritage Conservation)- required as an expansion to the design and urban quality principles




                                                                                                                       75
                                                                                                                                                         9
                                                                                                                                                                     8
                                                                                                                                                                                    7
                                                                                                                                                                                                  6
                                                                                                                                                                                                           5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       4
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               3
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  1




    23
                   22
                                     21
                                                  20
                                                        19
                                                              18
                                                                           17
                                                                                      16
                                                                                               15
                                                                                                      14
                                                                                                                      13
                                                                                                                                        12
                                                                                                                                             11
                                                                                                                                                   10

                                                                                                                                        Built
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Skills




                                                                                      Water
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Crime




                                                  Waste
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Health




                                                  Energy
                                                                                                                                        Cultural
                                                                                                                                        Heritage
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Housing




                                                                           Minerals
                                                                                                                                                                                    Liveability


                                                                                                                                                         Landscape




                                                  Renewable
                                                              Energy Use
                                                                                                                                                                                                           Community




                                                                                                                                                                     Biodiversity




                                     Employment
                                                                                                                                        Environment
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Accessibility




                                                                                      Conservation
                                                                                                      Water Quality



                                                                                      Soil and Land




    Town Centres
                                                                                                                      Air and Climate
                                                                                                                                        Climate Change




                   Wealth Creation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      To create a zoned, vibrant town centre which
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      makes the best use of available land and existing




                                                                                                      -




    •
                   •
                                     •
                                                                                      •
                                                                                                                                        •
                                                                                                                                             •
                                                                                                                                                         •
                                                                                                                                                                                                           •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  •




                                                  ?
                                                        ?
                                                              ?
                                                                           ?
                                                                                               ?
                                                                                                                      ?
                                                                                                                                                   ?
                                                                                                                                                                     ?
                                                                                                                                                                                    ?
                                                                                                                                                                                                  ?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      buildings and maximises the potential for
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      regeneration

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      To implement a step change in quality retail offer




                                                  -
                                                        -
                                                                                                      -
                                                                                                                                                         -
                                                                                                                                                                     -
                                                                                                                                                                                                  -
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -




    •
                   •
                                     •
                                                                                      •
                                                                                                                                        •
                                                                                                                                                                                                           •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  •




                                                                           x
                                                              ?
                                                                                               ?
                                                                                                                      ?
                                                                                                                                             ?
                                                                                                                                                   ?
                                                                                                                                                                                    ?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       ?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      incorporating 20,500m of comparison retail

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      To deliver a new residential community and to




                   -
                                                                                                      -
                                                                                                                      -
                                                                                                                                                                                                  -




    •
                                                                                      •
                                                                                                                                                                                                           •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  •




                                                                           x




                                                  ?
                                                        ?
                                                              ?
                                                                                               ?
                                                                                                                                        ?
                                                                                                                                             ?
                                                                                                                                                   ?
                                                                                                                                                         ?
                                                                                                                                                                     ?
                                                                                                                                                                                    ?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      utilise residential uses to support and complement




                                     X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      the Quarters.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Appendix 4: Policy Appraisal Plan Objectives




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      To create a town centre characterised by the high




                                     -
                                                                                               -
                                                                                                      -
                                                                                                                      -
                                                                                                                                        -
                                                                                                                                                                     -
                                                                                                                                                                                                  -




    •
                   •
                                                  •
                                                                                                                                             •
                                                                                                                                                   •
                                                                                                                                                         •
                                                                                                                                                                                    •
                                                                                                                                                                                                           •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  •




                                                              ?
                                                                           ?
                                                                                      ?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        ?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  4                   quality of urban design, architecture and public




                                                        X
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      realm and respect for heritage

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      To create a significant increase in office




                                                                                                      -
                                                                                                                                                         -
                                                                                                                                                                     -
                                                                                                                                                                                    -
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       -
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               -




    •
                   •
                                     •
                                                                                      •
                                                                                                                                        •
                                                                                                                                                                                                  •
                                                                                                                                                                                                           •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  •




                                                                           x




                                                  ?
                                                        ?
                                                              ?
                                                                                               ?
                                                                                                                      ?
                                                                                                                                             ?
                                                                                                                                                   ?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  5



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      employment space, along with further regeneration
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        X


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      opportunities

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      To make a safe, welcoming, walkable and well




                                                                                                      -
                                                                                                                                                         -
                                                                                                                                                                     -
                                                                                                                                                                                    -
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       -
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               -




    •
                   •
                                     •
                                                                                      •
                                                                                                                                        •
                                                                                                                                                                                                  •
                                                                                                                                                                                                           •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  •




                                                                           x




                                                  ?
                                                        ?
                                                              ?
                                                                                               ?
                                                                                                                      ?
                                                                                                                                             ?
                                                                                                                                                   ?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  6


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        X




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      connected town centre

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      To deliver a greener town centre with an emphasis
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      on provision of green infrastructure, renewable




                                     -
                                                  -
                                                        -
                                                              -
                                                                           -
                                                                                      -
                                                                                              -
                                                                                                      -
                                                                                                                                                                                                  -
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        -




    •
                   •
                                                                                                                      •
                                                                                                                                        •
                                                                                                                                             •
                                                                                                                                                   •
                                                                                                                                                         •
                                                                                                                                                                                    •
                                                                                                                                                                                                           •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  •
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  7




                                                                                                                                                                     ?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      energy initiatives and environmentally efficient
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      buildings to encourage green living




1
Key
      Compatible                   ●

      Possible Conflict            x

      Uncertainty                  ?

      neutral or no relationship   –




                                       2
                                                                                                                                                     Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                                         Appendix 5: Policy Appraisal Policies

                                                          Policy 1 Regeneration Priorities
                                                                     SA TOPIC              IMPACT                                   COMMENTARY                                          MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                                   Short   Medium     Long

                                                           1    Accessibility        ••          ••     ••   By concentrating development in the town centre where there
                                                                                                             are transport nodes, there will be a range of facilities in close
                                                                                                             proximity, accessible by a variety of transport modes, and a
                                                                                                             reduced need for development in less sustainable locations.
                                                                                                             Furthermore this policy seeks to maintain and enhance the
                                                                                                             viability of the town centre and generate a mix of uses in an
                                                                                                             accessible location.
                                                           2    Housing               •          ••     ••   The policy promotes a mixture of uses which will incorporate
                                                                                                             elements of residential development. The delivery may
                                                                                                             increase as the plan period progresses.

                                                           3    Health                •          •      •    Indirect benefits through delivery of mixture of uses in close
                                                                                                             proximity allowing healthy travel choices (e.g. walking,
                                                                                                             cycling). The provision of a high quality public realm will also
Social progress which recognises the needs of everyone




                                                                                                             promote better mental and physical health.
                                                           4    Crime                 •          •      •    Policy promotes mixed uses including active uses which will         Design and implementation will ensure
                                                                                                             result in a more vibrant centre with increased activity and         that crime is considered through Policy
                                                                                                             increased opportunities for natural surveillance, however the       2 Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and
                                                                                                             areas will have to be managed in a suitable manner.                 Design Quality.



                                                           5    Community             •          •      •    The provision of additional housing will increase the local
                                                                                                             population which will help enable and sustain community
                                                                                                             facilities. The development of complementary uses (e.g.
                                                                                                             retail) will increase community benefits such as cultural
                                                                                                             diversity.
                                                           6    Skills                •          •      •    The policy seeks to attract investment and encourage diverse
                                                                                                             business, therefore creating opportunities to access learning
                                                                                                             and training. The regeneration and town centre improvements
                                                                                                             will likely create a more attractive town centre and as such the
                                                                                                             image of the town will make it more likely to retain/ attract
                                                                                                             graduates. This may in time increase the skills base / redress
                                                                                                             the qualifications imbalances.
                                                           7    Liveability           ?          •      •    The long-term approach is to create an attractive environment
                                                                                                             for people to live, work and play.           However, such a        Policy 3 on the control of the evening
                                                                                                             variety/diversity of uses can create potential amenity issues       economy will help mitigate impacts
                                                                                                             such as A4 & A5 uses close to residential areas.                    potential amenity issues.
                                                                                                             Construction at the beginning may impact on amenity and
                                                                                                                                   Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                                    SA TOPIC                IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                        MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                    Short   Medium   Long
                                                                                            then as developments come into fruition will deliver benefits
                                                                                            towards the later stages of the AAP.
                                                                       ?      ?        ?    Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is dependant on            Design and implementation will ensure
                                          8    Biodiversity
                                                                                            implementation. The focus on economic development and             that biodiversity is considered through
                                                                                            encouraging retail and employment opportunities could             Policy 13: Open Space, Green
                                                                                            negatively impact on enhancing biodiversity.                      Infrastructure and Biodiversity.
Effective protection of the environment




                                                                       ?      ?        ?    The potential impact of new buildings is uncertain at this        Design framework and building heights
                                          9    Landscape
                                                                                            stage, but a landscape analysis was conducted as part of the      framework established.
                                                                                            master plan process to inform future building heights. The
                                                                                            focus of this policy on delivering sustainable development
                                                                                            could potentially have positive impacts on landscape.
                                          10   Cultural heritage       •      ••       ••   Strong emphasis on regeneration and the maintenance and
                                                                                            enhancement of the cultural heritage.
                                          11   Built Environment      ••      ••       ••   Regeneration and growth and a focus on high quality
                                                                                            architecture, respect for heritage and an enhanced public
                                                                                            realm will build upon and improve the built environment. The
                                                                                            policy will also create buildings and spaces that are adaptable
                                                                                            and flexible and that will encourage the reuse and
                                                                                            refurbishment of the built environment.
                                          12   Climate Change          -      •        •    Indirect reduction in green house gas emissions through
                                                                                            positive focus on development in accessible (town centre)
                                                                                            location i.e. reducing the need to travel.
                                          13   Air and Climate         -      •        •    See above for transport benefits.

                                          14   Water Quality           -      -        -

                                                                       ?      ?        ?    A few sections of the plan area adjacent to the Slade Brooke      Implementation of Policy 14 Flooding
                                          15   Water Conservation
Prudent Use of natural resources




                                                                                            are at risk from flooding. Water efficiency / consumption         and Surface Water Management will
                                               and Management
                                                                                            issues will be dependent upon detailed policy implementation.     mitigate risk from flooding
                                          16   Soil and Land          ••      ••       ••   This APP focuses on new retail, office and residential
                                                                                            development on previous developed land which will have a
                                                                                            beneficial impact on the need to develop Greenfield sites.
                                                                      X       X        X    Development within the town centre will not affect known          Where ever possible seek to encourage
                                          17   Minerals
                                                                                            mineral reserves, but new development will result in the need     the reuse of existing buildings or
                                                                                            for new building materials.                                       materials.
                                                                      X       X        X    New development will increase energy demand.                      Policy 2 in the AAP and the Sustainable
                                          18   Energy Use
                                                                                                                                                              Design SPD will help mitigate the
                                                                                                                                                              impacts of increased energy demand
                                          19   Renewable Energy        -      -        -
                                          20   Waste                   •      •        •    This policy provides the opportunity for positive benefits
                                                                                                            Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                       SA TOPIC                   IMPACT                                    COMMENTARY                                    MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                        Short     Medium    Long
                                                                      through the replacement of old buildings with new. These new
                                                                      buildings will have to meet evolving residential and
                                                                      commercial building standards that will include facilities for
                                                                      recycling materials and also producing energy efficient
                                                                      buildings.
         21       Employment               •        ••        ••      Regeneration will, overtime create jobs in the town through
Maintenance of




                                                                      business provision and a sustainable mix of uses.
 employment
 growth and
  economic




         22       Wealth creation          •        ••        ••      Regeneration will, over time create / enhance the image of the
                                                                      town and create opportunities for all.

         23       Town Centres            ••        ••        ••      The policy will direct growth toward the town centre away from
                                                                      the out of town, out of centre locations, attract inward
                                                                      investment and promote / increase vitality / viability.

     Comment:
     This policy is concerned with the regeneration and economic priorities of the town centre, with the objective of creating a vibrant, connected mixed use
     environment which is safe and welcoming to provide a platform for economic prosperity and improving the quality of life. The policy has strong positive
     impacts on SA topics; Accessibility, Built Environment, Soil and Land, Employment, Wealth Creation and Town Centres. The following SA topics have no
     identified relationship with this policy: Water Quality and Renewable Energy.

     Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

                Non retail solely housing and/or office led growth
                No growth or regeneration
                To not require high quality design approaches but allow „ad hoc‟ approaches
                To not incorporate a mixed use approach
                To follow a solely led approach (social, environmental or economic)
                                                                                                           Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

A policy which specifics no retail within the town centre would clearly be against government guidance contained with PPS4 which requires a mix of uses within town
centres and allocates this area as sequentially preferable to all other areas. A policy of no growth or regeneration is also against government guidance which
requires town centres to be rejuvenated and the centre to be the main focus for growth. Both these scenarios are against the Town Centre, Employment and Wealth
Creation SA topics which have the objectives of protecting and enhancing the vitality and viability of town centres, maintaining and enhancing employment
opportunities through economic growth and enhancing wealth creation.

A lack of clear guidance over design could result in poor quality designs which do not relate well to the town centre and incorporate the principles of sustainability
and this would therefore be against SA topics Built Environment and Cultural Heritage which seek to maintain and enhance the quality and distinctiveness of the built
environment.

As set out in PPS4 a mix of uses within a town centre ensures its continued vitality and viability and helps to meet the needs of a range of people. It will contribute to
meeting housing need (a mixture of tenures and types), a prosperous economy, providing a range of facilities and key services and continue to enhancing the overall
environment of the centre. A balance between social, environmental and economic development will result in balanced communities and in accordance with PPS1
will lead to meeting the aims of sustainable development.
                                                                                                                                                   Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan




                                                Policy 2 Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and Development Principles

                                                            SA TOPIC               IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                      MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                           Short   Medium   Long
                                                                              •      ••       ••   The policy identifies urban quarters and key development
Social progress which recognises the needs of




                                                  1    Accessibility
                                                                                                   sites in accessible locations which reduce the need to travel,
                                                                                                   improve access to public transport and improve opportunities
                                                                                                   for walking and cycling.
                                                  2    Housing                •      ••       ••   The policy identifies a residential quarter within which a range
                                                                                                   of housing types, sizes and tenures will be provided. Policy
                                                                                                   ensures that new development does not result in a significant
                                                                                                   loss in the number of residential dwellings in the plan area.
                                                  3    Health                 •      •        •    Indirect benefit to health through providing development in
                                                                                                   accessible locations and through protection of residential
                                                                                                   amenity
                                                  4    Crime                  •      •        •    Promotion of active frontages and increasing natural
                                                                                                   surveillance of spaces and routes along with enhanced
                                                                                                   lighting will reduce opportunities for and fear of crime.
                                                  5    Community              •      •        •    The policy has indirect benefits as it is defining community
                                                                                                   areas with a view to defining and sustaining that community.
                                                  6    Skills                 •      •        •    Growth within accessible town centre creates opportunities to
everyone




                                                                                                   integrate living, working and education.
                                                  7    Liveability            •      •        •    The policy has indirect benefits as it is defining urban quarters
                                                                                                   and outlining principles and codes which seek to benefit
                                                                                                   amenity.
                                                                              -      -        -
Effective protection of the




                                                  8    Biodiversity
                                                  9    Landscape             ••      ••       ••   This policy was formulated with careful consideration of the
                                                                                                   existing landscape (urban design and landscape analysis
                                                                                                   conducted), which ultimately intend to maintain and enhance
                                                                                                   the quality, character and local distinctiveness.
                                                  10   Cultural heritage     ••      ••       ••   This policy and the establishments of each quarter has been
                                                                                                   carefully considers against the prevailing features of historic,
environment




                                                                                                   cultural and archaeological importance.
                                                  11   Built Environment     ••      ••       ••   The policy is a design tool which seeks to enhance the visual
                                                                                                   environment and the overall quality of the town centre through
                                                                                                   creating areas that are flexible, durable, attractive and
                                                                                                   functional.
                                                                                                                                              Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                                 SA TOPIC                    IMPACT                                     COMMENTARY                                   MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                   Short     Medium    Long

                                       12   Climate Change            •          •         •      Location of development will reduce emissions of greenhouse
                                                                                                  gases. Policy requires development to be adaptable and to
                                                                                                  include provision of renewable energy, energy conservation
                                                                                                  and sustainable construction techniques.
                                       13   Air and Climate           •          •         •      Promotion of sustainable transport modes will help reduce
                                                                                                  traffic related pollution.
                                                                      -          -         -      Policy ensures development considers sustainability matters
Prudent Use of natural resources




                                       14   Water Quality
                                                                                                  but doesn‟t make direct reference to water quality
                                       15   Water Conservation        •          •         •      Requires development to incorporate sustainable construction
                                                                                                  techniques
                                            and Management
                                       16   Soil and Land            ••         ••        ••      The policy seeks to maximise densities and also encourage
                                                                                                  the reuse of Brownfield land.
                                       17   Minerals                  -          -         -
                                                                      ?         ?          ?      Development will increase energy use, however policy
                                       18   Energy Use
                                                                                                  promotes energy conservation and sustainable construction
                                                                                                  techniques.
                                       19   Renewable Energy          •          •         •      Policy requires development to address the impact of climate
                                                                                                  change including the provision of renewable energy.
                                       20   Waste                     -          -         -
                                       21   Employment                •          •         •      Focusing employment development within the station quarter
Maintenance



employment
of economic




                                                                                                  will encourage efficient patterns of movement and provide a
growth and




                                                                                                  high quality environment attractive to businesses.
                                       22   Wealth creation           •          •         •      The policy seeks to enhance the visual environment and the
                                                                                                  overall quality of the town centre which will assist with
                                                                                                  attracting further investment to the town.
                                       23   Town Centres              •          •         •      The policy seeks to enhance the visual environment and the
                                                                                                  overall quality of the town centre.

                                   Comment:
                                   This policy identifies the eight urban quarters and the focus for development within each of these. It also provides a set of sustainable design standards and requires
                                   development to comply with the Urban Codes Supplementary Planning Document (SPD), these standards seek to ensure that development within the town centre is
                                   built to a very high design standard. The policy has strong positive impacts on SA topics; Accessibility, Housing, Landscape, Cultural Heritage, Built Environment
                                   and Soil and Land. The following SA topics have no identified relationship with Policy 3: Biodiversity, Water Quality, Minerals and Waste.

                                   Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

                                      To implement generic overarching design guidance with no expanding principles of codes
                                                                                                         Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

   To not consider design as a relevant subject for the AAP

The above two policy options would not provide the detail required in order to properly plan and implement the Area Action plan and would therefore not be in
accordance with SA topics Community, Liveability, Built Environment and Town Centres which have the objectives of creating well designed, clean, safe, and
economically viable town centres. The omission of any design policy would result in a lack of clear direction over the aims of the Area Action Plan and a lack of clear
guidance at the planning application stage, possibly resulting in poorly designed and implemented developments. Based on this it is considered that the above two
policy options are not suitable for being taken forward.
                                                                                                                                                     Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan


                                                         Policy 3 Primary Shopping Area and Evening Economy

                                                                   SA TOPIC           IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                         MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                              Short   Medium   Long

                                                          1   Accessibility     ••      ••       ••   The policy has beneficial affects on accessibility given the
                                                                                                      concentration of uses on the Primary Shopping Area where
                                                                                                      there is good access to a range of transport modes, services,
                                                                                                      employment, open space and housing.
                                                                                 ?      ?        ?    The policy relates primarily to the location and provision of      Ensure sufficient housing sites are
                                                          2   Housing
                                                                                                      retail uses. The policy focuses on retail provision in the PSA.    made available elsewhere. Policy 6
                                                                                                      This may be at the detriment of land which could have              refers.
                                                                                                      otherwise been used for housing, however the policy does
                                                                                                      encourage the use of upper floors for residential development
                                                                                 ?      ?        ?    More choice in an accessible location increasing opportunities     Amenity considered by Policy 2: Urban
                                                          3   Health
                                                                                                      to walk or cycle. The evening economy section is not               Quarter,    Urban      Codes      and
                                                                                                      necessarily encouraging healthier lifestyles, although the         Development Principles
                                                                                                      policy does restrict the number of A3/A4/A5 uses within the
Social progress which recognises the needs of everyone




                                                                                                      Primary Shopping Frontage. These uses will also assist in
                                                                                                      providing increased recreational facilities for evening
                                                                                                      entertainment.
                                                                                 ?      ?        ?    Proposals in the Primary and Secondary Shopping Frontages          Design and implementation will ensure
                                                          4   Crime
                                                                                                      require active frontages to be maintained and may therefore        that crime is considered through Policy
                                                                                                      reduce opportunities for crime; however this is dependant on       2: Urban Quarters, Urban Codes and
                                                                                                      design and implementation. Potential to increase crime due to      Development Principles.
                                                                                                      drinking establishments, although the concentration of A3, A4
                                                                                                      and A5 uses will be restricted which could reduce the potential
                                                                                                      for crime and disorder.

                                                          5   Community          •      •        •    Provision of A1 uses with other complementary non-retail
                                                                                                      uses will offer a valuable service for the community and
                                                                                                      encourage community activities and opportunities for meeting
                                                                                                      and congregating. The policy addresses the location of A3-A5
                                                                                                      uses which could assist in creating and sustaining a vibrant
                                                                                                      community. Such uses could meet the cultural needs of the
                                                                                                      community and assist in creating a cohesive community. The
                                                                                                      policy does aim to restrict the number of A3-A5 uses and this
                                                                                                      is beneficial as it is recognised that these uses alone will not
                                                                                                      alone create cohesive communities and a diversity of uses are
                                                                                                      required.
                                                          6   Skills             -      -        -
                                                                                                                                          Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                                    SA TOPIC                IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                         MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                    Short   Medium   Long

                                          7    Liveability             •      •        •    The policy requires that a certain percentage and number of       Mix of uses contained in Proposed
                                                                                            units remain in A1 retail use in the Primary Shopping             Policy 2.
                                                                                            Frontages and a range of A1 and non-retail uses which retain
                                                                                            active frontages remain in the Secondary Shopping
                                                                                            Frontages. This will ensure that the Town Centre continues to
                                                                                            provide a diverse range of retail offer and complementary
                                                                                            uses which will enhance liveability. There is some uncertain
                                                                                            in relation to the evening economy as an intensification of
                                                                                            uses may have negative consequences on amenity for
                                                                                            existing residents (noise and odour), however the policy does
                                                                                            seek to restrict the number of A3 – A5 uses which could
                                                                                            reduce potential adverse impacts. The mixture of uses and the
                                                                                            choice may, however, act to increase the attractiveness of
                                                                                            Kettering as a place to live.
                                          8    Biodiversity            -      -        -
                                                                       ?      ?        ?    Landscape analysis was conducted as part of the Master Plan       Design and implementation will ensure
                                          9    Landscape
                                                                                            process. The impact of new buildings on the landscape in          that the landscape is considered
                                                                                            dependant on implementation.                                      through Urban Design Codes.
                                                                       ?      ?        ?    Could enhance areas of the Conservation Area, but would be        Policy 2 refers to design and Policy 12
                                          10   Cultural heritage
                                                                                            dependent on sensitive design and implementation that             Heritage        Conservation        and
Effective protection of the environment




                                                                                            respects features and buildings of historical and                 Archaeology.
                                                                                            archaeological importance. The policy relates to the location
                                                                                            of A3-A5 uses and with regard to the safeguarding of amenity.
                                                                                            Such uses could potentially have a negative impact in the
                                                                                            setting of the heritage areas.
                                                                       ?      ?        ?    There is the potential to enhance the quality and                 Policy 2 refers to design.
                                          11   Built Environment
                                                                                            distinctiveness of the area through creating buildings and
                                                                                            spaces that are attractive, flexible, adaptable and functional.
                                                                                            However, this is dependent on appropriate design and
                                                                                            implementation. The policy will also ensure that active
                                                                                            frontages remain within the town centre which if designed to a
                                                                                            high quality will enhance the overall quality of the built
                                                                                            environment.
                                          12   Climate Change          -      -        -


                                                                       -      -        -
Use of




                                          13   Air and Climate
Prudent


resourc
natural




                                          14   Water Quality           -      -        -
es




                                                                       ?      ?        ?    Uncertain impact given additional demand on water resources
                                          15   Water Conservation
                                                                                                                                  Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                           SA TOPIC              IMPACT                                   COMMENTARY                                         MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                         Short   Medium   Long
                                      and Management                               of new development, however new development does provide
                                                                                   the opportunity to incorporate water efficiency measures.
                                 16   Soil and Land         •      •         •     The policy seeks to encourage retail led regeneration of the
                                                                                   town centre within the PSA and a concentration of A1 and
                                                                                   other complementary town centre uses, thus directing growth
                                                                                   away from edge of centre sites and encouraging efficient use
                                                                                   of land.

                                                           X       X        X      New development will result in the need for new building           Where ever possible seek to encourage
                                 17   Minerals
                                                                                   materials.                                                         the reuse existing buildings or
                                                                                                                                                      materials.
                                                           X       X        X      New development will increase energy demand.                       Policy 3 in the AAP and the Sustainable
                                 18   Energy Use
                                                                                                                                                      Design SPD will help mitigate the
                                                                                                                                                      impacts of increased energy demand
                                 19   Renewable Energy      -      -         -
                                 20   Waste                 -      -         -
                                                           ••      ••       ••     Additional retail investment and investment in the evening
Maintenance of economic growth




                                 21   Employment
                                                                                   economy will generate job and employment opportunities for
                                                                                   local people.
                                 22   Wealth creation      ••      ••       ••     The focus of development on the town centre will have
                                                                                   positive benefits such as enhancing the area as a place to
       and employment




                                                                                   work and visit. The Evening Economy will create wealth in the
                                                                                   town centre through providing A3-A5 uses that will attract
                                                                                   people to visit that area. The policy will also play a role is
                                                                                   enhancing the image of Kettering and complement the retail/
                                                                                   commercial offer.
                                 23   Town Centres         ••      ••       ••     The focus on retail led regeneration in the PSA will assist in
                                                                                   creating a vibrant town centre and A1 retail and
                                                                                   complementary town centre uses will encourage activity and
                                                                                   attract people to the area. The restriction on the concentration
                                                                                   of A3 – A5 uses will also act to ensure that other
                                                                                   establishments/uses are able to be accommodated in the
                                                                                   town centre.

                        Comment:
                        The policy relates to the location and provision of retail uses and to the location of A3-A5 in the Primary Shopping Area and within the Primary and Secondary
                        Shopping Frontages The policy focuses retail development in the Primary Shopping Area and seeks to ensure that changes of use do not lead to an over
                        concentration of A3, A4 and A5 uses. The policy has strong positive impacts on SA topics Accessibility, Employment, Wealth Creation and Town Centres. The
                                                                                                          Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

following SA topics have no identified relationship with Policy 4 Primary Shopping Area: Skills, Biodiversity, Climate Change, Air and Climate, Water Quality, Water
Conservation and Management, Renewable Energy and Waste.

Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

       Not allocating a retail area
       No retail growth
       Strict primary and secondary retail definitions and allocations
       To promote a significant increase in A4 public houses and night clubs
       To disregard the Evening Economy as an issue
       To spread Evening activity throughout the Town Centre

Without allocation of a retail area there would be a lack of control over the types of development which could be situated in the centre. The Primary Shopping Area
acts to protect the main core of the centre from non-retail developments which can destroy the vitality and viability and lead to a dormant town centre at certain times
of the day. Therefore a policy which does not allocate a retail area would be against SA topic Town Centres which aims to ensure its continued vitality and viability.

Restricting the growth of retail is against PPS4 which requires continued support for retail within main centres in order to support the economy and foster a
competitive environment. No retail growth would result in prospective and existing retailers relocating to other areas where retail is competitive and thriving and
where there is not an overly restrictive environment in terms of retail development and expansion.

The policy does allocate Primary and Secondary Shopping Frontages which are flexible, however a policy of strict primary and secondary allocations would result in
a relatively constrained centre. A mix of uses is needed within centres to sustain the economy and meet the needs of people who visit and use the centre (retail,
professional services, hotels, licensed premises, restaurants, residential) as is promoted by SA topics Employment, Wealth Creation and Town Centres.

An uneven balance of uses within a town centre (such as the over dominance of A4) can detract from the prosperity and balanced economy of the town centre.
Such uses could also result in the town centre becoming dormant at certain times of the day due to the evening opening hours of such establishments. A significant
increase in such uses could also lead to increased crime and disturbance resulting in an unpleasant and unsafe environment. SA topic Town Centres makes it clear
that a mix of uses is important part of the vitality and viability of a town centre and a range of complementary evening and night-time uses which appeal to a wide
range of age and social groups should therefore be permitted in suitable locations.

Disregarding the evening economy or promoting a significant increase in A4 uses would also not be in accordance with SA topics liveability and community which
aim to create pleasant environments for people to enjoy in a cohesive community which is safe. It is considered that policy 4 provides enough flexibility with regards
to the location of uses throughout the town centre and the designation of the Primary and Secondary Shopping Areas will aid in protecting retail uses and ensuring
that the town centre is not overly dominated by evening related uses.
Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan
                                                                                                                                       Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                   POLICY 4 Commercial Offices

                                               SA TOPIC                IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                          MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                               Short   Medium   Long
                                                                 ••      ••       ••   The policy relates to the provision of additional office
Social progress which recognises




                                     1    Accessibility
                                                                                       development in the town centre, in particular, focused on
                                                                                       identified sites which are in accessible locations.
                                                                  ?      ?        ?    The policy relates to the location and provision of additional      Ensure sufficient housing sites are
                                     2    Housing
                                                                                       office uses, this may be at the detriment of land which could       made available elsewhere. Policy 6
                                                                                       have otherwise been used for housing. However it is important       refers.
                                                                                       to provide a mix of uses to create a sustainable town centre.
the needs of everyone




                                     3    Health                  -      -        -
                                                                  -      -        -                                                                        .
                                     4    Crime
                                     5    Community               -      -        -
                                     6    Skills                 ••      ••       ••   The policy relates to the provision of additional commercial
                                                                                       uses in the town centre therefore enhancing access to jobs
                                                                                       and training.
                                     7    Liveability             -      -        -
                                                                  -      -        -
Effective protection of the




                                     8    Biodiversity
                                                                  ?      ?        ?    Landscape analysis was conducted as part of the Master Plan
                                     9    Landscape
                                                                                       process. The impact of new office buildings on the landscape
                                                                                       is dependant on implementation.
                                     10   Cultural heritage       •      •        •    The policy relates to the provision of additional office
                                                                                       development in the town centre. Sites selected direct growth
                                                                                       away from sensitive heritage areas.
environment




                                                                  ?      ?        ?    This policy seeks to encourage a greater level of office            Policy 2 refers    to   design   and
                                     11   Built Environment
                                                                                       development. The design quality of this development will            sustainability.
                                                                                       depend on implementation of other policies which promote
                                                                                       high quality design.
                                     12   Climate Change          -      -        -
                                                                  •      •        •    The policy relates to the provision of additional commercial
Prudent Use of




                                     13   Air and Climate
                                                                                       uses in the town centre which given the location of the
natural resources




                                                                                       majority of offices to allocated sites which are all close to the
                                                                                       town centre and have good access to a range of sustainable
                                                                                       transport modes including the train station and bus and cycle
                                                                                       links.
                                     14   Water Quality           -      -        -
                                                                  ?      ?        ?    Uncertain impact due to additional demand on water
                                     15   Water Conservation
                                                                                                                 Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                    SA TOPIC                    IMPACT                                    COMMENTARY                                        MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                      Short     Medium     Long
               and Management                                      resources of new development, however new development
                                                                   does provide the opportunity to incorporate water efficiency
                                                                   measures.
       16      Soil and Land             •          •         •    The policy seeks to encourage commercial led regeneration of
                                                                   the town centre, thus directing growth away from edge of
                                                                   centre sites.
                                         X         X          X    New development will result in the need for new building          Where ever possible seek to encourage
       17      Minerals
                                                                   materials.                                                        the reuse of existing buildings or
                                                                                                                                     materials.
                                         X         X          X    New development will increase energy demand.                      Policy 2 in the AAP and the Sustainable
       18      Energy Use
                                                                                                                                     Design SPD will help mitigate the
                                                                                                                                     impacts of increased energy demand
       19      Renewable Energy          -          -         -
                                         ?          ?         ?    This policy provides the opportunity for new offices buildings    Policy 2 ensures buildings are
       20      Waste
                                                                   which will have to conform to building regulations and            constructed in a sustainable manner
                                                                   sustainability standards that could include facilities for
                                                                   recycling materials and also producing energy efficient
                                                                   buildings.
       21      Employment                ••        ••        ••    The policy encourages office development with associated
Maintenance



employment
of economic




                                                                   new jobs and more diverse employment opportunities.
growth and




       22      Wealth creation           ••        ••        ••    The additional office development will create wealth in the
                                                                   town centre, enhance the image of Kettering as a business
                                                                   district and encourage further enterprise opportunities.
       23      Town Centres              ••        ••        ••    The focus of development will aid the vitality and viability of
                                                                   the town centre through assisting in attracting continuing
                                                                   business investment to the town centre.

    Comment:
    The policy relates to the provision of additional commercial uses in the town centre and focuses this development within the Station Quarter. This policy has strong
    positive impacts on SA topics: Accessibility, Skills, Employment, Wealth Creation and Town Centres. The following SA topics have no identified relationship with
    Policy 4 Commercial offices: Health, Crime, Community, Liveability, Biodiversity, Landscape, Climate Change Water Quality, Water Conservation and Management
    and Renewable Energy and Waste.

    Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

             Non retail solely housing and/or office led growth
             No growth or regeneration
                                                                                                         Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

       No office growth

A policy which specifics no retail within the town centre would clearly be against government guidance contained with PPS4 which requires a mix of use within town
centres and allocates this area as sequentially preferable to all other areas for retail. It would also be against SA Topic Town Centres which recognises that town
centres need to be protected and enhanced and retail is a key mechanism for ensuring this.

 A policy of no growth or regeneration is also against both SA topic Town Centres and government guidance which requires town centres to be rejuvenated and the
centre to be the main focus for growth. No office growth would result in a retail dominated environment and be against the governments objectives of providing a
mix of uses within town centres. It would also act to hinder business development as the town centre is a strategic location for many businesses, therefore going
against SA topic Employment.

Kettering is required to provide a large amount of employment to 2021 and the inclusion of office growth in the town centre will help to meet this target and provide a
range of employment opportunities for people living in and around the centre.
                                                                                                                                                            Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan


                                                         POLICY 5 Culture and Tourism

                                                                    SA TOPIC               IMPACT                                  COMMENTARY                                            MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                                   Short   Medium   Long

                                                          1    Accessibility         ••      ••       ••   The policy relates to the provision of additional leisure, cultural
                                                                                                           and tourism uses and the safeguarding of cultural and tourism
                                                                                                           uses. All areas of the town centre are of good accessibility for
Social progress which recognises the needs of everyone




                                                                                                           such „county centric‟ uses.
                                                                                      ?      ?        ?    The policy relates to the location and provision of leisure,          Ensure sufficient housing sites are
                                                          2    Housing
                                                                                                           cultural and tourism uses and the safeguarding of culture and         made available elsewhere. Policy 7
                                                                                                           tourism uses. This may be at the detriment of land which              refers.
                                                                                                           could have otherwise been used for housing. Although it is
                                                                                                           uncertain whether encouraging these uses within the town
                                                                                                           centre would affect any sites which would be suitable for
                                                                                                           housing.
                                                          3    Health                 •      •        •    The policy relates to the provision of additional leisure, cultural
                                                                                                           and tourism uses. This will benefit recreation opportunities.

                                                                                      ?      ?        ?    Could reduce incidences of crime through providing cultural           Design and implementation will ensure
                                                          4    Crime
                                                                                                           and leisure activities. Minimising opportunities for crime will       that crime is considered through Policy
                                                                                                           be dependent on design and implementation.                            2.
                                                          5    Community             ••      ••       ••   The policy relates to the provision of additional leisure, cultural
                                                                                                           and tourism uses and the safeguarding of important
                                                                                                           community uses to further encourage engagement in such
                                                                                                           actives and assist is sustaining a vibrant community.
                                                          6    Skills                 -      -        -
                                                                                      ?      ?        ?    Uncertain as intensification of uses may have negative                Policy 2 will mitigate impacts
                                                          7    Liveability
                                                                                                           consequences on amenity of existing residents. However it
                                                                                                           may also increase the attractiveness of Kettering as a place to
                                                                                                           live.
                                                                                      -      -        -
Effective protection




                                                          8    Biodiversity
of the environment




                                                          9    Landscape              -      -        -
                                                                                      ?      ?        ?    The policy refers to directing growth within the town centre          Policy 12 will mitigate impacts
                                                          10   Cultural heritage
                                                                                                           which could potentially direct growth towards sensitive
                                                                                                           heritage areas
                                                                                      ?      ?        ?    Additional cultural and leisure uses could provide                    Policy 2 will mitigate impacts
                                                          11   Built Environment
                                                                                                           opportunities for improving the quality and distinctiveness of
                                                                                                           the built environment through creating buildings and spaces
                                                                                                           that are attractive
                                                                                                                                                  Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                                  SA TOPIC                    IMPACT                                       COMMENTARY                                        MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                    Short     Medium     Long

                                      12    Climate Change             -          -          -



                                      13    Air and Climate            -          -          -
                                      14    Water Quality              -          -          -
                                                                       -          -          -
Prudent Use of natural resources




                                      15    Water Conservation
                                            and Management
                                      16    Soil and Land              •          •          •      The policy seeks to encourage leisure/ cultural uses within the
                                                                                                    town centre, thus directing growth away from edge of centre
                                                                                                    sites.
                                                                       X          X         X       New development will result in the need for new building          Where ever possible seek to encourage
                                      17    Minerals
                                                                                                    materials.                                                        the reuse of existing buildings or
                                                                                                                                                                      materials.
                                                                       X          X         X       New development will increase energy demand.                      Policy 2 in the AAP and the Sustainable
                                      18    Energy Use
                                                                                                                                                                      Design SPD will help mitigate the
                                                                                                                                                                      impacts of increased energy demand
                                      19    Renewable Energy           -          -          -
                                      20    Waste                      -          -          -
                                      21    Employment                 •          •          •      The policy encourages leisure, cultural and tourism growth,
economic growth
and employment




                                                                                                    which could result in the additional benefit of associated new
 Maintenance of




                                                                                                    jobs.
                                      22    Wealth creation            •          •          •      The encouragement of leisure and cultural development will
                                                                                                    enhance the image of Kettering and complement the retail/
                                                                                                    commercial offer. The additional tourism will create wealth in
                                                                                                    the town centre.
                                      23    Town Centres               ••        ••         ••      The focus of development will aid the vitality and viability of
                                                                                                    the town centre. It will compliment the diversity of uses and
                                                                                                    contribute toward the evening economy.


                                   Comment:
                                   The policy relates to the location of additional leisure, cultural and tourism uses and the safeguarding of cultural and tourist facilities. It seeks to encourage additional
                                   cultural leisure and tourism uses within the town centre in accordance with PPS4. The policy has strong positive impacts on SA topics; Accessibility, Community
                                   and Town Centres. The following SA topics have no identified relationship with Policy 5 Culture and Tourism: Skills, Biodiversity, Landscape, Climate Change,
                                   Water Quality, Water Conservation and Management, Renewable Energy and Waste.
                                                                                                         Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

       To not provide for additional facilities;
       To not safeguard existing uses.

In order for town centres to remain prosperous and meet the needs of its users, additional facilities need to be provided. The town centre forms a focal point of an
area and is therefore best placed to accommodate such additional facilities as required. Additional facilities can also result in job creation and tourist growth which
all add to enhancing the economy. Lack of protection of exiting facilities could result in their loss and replacement with less complementary uses which do not add to
the vitality and viability of the town centre. A policy which does not provide for additional facilities or does not safeguard existing uses would be against SA topics
Town Centres, Community, Liveability, Cultural Heritage and Health which aim to ensure that all people have access to services and facilities within a pleasant
environment where people can enjoy living, working and recreation time.
                                                                                                                                                            Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan




                                                         POLICY 6 Residential

                                                                     SA TOPIC               IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                      MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                                    Short   Medium   Long

                                                           1    Accessibility          •      •        •    The policy seeks to incorporate a mix of additional housing/
                                                                                                            affordable housing within the town centre. This will indirectly
Social progress which recognises the needs of everyone




                                                                                                            enhance accessibility.
                                                           2    Housing               ••      ••       ••   The policy seeks to incorporate a mix of additional housing/
                                                                                                            affordable housing within the town centre. This has clear
                                                                                                            benefits for meeting peoples housing needs.
                                                           3    Health                 •      •        •    The policy will increase the population of the town centre
                                                                                                            close to a range of facilities and amenities with indirect health
                                                                                                            benefits.
                                                                                       ?      ?        ?    New housing development will act to regenerate the town
                                                           4    Crime
                                                                                                            centre. However, the impact on crime will mostly be through
                                                                                                            design/ implementation.
                                                           5    Community             ••      ••       ••   The policy seeks to incorporate a mix of additional housing/
                                                                                                            affordable housing within the town centre. This has clear
                                                                                                            benefits for meeting the needs of a section of the community
                                                                                                            and will overall contribute to creating a diverse community.
                                                                                       -      ?        ?    The policy will increase the population of the town centre
                                                           6    Skills
                                                                                                            close to a range of facilities and amenities with indirect
                                                                                                            benefits for skills given the additional workforce. However,
                                                                                                            there is likely to be increased pressure on Kettering's school
                                                                                                            facilities in the longer term.
                                                           7    Liveability            •      •        •    The policy seeks to incorporate a mix of additional housing/
                                                                                                            affordable housing within the town centre. This has clear
                                                                                                            benefits for liveability factors dependent on design/
                                                                                                            implementation.
                                                                                       ?      ?        ?    Using land for housing may potentially limit the capacity to
Effective protection




                                                           8    Biodiversity
                                                                                                            maintain and enhance biodiversity.             However, though
of the environment




                                                                                                            accommodating growth in the town centre less land will be
                                                                                                            needed on Greenfield sites.
                                                                                       ?      ?        ?    Impact on the landscape will depend on the design and scale
                                                           9    Landscape
                                                                                                            of new buildings.
                                                                                       ?      ?        ?    Additional residential development in areas in close proximity
                                                           10   Cultural heritage
                                                                                                            to areas of cultural heritage could negatively impact on
                                                                                                            existing cultural heritage areas. The impact will be dependent
                                                                                                            on design and implementation.
                                                                                                                                    Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                             SA TOPIC                IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                          MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                             Short   Medium   Long
                                                                ?      ?        ?    Additional residential development has the potential to            Policy 2 will ensure development has a
                                   11   Built Environment
                                                                                     negatively and positively impact on the built environment. The     positive    impact    on    the   built
                                                                                     impact will be dependent on design and implementation to           environment.
                                                                                     ensure that good quality development takes place to create
                                                                                     residential units that are attractive and appropriate.
                                   12   Climate Change          •      •        •    Residential development in the town centre will help reduce
                                                                                     the need to travel and therefore reduce greenhouse gas
                                                                                     emissions.
                                                                ?      ?        ?    Locating development in an accessible location will reduce the
                                   13   Air and Climate
                                                                                     need to travel. Design of development will need to minimise
                                                                                     the impact on light pollution.
                                   14   Water Quality           -      -        -
                                                                ?      ?        ?    The policy relates to the provision of additional residential in   Policy 2 requires development to
                                   15   Water Conservation
                                                                                     the town centre and is not directly related to water               include     sustainable construction
                                        and Management
                                                                                     consumption.                                                       techniques.
                                                                •      •        •    The provision of additional development on Brownfield land is
Prudent Use of natural resources




                                   16   Soil and Land
                                                                                     a positive factor. Although to ensure major positive effects
                                                                                     densities need to be maximised.
                                                               X       X        X    New development will result in the need for new building           Where ever possible seek to encourage
                                   17   Minerals
                                                                                     materials.                                                         the reuse of existing buildings or
                                                                                                                                                        materials.
                                                               X       X        X    New development will increase energy demand.                       Formulation of policy to ensure
                                   18   Energy Use
                                                                                                                                                        development is constructed in an
                                                                                                                                                        energy efficiency manner. Policy 2.
                                   19   Renewable Energy        -      -        -
                                                                ?      ?        ?    The policy relates to the provision of additional residential in   Refer to policy 2.
                                   20   Waste
                                                                                     the town centre and is not directly related to waste. Although
                                                                                     policies will need to ensure that the construction of the
                                                                                     buildings is sustainable.
                                                                ?      ?        ?    Residential development may take land away from alternative        Ensure balanced land approach within
                                   21   Employment
Maintenance of




                                                                                     employment use. However it is important to provide a mix of        master plan.
 employment
 growth and




                                                                                     uses to create a sustainable town centre
  economic




                                   22   Wealth creation         •      ••       ••   The additional population will support job opportunities/ other
                                                                                     growth factors (retail/ commercial) and assist in creating a
                                                                                     mixed use town centre and also contribute to enhancing the
                                                                                     image of the town centre.
                                   23   Town Centres            •      ••       ••   The regeneration of mix use communities will assist with a
                                                                                     vibrant town centre.
                                                                                                        Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Comment: The policy relates to additional housing allocations in the town centre. It sets out requirements in terms of density, mix and affordable housing and will
therefore have a positive impact in terms of ensuring peoples housing needs are met. This policy has strong positive impacts on SA topics: Housing, Community,
Wealth Creation and Town Centres. The following SA topics have no identified relationship with Policy 6 (Residential): Water Quality

Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

   Allocate no new housing in the Town Centre
   To not include a housing mix policy and leave to market forces
   To require larger properties
   To not have a density policy or Master Plan approach and allow „ad hoc‟ approaches
   To not include a housing mix policy and leave to market forces

Kettering has a large housing target to meet by 2021 and the town centre will be a strategic location for such growth. In accordance with SA topic Town Centres
Housing development within a town centre can add to its vitality and ensure that a range of housing tenures and types can be met. Furthermore the town centre is
the main location of Brownfield land and residential development on this could both achieve higher densities and make the best use of previously developed land.
Government guidance set out in PPS3 sets targets for housing density and these must be reflected in policy in order to guide development proposals. Having no
Master Plan approach would be against SA topics Built Environment and Accessibility which aims to ensure there is good access within developments and the
quality and distinctiveness of the build environment is high. The Housing Need Study reflects the need for a range of housing types and tenures and a policy on this
is therefore required to ensure that the identified need can be met. Leaving housing type and tenure to market forces could result in property being developed which
does         not       meet        the        needs        of      all     people       therefore       being       against         SA       topic      accessibility.
                                                                                                                                     Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan




                                   POLICY 7 Road Network and Junctions


                                               SA TOPIC                IMPACT                                COMMENTARY                                         MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                               Short   Medium   Long
                                                                  •      ••       ••   This policy will improve connectivity around the town and will
Social progress which recognises




                                     1    Accessibility
                                                                                       reduce the number of unnecessary and circuitous trips. The
                                                                                       network and junction improvements will improve bus access
                                                                                       and efficiency.
                                     2    Housing                 -      -        -
the needs of everyone




                                                                  ?      ?        ?    Potentially indirect benefit to health due to lower accident     Policies 9 and 10 will promote more
                                     3    Health
                                                                                       rates but improvements to the road network could encourage       sustainable modes of transport
                                                                                       people to use the car
                                     4    Crime                   -      -        -
                                     5    Community               -      -        -
                                     6    Skills                  -      -        -
                                     7    Liveability             •      •        •    Improved connectivity and reduction in congestion may
                                                                                       improve people‟s satisfaction with their neighbourhood.
                                                                  ?      ?        ?    Impact will depend on precise improvements and whether           CSS      policy    13   requires     the
protection of the




                                     8    Biodiversity
                                                                                       these impact on verges which are rich in biodiversity            enhancement       and   protection     of
                                                                                                                                                        biodiversity
                                                                  -      -        -
environment




                                     9    Landscape
                                                                  -      -        -
Effective




                                     10   Cultural heritage
                                     11   Built Environment       -      -        -
                                     12   Climate Change          -      -        -
                                                                  •      •        •    Junction improvements will reduce congestion and therefore
                  of




                                     13   Air and Climate
                                                                                       improve air quality.
natural resources




                                     14   Water Quality           -      -        -
            Use




                                     15   Water Conservation      -      -        -
                                          and Management
Prudent




                                     16   Soil and Land           -      -        -
                                                                 X       X        X    Alterations to the road network will require use of building
                                     17   Minerals
                                                                                       materials.
                                                                                                                  Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                       SA TOPIC                 IMPACT                                     COMMENTARY                                    MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                      Short     Medium   Long

         18       Energy Use             -         -        -
         19       Renewable Energy       -         -        -
         20       Waste                  -         -        -
         21       Employment             •         •        •       Improved access to and around the town centre may make it a
Maintenance of




                                                                    more attractive location for businesses to locate and may
 employment
 growth and




                                                                    result in an increase in jobs in the town.
  economic




         22       Wealth creation        •         •        •       Improved connectivity and access around the town will help
                                                                    improve the quality of the environment and may make the
                                                                    town more attractive to visitors and investors.
         23       Town Centres           •         •        •       Improved traffic circulation will help improve access to the
                                                                    town and will encourage people to use facilities located in the
                                                                    town centre.

     Comment:
     The policy relates to reconfiguration of the road network and junction improvements to improve circulation around the town and to reduce congestion. This will have
     a strong positive impact on SA topic: Accessibility through improved connectivity around the town and a reduction in unnecessary trips and congestion. The following
     SA topics have no identified relationship with Policy 8 (Road Networks and Junctions): Housing, Crime, Community, Skills, Biodiversity, Landscape, Cultural
     Heritage, Built Environment, Climate Change, Water Quality, Water Conservation and Management, Soil and Land, Minerals, Energy Use and Renewable Energy.

     Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

                Do minimum: non highway planned improvements
                To increase capacity of the one way system and convert Montagu Street into a two way route
                Reopen Newlands Street and close Rockingham Road along with the expansion of the one way system
                Car biased approach, one way, two lane ring road

     Government guidance contained within PPS1 and PPG13 requires development to have regard to all users. Sustainable travel and transport is an increasingly
     important issue within developments and should therefore be reflected in policy formulation. Access within and around development is a key consideration and it
     should be as safe and permeable as possible and reflect the needs of all users. Sustainable modes of transport should be given particular consideration within a
     development in order to facilitate a move away from car use and a reduction in emissions. A policy which does the minimum would be against SA topics
     Accessibility, Health, Climate Change and Air as it would reduce choice and access for people and contribute to climate change and reduced air quality.

     Proposing limited development such as increasing capacity or opening certain streets or a car biased approach would continue to result in a dominance of car use
     and limited access around the town centre. This would have a negative impact on SA topics Accessibility, Air, Health and Climate Change.
                                                                                                                         Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                        POLICY 8 Parking

                                   SA TOPIC                IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                         MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                   Short   Medium   Long
                                                      ?      ?        ?    Policy will improve access to the town centre for the disabled
the




                         1    Accessibility
                                                                           by ensuring adequate disabled parking spaces are provided.
                                                                           Policy will enhance parking at the station and therefore will
recognises




                                                                           improve access to public transport. However benefits of
                                                                           provision for car users may be at the expense of other
                                                                           alternative modes.
                         2    Housing                 -      -        -
                                                      ?      ?        ?    The policy does encourage greater use of the car which could      This will be mitigated through policies 9
Social progress which




                         3    Health
                                                                           potentially have an indirect negative impact although the level   and 10 which promote public transport,
                                                                           of this effect is uncertain.                                      walking and cycling.
                                                      ?      ?        ?    In some cases the design of car parks can lead to an increase     Policy 2 will ensure car parks are
needs of everyone




                         4    Crime
                                                                           in crime. Detailed proposals will need to ensure that car parks   designed to reduce crime.
                                                                           are incorporate design techniques which reduce fear of crime
                                                                           and promote natural surveillance.
                         5    Community               -      -        -
                         6    Skills                  -      -        -
                         7    Liveability             -      -        -
                                                      -      -        -
protection of the




                         8    Biodiversity
                                                      ?      ?        ?    Impact on the landscape will depend on the design and scale
                         9    Landscape
                                                                           of off-street parking provision.
environment




                                                      ?      ?        ?    Impact on cultural heritage will depend on the design and         Policy 12 will ensure impact on cultural
                         10   Cultural heritage
                                                                           scale of off-street parking provision.                            heritage is considered.
Effective




                                                      ?      ?        ?    Impact on the built environment will depend on the design and     Policy 2 will ensure impact on the built
                         11   Built Environment
                                                                           scale of off-street parking provision.                            environment is considered.
                                                     X       X        X    The policy does encourage greater use of the car                  Policies 9 and 10 will mitigate
                         12   Climate Change
                                                     X       X        X    The policy encourages greater use of the car and may have
                  of




                         13   Air and Climate
                                                                           an associated impact on levels of traffic related pollution.
natural resources




                         14   Water Quality           -      -        -
            Use




                         15   Water Conservation      -      -        -
                              and Management
Prudent




                         16   Soil and Land           -      -        -
                                                     X       X        X    Building of additional car parks will require use of additional
                         17   Minerals
                                                                           building materials.
                                                                                                                 Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                    SA TOPIC                   IMPACT                                     COMMENTARY                                    MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                     Short     Medium    Long

       18      Energy Use               -         -         -
       19      Renewable Energy         -         -         -
       20      Waste                    -         -         -
       21      Employment               •         •         •      Encouraging car parking will assist with employment
Maintenance



employment
of economic




                                                                   opportunities through providing choice in transport modes.
growth and




       22      Wealth creation          •         •         •      Encouraging car parking will assist with business and wealth
                                                                   creation through providing choice in transport modes.
                                        ?         ?         ?      Provision of an appropriate number of parking spaces will
       23      Town Centres
                                                                   ensure good accessibility to the town centre. However this
                                                                   may be in conflict with other priorities including the image of
                                                                   the town centre.


    Comment:
    This policy ensures adequate provision of parking to support the successful economic operation of the town centre. This policy has a large number of uncertain
    impacts which largely relate to the design of parking. The following SA topics have no identified relationship with Policy 8 (Parking): Housing, Community, Skills,
    Livability, Biodiversity, Water Quality, Water Conservation and Management, Soil and Land, Minerals, Energy Use and Renewable Energy.

    Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

             Increase car parking without new development
             Decrease car parking
             To not regard wider spatial impacts such as location, charging and enforcement.

    PPS1 and PPG13 deal with the issues of sustainable development and transport. Government guidance advocates that policy should be focussed on a move away
    from the private car to other more sustainable modes of transport. A policy based on increasing car parking without new development would act to increase the
    number of people visiting the centre in their car rather than using sustainable modes of transport and would also use up valuable town centre land which could be
    developed for other uses. This would be against SA topics accessibility and town centres which aim to ensure all people have sufficient levels of access.

    A decrease in car parking without adequate alternative modes of transport would discourage people from visiting the centre and as a consequence have a negative
    impact on the economy of the town centre and the businesses within it, therefore having a negative impact on SA objective Town Centres which aims to protect and
    enhance the vitality and viability of the town centre. This type of policy is best implemented when there are alternative plans for transport uses in place.

    Not having regard to wider spatial impacts such as location, charging and enforcement could result in car parks being developed in locations which are best suited to
    other uses, therefore going against SA topic Town Centres which aims to enhance the viability of the centre through such measures as efficient use of land and the
                                                                                                            Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

identification of suitable locations for development. It could also result in problems of controlling and enforcing parking regulations if they are not clearly set out from
the start.
                                                                                                                            Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                       Policy 9 Public Transport

                                    SA TOPIC                IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                           MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                    Short   Medium   Long
                                                       •      ••       ••   This policy will improve access to public transport and improve
                  which
recognises the needs of




                          1    Accessibility
                                                                            public transport services.
                          2    Housing                 -      -        -
                          3    Health                  -      -        -
         progress




                          4    Crime                   -      -        -
                          5    Community               -      -        -
everyone




                          6    Skills                  -      -        -
Social




                          7    Liveability             •      •        •    Benefits associated with improved access to public transport
                                                                            such as reduced car use and congestion may help improve
                                                                            people‟s satisfaction with their neighbourhood.
                                                       -      -        -
Effective protection




                          8    Biodiversity
of the environment




                                                       ?      ?        ?    Impact on landscape of the multi-modal transport interchange
                          9    Landscape
                                                                            will depend on the design and scale of development.
                                                       ?      ?        ?    Impact on cultural heritage will depend on the design and           Policy 13 will ensure impact on cultural
                          10   Cultural heritage
                                                                            scale of development.                                               heritage is considered.
                                                       ?      ?        ?    Impact on the built environment will depend on the design and       Policy 2 will ensure impact on the built
                          11   Built Environment
                                                                            scale of development.                                               environment is considered.
                          12   Climate Change          •      •        •    Increased use of public transport will lead to a reduction in car
                                                                            use and associated emissions.
                                                       •      •        •    Increased use of public transport will lead to a reduction in car
natural




                          13   Air and Climate
                                                                            use and associated emissions.
                          14   Water Quality           -      -        -
                          15   Water Conservation      -      -        -
of




                               and Management
                          16   Soil and Land           -      -        -
          Use




                          17   Minerals                -      -        -
resources




                          18   Energy Use              -      -        -
Prudent




                          19   Renewable Energy        -      -        -
                          20   Waste                   -      -        -
                                                       •      ••       ••   Improved access to public transport will help improve the
ai




m
ic




m
pl



m
M




w




                          21   Employment
 n

 e
 n
 a
 n
 c
 e
 o

 e
 c
 o
 n
 o



 g

 o



 h
 a
 n
 d
 e



 o



 e
 n
 y
 t




 r



 t




 t
 f




                                                                            attractiveness of the town centre as a place for businesses to
                                                                                                            Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

              SA TOPIC                    IMPACT                                     COMMENTARY                                    MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                Short     Medium   Long
                                                               locate.
   22    Wealth creation           •         ••      ••        Improving public transport provision will assist with business
                                                               and wealth creation through providing choice in transport
                                                               modes.
   23    Town Centres              •         ••      ••        Improving public transport provision will ensure good access
                                                               to and within the town centre.



Comments:

This policy improves provision of access to public transport and improves public transport services. This policy has strong positive impacts on SA topics
Accessibility, Employment, Wealth Creation and Town Centres. The following SA topics have no identified relationship with Policy 10 (Public Transport): Housing,
Health, Crime, Community, Skills, Biodiversity, Water Quality, Water Conservation and Management, Soil and Land, Minerals, Energy Use, Renewable Energy and
Waste.

Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward


       To prioritise other modes of transport

Government guidance contained within PPS1 and PPG13 requires development to have regard to all users. Sustainable travel and transport is an increasingly
important issue within developments and should therefore be reflected in policy formulation in order to facilitate a move away from car use and a reduction in
emissions. A focus on a particular type of transport mode would be against SA topics Accessibility, Health, Climate Change and Air quality as it would lead to an
environment dominated by one particular mode of transport, most likely the car, to the detriment of users of other modes of transport.
                                                                                                                              Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan



                         POLICY 10 Pedestrian and Cycle Network


                                     SA TOPIC                IMPACT                                  COMMENTARY                                      MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                     Short   Medium   Long
                                                       ••      ••       ••   Improvements to the pedestrian and cycle network will
                   which
recognises the needs of




                           1    Accessibility
                                                                             improve accessibility to and within the town centre
                           2    Housing                 -      -        -
                           3    Health                 ••      ••       ••   The policy seeks to encourage healthier travel choices
         progress




                                                                             through improving pedestrian and cycle linkages.
                           4    Crime                   -      -        -
                           5    Community               -      -        -
everyone




                           6    Skills                  -      -        -
Social




                           7    Liveability             •      •        •    The policy specifically seeks to create healthy, clean and
                                                                             pleasant environments by focusing the priority on the
                                                                             pedestrian and cyclist.
                                                        -      -        -
Effective protection




                           8    Biodiversity
                                                        -      -        -
of the environment




                           9    Landscape
                           10   Cultural heritage       -      -        -
                           11   Built Environment       -      -        -
                           12   Climate Change          •      •        •    The policy specifically seeks to enhance and facilitate
                                                                             sustainable transport delivery through improving pedestrian
                                                                             and cycle networks. This will assist in reducing emissions of
                                                                             greenhouse gases from private car use.
                                                        •      •        •    The policy will assist in reducing traffic related pollution due to
Prudent Use of natural




                           13   Air and Climate
                                                                             its aim to promote walking and cycling.
                           14   Water Quality           -      -        -
                           15   Water Conservation      -      -        -
                                and Management
resources




                           16   Soil and Land           -      -        -
                           17   Minerals                -      -        -
                           18   Energy Use              -      -        -
                                                                                                              Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                    SA TOPIC                    IMPACT                                  COMMENTARY                                   MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                      Short     Medium     Long

       19      Renewable Energy          -             -     -
       20      Waste                     -             -     -
       21      Employment                •             •     •     Increasing walking and cycling will help reduce car use and
Maintenance



employment
of economic




                                                                   may help make the town centre a more attractive place for
growth and




                                                                   businesses to locate.
       22      Wealth creation           •             •     •     Increasing walking and cycling will help reduce car use and
                                                                   may help make the town centre a more attractive place for
                                                                   businesses to locate and people to visit.
       23      Town Centres              •             •     •     This policy will ensure good access to and within the town
                                                                   centre.



    Comments:
    This policy facilitates improvements to the walking and cycling network to promote a modal shift away from the car. The policy has strong positive impacts on SA
    topics: Accessibility and Health. The following SA topics have no identified relationship with Policy 11 (Pedestrian and Cycle Network): Housing, Crime, Community,
    Skills, Biodiversity, Landscape, Cultural Heritage, Build Environment, Water Quality, Water Conservation and Management, Soil and Land, Minerals, Energy Use,
    Renewable Energy and Waste.

    Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward


             To prioritise other modes of transport

    Government guidance contained within PPS1 and PPG13 requires development to have regard to all users. Sustainable travel and transport is an increasingly
    important issue within developments and should therefore be reflected in policy formulation in order to facilitate a move away from car use and a reduction in
    emissions. A focus on a particular type of transport mode would be against SA topics Accessibility, Health, Climate Change and Air quality as it would lead to an
    environment dominated by one particular mode of transport, most likely the car, to the detriment of users of other modes of transport.
                                                                                                                                                Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan




                                             Policy 11 Public Realm and Public Art


                                                         SA TOPIC               IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                      MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                        Short   Medium   Long
                                                                           •      •        ••   The policy is linked to accessibility through the requirements
Social progress which recognises the needs




                                               1    Accessibility
                                                                                                to enhance the key areas of public realm and facilitating
                                                                                                improved access to the town centre.
                                               2    Housing                -      -        -
                                               3    Health                 •      •        •    The policy is indirectly linked to health factors due to the
                                                                                                creating a more attractive place to live that could have positive
                                                                                                mental health benefits and improving accessibility within the
                                                                                                town centre.
                                                                           ?      ?        ?    The policy is indirectly linked to crime factors through creating
                                               4    Crime
                                                                                                a more attractive and permeable public realm, which could
                                                                                                assist in reducing fear and occurrences of crime.
                                               5    Community              •      •        •    The policy requires high quality approaches to the public
                                                                                                realm and public art which provides opportunities for space to
                                                                                                be used by the community.
of everyone




                                               6    Skills                 -      -        -
                                               7    Liveability            •      •        •    The maintenance of amenity is indirectly related to the policy
                                                                                                through enhancements to the cleanliness and visual
                                                                                                attractiveness of the environment which will have positive
                                                                                                impacts on this objective.
                                                                           -      -        -
Effective protection of the




                                               8    Biodiversity
                                               9    Landscape              •      ••       ••   The policy requires high quality approaches to the public
                                                                                                realm/ public art. The policy compliments generic design
                                                                                                requirements with the urban quarters.
                                               10   Cultural heritage      •      ••       ••   The policy compliments generic design requirements with the
                                                                                                urban quarters and prevailing cultural heritage (buildings and
                                                                                                spaces).
environment




                                               11   Built Environment     ••      ••       ••   This policy will assist in maintaining and enhance the built
                                                                                                environment through implementing high quality street art and
                                                                                                furniture and creating spaces that are adaptable, flexible,
                                                                                                functional and durable.      Design analysis studies have
                                                                                                informed public realm proposals.
                                                                                                                             Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                            SA TOPIC                    IMPACT                                      COMMENTARY                                      MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                             Short      Medium    Long

                 12    Climate Change            -         -          -
                                                 -         -          -
natural




                 13    Air and Climate
                 14    Water Quality             -         -          -
                 15    Water Conservation        -         -          -
of




                       and Management
                 16    Soil and Land             -         -          -
Prudent Use




                 17    Minerals                  -         -          -
resources




                 18    Energy Use                -         -          -
                 19    Renewable Energy          -         -          -
                 20    Waste                     -         -          -
                 21    Employment                •         ••        ••      Improved quality public realm will help create an attractive
Maintenance of




                                                                             place for businesses to locate.
 employment
 growth and




                                                 •         ••        ••
  economic




                                                                             The higher quality design of the public realm and public art will
                 22    Wealth creation
                                                                             enhance the image and attractiveness of the area which will
                                                                             make the town a more conducive business and tourist
                                                                             destination.
                 23    Town Centres              •         ••        ••      The higher quality design of development will aid the vitality
                                                                             and viability of the town centre and assist with accessibility
                                                                             (way finding) and attracting further investment into the Town.



              Comments:
              The policy intends to improve the quality of the public realm including the provision of public art. Proposals in this policy will have a strong positive impact on SA
              topics: Accessibility, Landscape, Cultural Heritage, Built Environment, Employment, Wealth Creation and Town Centres. The following SA topics have no identified
              relationship with Policy 11 (Public Realm and Public Art): Housing, Skills, Biodiversity, Climate Change, Air and Climate, Water Quality, Water Conservation and
              Management, Soil and Land, Minerals, Energy Use, Renewable Energy and Waste.

              Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

                     To not prioritise Public Realm initiatives
                     To not seek funding for the Public Realm and allow „ad hoc‟ approaches
                                                                                                                                                             Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                                Public realm is an important part of developments and ensures that they are well designed, permeable and easy to navigate around whilst improving the
                                                environment of an area. A lack of funding or priority for the public realm could result in a poor quality environment which does not reflect the needs of different users
                                                and provide an enhanced and aesthetically improved environment, therefore being against SA topics Built Environment, Community, Liveability, Cultural Heritage
                                                and Town Centres which aim to ensure that development is of a high quality and crease a safe, healthy and aesthetically pleasing environment.



                                                POLICY 12 Heritage Conservation and Archaeology

                                                              SA TOPIC                    IMPACT                                      COMMENTARY                                        MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                                Short     Medium     Long
                                                                                    -         -          -
Social progress which recognises the needs of




                                                   1     Accessibility
                                                                                   ?          ?         ?      The policy is intended to conserve and enhance heritage           Ensure that through Policy 6 sufficient
                                                   2     Housing
                                                                                                               aspects and as such the design constraints with regard to         sites for housing are brought forward.
                                                                                                               development safeguarding minimise the opportunities for
                                                                                                               higher density redevelopment within areas of the town. This
                                                                                                               could jeopardise housing delivery, however the majority of
                                                                                                               housing development is focused away from heritage areas of
                                                                                                               the town so the level of impact is uncertain.
                                                   3     Health                     -         -          -
                                                                                   ?          ?         ?      The design and layout constraints may restrain opportunities
                                                   4     Crime
                                                                                                               to implement designing out crime principles.
                                                   5     Community                  •         •          •     The policy is intended to conserve and enhance heritage
                                                                                                               aspects and will indirectly assist with valuing and nurturing a
                                                                                                               cohesive community.
                                                   6     Skills                     -         -          -
everyone




                                                   7     Liveability                •         •          •     The policy is intended to conserve and enhance heritage
                                                                                                               aspects and will indirectly assist with creating pleasant
                                                                                                               environments for people to live and contribute towards
                                                                                                               improving the satisfaction of people in neighbourhoods.
                                                                                    -         -          -
Effective protection of




                                                   8     Biodiversity
                                                   9     Landscape                  •         •          •     The policy is intended to conserve and enhance heritage
                                                                                                               aspects which will indirectly benefit sensitive landscapes that
the environment




                                                                                                               include such buildings and spaces.
                                                   10    Cultural heritage         ••        ••         ••     The policy is intended to conserve and enhance the Town
                                                                                                               Centre Conservation Area and other heritage aspects. This
                                                                                                               will have major benefits for cultural heritage.
                                                   11    Built Environment         ••        ••         ••     The policy is intended to conserve and enhance the Town
                                                                                                               Centre Conservation Area and other heritage aspects. This
                                                                                                               will have major benefits for the built environment through
                                                                                                                                    Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                              SA TOPIC                IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                        MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                              Short   Medium   Long
                                                                                      protecting and enhancing sites of historic/archaeological
                                                                                      importance.
                                    12   Climate Change          -      -        -




                                    13   Air and Climate         -      -        -
                                    14   Water Quality           -      -        -
                                    15   Water Conservation      -      -        -
Prudent Use of natural resources




                                         and Management
                                                                X       X        X    The policy is intended to conserve and enhance heritage           The Town Centre Area Action Plan
                                    16   Soil and Land
                                                                                      aspects and as such the design constraints with regard to         takes a holistic approach ensuring the
                                                                                      development safeguarding will minimise the opportunities for      best use of Brownfield sites.
                                                                                      higher density redevelopment within areas of the town. This
                                                                                      could jeopardise the best use of land on Brownfield sites.
                                    17   Minerals                •      •        •    The policy is intended to conserve and enhance heritage
                                                                                      aspects. The retention of buildings has benefits with regard to
                                                                                      the embedded energy of existing buildings.
                                    18   Energy Use              -      -        -
                                    19   Renewable Energy        -      -        -
                                    20   Waste                   -      -        -
                                    21   Employment              -      -        -
economic growth
and employment
 Maintenance of




                                    22   Wealth creation        ••      ••       ••   The image and perception of the town could be enhanced
                                                                                      through the policy, which could assist in attracting people to
                                                                                      visit the town.
                                    23   Town Centres            •      ••       ••   The image and perception of the town could be enhanced
                                                                                      through the policy, which could assist in attracting continuing
                                                                                      investment in the town. This policy also contributes towards
                                                                                      creating a diverse town centre with a wide range of
                                                                                      attractions.



                                   Comments:
                                                                                                        Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

The policy is intended to conserve and enhance heritage aspects and as such is has a strong positive impact on SA topics: Cultural Heritage, Built Environment,
Wealth Creation and Town Centres. The following SA topics have no identified relationship with Policy 13 (Heritage Conservation & Archaeology): Accessibility,
Health, Skills, Biodiversity, Climate Change, Air and Quality, Water Quality, Water Conservation and Management, Energy Use, Renewable Energy, Waste and
Employment.

Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

       To not include heritage policies or policies related to listed buildings
       Not to consider archaeology as part of the AAP

Government guidance contained within PPS5 is clear on the need to consider historic environments and listed buildings as part of new development. These
heritage assets can have a significant impact on a place and give it a unique and valued character. There is need for adequate protection of listed and important
unlisted buildings, conservation areas and other heritage assets to ensure that they continue to contribute to an area and enhance both the tourist and cultural
economy. Not to consider heritage policies would result in listed and important unlisted buildings being put at risk and potentially being damage. To not consider
archaeology would result in the risk that sites and findings would not be properly protected. The historic environment is also an important tourist attraction and not
considering it could have a detrimental impact on this sector of the economy. This would be against SA topics Cultural Heritage and Wealth creation.
                                                                                                                                                Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                             POLICY 13 Open Space, Green Infrastructure and Biodiversity

                                                        SA TOPIC                IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                      MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                        Short   Medium   Long
                                                                           •      •        ••   The policy is linked to accessibility through the requirements
Social progress which recognises the needs




                                              1    Accessibility
                                                                                                to enhance the key areas of open space and incorporate
                                                                                                green infrastructure.
                                              2    Housing                 -      -        -
                                              3    Health                  •      •        •    The policy is indirectly linked to health factors due to the
                                                                                                creating a more attractive place to live that could have positive
                                                                                                mental health benefits and improving accessibility within the
                                                                                                town centre.
                                                                           ?      ?        ?    The policy is indirectly linked to crime factors through creating
                                              4    Crime
                                                                                                a more attractive and permeable town centre, which could
                                                                                                assist in reducing fear and occurrences of crime.
                                              5    Community               •      •        •    The policy requires high quality approaches to GI and
                                                                                                biodiversity which provides opportunities for space to be used
                                                                                                by the community.
of everyone




                                              6    Skills                  -      -        -
                                              7    Liveability             •      •        •    The maintenance of amenity is indirectly related to the policy
                                                                                                through enhancements to the cleanliness and visual
                                                                                                attractiveness of the environment and biodiversity which will
                                                                                                have positive impacts on this objective.
                                                                          ••      ••       ••   Improvements to the Slade Brooke will make a positive
Effective protection of the




                                              8    Biodiversity
                                                                                                contribution to biodiversity in the town.
                                              9    Landscape               •      ••       ••   Improvements to and creation of open space and green
                                                                                                infrastructure will have a positive impact on landscape quality.

                                              10   Cultural heritage       •      •        •    High quality green infrastructure can contribute to the setting
                                                                                                of historic sites and areas.
environment




                                              11   Built Environment      ••      ••       ••   This policy will assist in maintaining and enhance the built
                                                                                                environment through implementing high quality open space
                                                                                                and green infrastructure with the plan area.
                                              12   Climate Change          •      •        •    Duel use of open space to incorporate measures to reduce
                                                                                                flood risk will reduce the risk of flooding.
                                                                           -      -        -    The promotion of biodiversity and green infrastructure and
        of




                                              13   Air and Climate
resource




                                                                                                open space will help to enhance air quality.
Prudent

natural




                                              14   Water Quality           -      -        -
Use




                                                                           •      •        •    Duel use of open space to incorporate measures to reduce
s




                                              15   Water Conservation
                                                                                                                      Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                       SA TOPIC                    IMPACT                                     COMMENTARY                                     MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                        Short      Medium    Long
                  and Management                                       flood risk will reduce the risk of flooding.
         16       Soil and Land             •         •         •      The policy promotes green infrastructure and nature and
                                                                       biodiversity and its management which will have beneficial
                                                                       impacts on soil and land.
         17       Minerals                  -         -         -
         18       Energy Use                -         -         -
         19       Renewable Energy          -         -         -
         20       Waste                     -         -         -
                                            -         -         -
Maintenance of




         21       Employment
 employment




                                            •        ••         ••
 growth and




                                                                       The consideration for green infrastructure and biodiversity will
  economic




         22       Wealth creation
                                                                       enhance the image and attractiveness of the area which will
                                                                       make the town a more conducive business and tourist
                                                                       destination.
         23       Town Centres              •        ••         ••     The higher quality design of development will aid the vitality
                                                                       and viability of the town centre and assist with accessibility
                                                                       (way finding) and attracting further investment into the Town.

     Comment:
     The policy identifies improvements to and creation of open space and green infrastructure within the Plan Area. The policy will have strong positive benefits on SA
     topics Accessibility, Biodiversity, Landscape, Built Environment, Wealth Creation and Town Centres. The following SA topics have no identified relationship with
     Policy 13 (Open Space, Green Infrastructure and Biodiversity.

     Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

                To not safeguard Open Space
                To not consider wider Green Infrastructure with development proposals or integrate with biodiversity factors
                To not consider the environment or biodiversity factors

     Safeguarding/ enhancing open space contributes towards progress which recognises the needs of everyone and effective protection of the environment. The
     present option has a more positive impact as this would provide a range of open space to meet the identified need and could include the creation of natural habitats.
     Not safeguarding Open Space would result in less places for people to meet, interact and relax and would also have detrimental environmental impacts, thus being
     against SA topics community, liveability and accessibility.

     GI contributes significantly to the effective protection of the environment. The Slade Brook is an important green space in the Town Centre and it is appropriate that
     this is the focus for GI provision however it would also be beneficial to enhance any other important GI assets in the Town Centre to maximise opportunities for
                                                                                                     Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

habitat creation. Nature conservation and biodiversity has positive environmental and social benefits and not considering it would result in a decrease in such
provision to the detriment to the environment and the wider quality of the town centre, which would be against SA topics liveability, biodiversity and landscape.
                                                                                                                            Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan


               POLICY 14 Flood and Surface Water Management

                                    SA TOPIC                IMPACT                                  COMMENTARY                                     MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                    Short   Medium   Long
                                                       -      -        -
                  which
recognises the needs of




                          1    Accessibility
                                                       ?      ?        ?    Requirements of the policy may impact on the timescale for       Progress towards   delivery   will   be
                          2    Housing
                                                                            delivery of sites                                                monitored
                          3    Health                  -      -        -
         progress




                          4    Crime                   -      -        -
                          5    Community               -      -        -
everyone




                          6    Skills                  -      -        -
Social




                          7    Liveability             •      •        •    Prevention of flooding will create a more pleasant environment
                                                                            for people to live and work in and will protect and enhance
                                                                            residential amenity.
                                                       •      •        •    Flood prevention schemes can offer opportunities to create
protection of the




                          8    Biodiversity
                                                                            new habitats and improve biodiversity.
                          9    Landscape               -      -        -
environment




                          10   Cultural heritage       -      -        -
Effective




                          11   Built Environment       ?      ?        ?
                          12   Climate Change          •      ••       ••   Flood prevention will help protect the town centre from the
                                                                            impacts of Climate Change on flooding.
                                                       -      -        -
natural




                          13   Air and Climate
                          14   Water Quality           -      -        -
                          15   Water Conservation     ••      ••       ••   The aim of the policy is to reduce risk from flooding.
of




                               and Management
                          16   Soil and Land           -      -        -
Prudent Use




                          17   Minerals                -      -        -
resources




                          18   Energy Use              -      -        -
                          19   Renewable Energy        -      -        -
                          20   Waste                   -      -        -
                                                       ?      ?        ?    Requirements of the policy may impact on the timescale for       Progress towards   delivery   will   be
ai




m
ic




m
pl



m
M




w




                          21   Employment
 n

 e
 n
 a
 n
 c
 e
 o

 e
 c
 o
 n
 o



 g

 o



 h
 a
 n
 d
 e



 o



 e
 n
 y
 t




 r



 t




 t
 f




                                                                            delivery of sites                                                monitored
                                                                                                       Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

              SA TOPIC                   IMPACT                                   COMMENTARY                                   MITIGATION OPTIONS
                               Short     Medium    Long

   22    Wealth creation           -         -         -
   23    Town Centres              -         -         -

Comment:
The policy sets out the approach to development in relation to flood risk and requires that development does not increase risk of flooding elsewhere. The policy has
a strong positive impact on SA topics Climate Change and Water Conservation and Management. The following SA topics have no identified relationship with Policy
1 Flood and Surface Water Management: Accessibility, Health, Crime, Community, Skills, Landscape, Cultural Heritage, Air and Climate, Water Quality, Soil and
Land, Minerals, Energy Use, Renewable Energy, Waste, Wealth Creation and Town Centres.

Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

       To not consider flooding as a relevant subject for the Town Centre Area Action Plan

This policy has been included in the AAP at Proposed Submission stage. This policy was included because additional work on flooding identified the need to
address the issue of flooding in the plan area. Therefore to not consider flooding would have a negative impact on criteria relating to Climate Change and Water
Conservation and Management.
                                                                                                                                        Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan




                                       Policy 15 Shopping Quarter

                                                   SA TOPIC               IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                         MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                  Short   Medium   Long
                                                                     •      •        •    Providing additional retail development in a sustainable
Social progress which recognises the




                                         1    Accessibility
                                                                                          location will improve accessibility
                                         2    Housing                •      •        •    This policy seeks to deliver a mix of uses including housing
                                                                                          above shops and an element of affordable housing.
                                         3    Health                 -      -        -
                                         4    Crime                  •      •        •    This policy aims to create safe and surveyed streets.
                                                                                          However, this also depends on design implementation.
                                         5    Community              •      •        •    The policy seeks to create a vibrant, mixed use area and as
                                                                                          such will contribute towards creating a cohesive community
needs of everyone




                                                                                          through provisions such as affordable housing.
                                         6    Skills                 -      -        -
                                                                     ?      ?        ?    The positive benefits of this policy include the mix of uses      Amenity elements of Policy 2 will
                                         7    Liveability
                                                                                          including providing residential units. However, due to the mix    mitigate against adverse amenity
                                                                                          of uses, there could be conflicts between the proposed            impacts on local residents and those
                                                                                          commercial and residential land uses such as noise.               that live in the proposed residential
                                                                                                                                                            units.
                                                                     -      -        -                                                                      Policy 13 (Open Space, Green
the




                                         8    Biodiversity
                                                                                                                                                            Infrastructure and Biodiversity) seeks to
                                                                                                                                                            enhance green space provision and
                                                                                                                                                            protect biodiversity in the Town Centre.
of




                                                                     -      -        -    A landscape appraisal was undertaken as part of the Master
                                         9    Landscape
                                                                                          Plan process. This area was not deemed critical in landscape
          protection




                                                                                          terms.
                                                                     ?      ?        ?    Impact of development on cultural heritage will depend on         Policy 12 (Heritage Conservation &
                                         10   Cultural heritage
                                                                                          implementation.                                                   Archaeology) will ensure development
                                                                                                                                                            considers the historic environment
environment




                                         11   Built Environment     ••      ••       ••   The main sentiment of this policy is to regenerate and create a
Effective




                                                                                          mixed use area that will assist in enhancing the quality and
                                                                                          distinctiveness of the environment through appropriately
                                                                                          considering the arrangement of land uses and the use of
                                                                                          buildings and spaces.
                                                                                                                                                Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                                 SA TOPIC                    IMPACT                                     COMMENTARY                                         MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                  Short      Medium    Long

                                      12    Climate Change            -         -          -
                                                                      X         X         X      This policy includes the provision of additional car parking       Policies 9 (Public Transport) and 10
                                      13    Air and Climate
                                                                                                 which could increase traffic related pollution.                    (Pedestrian and Cycle Network) seek to
                                                                                                                                                                    promote alternatives to the private car.
                                      14    Water Quality             -         -          -
                                                                      -         -          -                                                                        Policy 2 considers such issues.
Prudent Use of natural resources




                                      15    Water Conservation
                                            and Management
                                      16    Soil and Land             •         •          •     This policy seeks to make efficient use of brown field land.
                                                                      X         X         X      Development within the town centre will not affect known           Where ever possible seek to encourage
                                      17    Minerals
                                                                                                 mineral reserves, but new development will result in the need      the reuse of existing buildings or
                                                                                                 for new building materials.                                        materials.
                                                                      -         -          -                                                                        Policy 2 considers such issues.
                                      18    Energy Use
                                                                      -         -          -     Whilst there is no reference to renewable energy within the        Policy 2 considers such issues.
                                      19    Renewable Energy
                                                                                                 policy, any scheme should cross refer to Policy 3.
                                                                      -         -          -     Whilst there is no reference to use of finite materials and        Policy 2 considers such issues.
                                      20    Waste
                                                                                                 recycling within the policy, any scheme should cross refer to
                                                                                                 Policy 3 to create resource efficient buildings and increase
                                                                                                 recycling.
                                      21    Employment                •         •          •     This policy seeks to deliver a mix of uses, including retail,
                                                                                                 commercial and residential to create a vibrant town centre. As
economic growth and




                                                                                                 such there will be indirect positive benefits including job
   Maintenance of




                                                                                                 creation and a wider range of employment opportunities.
    employment




                                      22    Wealth creation          ••         ••        ••     This policy seeks to deliver a mix of uses, including retail (in
                                                                                                 particular the redevelopment of the Newlands Shopping
                                                                                                 Centre), commercial and residential to create a vibrant town
                                                                                                 centre. As such there will be direct positive benefits including
                                                                                                 improving the image of the area and creating more mixed use
                                                                                                 opportunities.
                                      23    Town Centres             ••         ••        ••     This policy seeks to deliver a mix of uses, including retail,
                                                                                                 commercial and residential to create a vibrant and viable town
                                                                                                 centre.


                                   Comment:
                                   This policy seeks to deliver a mix of uses, including retail, commercial and residential to create a vibrant town centre. As such it has strong positive impacts on SA
                                   topics: Built Environment, Wealth Creation and Town Centres. The following SA topics have no identified relationship with Policy 16 (The Shopping Quarter): Health,
                                   Skills, Climate Change, Landscape, Water Quality, Water Management and Conservation, Energy Use, Renewable Energy and Waste.
                                                                                                          Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan


Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

       To adopt a low intervention/ regeneration approach in Town Centre North
       To pursue alternative land use approaches including further residential and commercial
       To pursue a higher proportion of A1 retail

The centre has been identified as requiring redevelopment in order to enhance it socially, environmentally and physically as well as deliver housing and employment
which is in accordance with SA topic Town Centres. Limited redevelopment of the town centre would eventually lead to its decline as investment and businesses
would be directed away from the centre and this would be against the aim of SA topic Town Centres which aims to enhance the vitality and viability of the town
centre. A higher proportion of A1 uses could restrict the mix of uses present in the centre and could also result in vacant units if there is no demand. PPS 4
highlights the importance of a mixed use town centre so requiring higher proportions of certain uses could have a negative impact on the diversity of the centre and
the availability of services and facilities for users. This would therefore also be against SA topic Accessibility which aims to ensure that everyone has suitable access
to services, facilities and opportunities.
                                                                                                                                              Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan




                                             POLICY 16 SITE SHQ1 – WADCROFT/ NEWLANDS PHASE 1

                                                         SA TOPIC               IMPACT                                COMMENTARY                                         MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                        Short   Medium   Long
                                                                           •      •        ••   The policy seeks to improve the flow of pedestrians around
Social progress which recognises the needs




                                               1    Accessibility
                                                                                                the site and the shopping quarter.

                                               2    Housing                •      •        •    Supporting residential uses will contribute to provision of
                                                                                                affordable housing and will help meet housing needs.
                                               3    Health                 -      -        -


                                               4    Crime                  •      •        •    The policy seeks to create active frontages and to enhance
                                                                                                the public realm which will help reduce opportunities for and
                                                                                                fear of crime.
                                               5    Community              •      •        •    The policy requires high quality approaches to the public
                                                                                                realm and creation of new public spaces which provides
                                                                                                opportunities for space to be used by the community.
of everyone




                                               6    Skills                 -      -        -
                                               7    Liveability            •      •        •    The maintenance of amenity is indirectly related to the policy
                                                                                                through enhancements to the cleanliness and visual
                                                                                                attractiveness of the environment which will have positive
                                                                                                impacts on this objective.
                                                                           -      -        -
protection of the




                                               8    Biodiversity
                                               9    Landscape              •      •        •    The policy promotes excellence and distinctiveness in
                                                                                                landscape design.
environment
Effective




                                                                           ?      ?        ?    New development could impact on cultural heritage so             Policy 12 requires proposals to consider
                                               10   Cultural heritage
                                                                                                proposals will need to be assessed against policy 13.            existing historic features.
                                                                                                                                                 Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                                 SA TOPIC                   IMPACT                                       COMMENTARY                                         MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                  Short     Medium     Long

                                      11    Built Environment         •         •         •       The policy seeks to enhance public realm and promote
                                                                                                  excellence in urban design and architecture.

                                      12    Climate Change            -         -         -
                                      13    Air and Climate           -         -         -
                                      14    Water Quality             -         -         -
                                                                      -         -         -
Prudent Use of natural resources




                                      15    Water Conservation
                                            and Management
                                      16    Soil and Land             •         •         •       The policy maximises use of brownfield land.
                                                                     X          X         X       Development within the town centre will not affect known           Where ever possible seek to encourage
                                      17    Minerals
                                                                                                  mineral reserves, but new development will result in the need      the reuse of existing buildings or
                                                                                                  for new building materials.                                        materials.
                                      18    Energy Use                -         -         -
                                                                      -         -         -       Whilst there is no reference to renewable energy within the        Policy 2 considers such issues.
                                      19    Renewable Energy
                                                                                                  policy, any scheme should cross refer to Policy 3.
                                                                      -         -         -       Whilst there is no reference to use of finite materials and        Policy 2 considers such issues.
                                      20    Waste
                                                                                                  recycling within the policy, any scheme should cross refer to
                                                                                                  Policy 3 to create resource efficient buildings and increase
                                                                                                  recycling.
                                      21    Employment                •         •         •       This policy seeks to deliver a significant amount of retail
Maintenance



employment
of economic




                                                                                                  provision. As such there will be positive benefits including job
growth and




                                                                                                  creation.
                                      22    Wealth creation           •        ••        ••       This development will enhance and promote the image of the
                                                                                                  area making it more attractive to businesses and visitors.
                                      23    Town Centres              •        ••        ••       This policy will enhance the vitality of the town centre.




                                   Comment:
                                   The policy seeks to deliver the first phase of retail development in the town centre through the redevelopment and refurbishment of the site. The policy has a strong
                                   positive impact on SA topics: Accessibility, Wealth Creation and Town Centres. The following SA topics have no identified relationship with Policy 18 (Site SHQ1 –
                                   Wadcroft/ Newlands Phase 1): Health, Skills, Biodiversity, Climate Change, Air and Climate, Water Quality, Water Conservation and Management, Energy Use,
                                   Renewable Energy and Waste.

                                   Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward
                                                                                                              Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan


       To not include a policy setting out the detailed proposals for the Wadcroft/ Newlands Phase 1 site

This policy has been included to provide more detailed guidance on site SHQ1. This site will deliver the first phase of development in the town centre and it is
therefore vital that this level of detail is provided within the plan to ensure the delivery of the site. To not include a policy on this site may impact on the early delivery
of the site and therefore have a negative impact on sustainability criteria including town centres, wealth creation and employment.
                                                                                                                                                 Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                                POLICY 17 THE YARDS

                                                           SA TOPIC               IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                          MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                          Short   Medium   Long
                                                                             •      •        •    Part of this proposal ensuring development integrates with the
Social progress which recognises the needs of




                                                 1    Accessibility
                                                                                                  surrounding area which will involve improving pedestrian
                                                                                                  connections
                                                 2    Housing                •      •        •    A mix of uses is promoted which could include residential
                                                                                                  which would consist of an element of affordable housing.
                                                 3    Health                 •      •        •    The policy could contribute to improved healthy life styles
                                                                                                  through provision of residential units in accessible locations
                                                                                                  with opportunities to access a range of facilities by foot.
                                                                             ?      ?        ?    Increased activity as a result of the active ground floor uses
                                                 4    Crime
                                                                                                  (niche and independent retail frontages) could improve natural
                                                                                                  surveillance. However, the increased number of people in the
                                                                                                  area could have adverse affects.
                                                 5    Community              •      •        •    The policy seeks to create a vibrant, mixed use area and as
                                                                                                  such will contribute towards creating a cohesive community
                                                                                                  through provision such as affordable housing.
                                                 6    Skills                 -      -        -
                                                                             ?      ?        ?    The positive benefits of this policy include the mix of uses       Policy 2 in considering amenity will
                                                 7    Liveability
everyone




                                                                                                  including providing residential units. However, due to the mix     mitigate against adverse amenity
                                                                                                  of retail uses, there could be conflicts between the proposed      impacts on local residents and those
                                                                                                  commercial and residential land uses such as noise.                that will live in the proposed residential
                                                                                                                                                                     units.
                                                                             -      -        -                                                                       Policy 13 (Open Space, Green
the




                                                 8    Biodiversity
                                                                                                                                                                     Infrastructure and Biodiversity) seeks to
                                                                                                                                                                     enhance green space provision and
                                                                                                                                                                     protect biodiversity in the Town Centre.
of




                                                                             -      -        -    A landscape appraisal was undertaken as part of the Master
                                                 9    Landscape
                                                                                                  Plan process. This area was not deemed critical in landscape
           protection




                                                                                                  terms.
                                                                             ?      ?        ?    Development of this area could impact on sites and features        Policy 14 requires proposals to consider
                                                 10   Cultural heritage
                                                                                                  of historic importance.                                            existing historic features.
                                                 11   Built Environment     ••      ••       ••   The main sentiment of this policy is to create a focal point for
environment




                                                                                                  niche and independent retail frontages alongside a mix of
                                                                                                  uses which will create a vibrant town centre and enhance the
Effective




                                                                                                  quality and distinctiveness of the environment. This will have a
                                                                                                  positive impact on the enhancement of the built environment.
                                                 12   Climate Change         -      -        -
                                                                                                                                               Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                                 SA TOPIC                   IMPACT                                      COMMENTARY                                         MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                  Short     Medium    Long

                                      13    Air and Climate           -         -         -
                                      14    Water Quality             -         -         -
                                      15    Water Conservation        -         -         -
                                            and Management
Prudent Use of natural resources




                                                                     ?         ?          ?      This policy seeks to make efficient use of brown field land.      Policy 6 will ensure appropriate density
                                      16    Soil and Land
                                                                                                 However this could be in conflict to the retention of historic    is achieved.
                                                                                                 and cultural important buildings.
                                                                     X         X         X       Development within the town centre will not affect known          Where ever possible seek to encourage
                                      17    Minerals
                                                                                                 mineral reserves, but new development will result in the need     the reuse of existing buildings or
                                                                                                 for new building materials.                                       materials.
                                                                      -         -         -                                                                        Policy 2 considers such issues.
                                      18    Energy Use
                                                                      -         -         -      Whilst there is no reference to renewable energy within the       Policy 2 considers such issues.
                                      19    Renewable Energy
                                                                                                 policy, any scheme should cross refer to Policy 3.
                                                                      -         -         -      Whilst there is no reference to use of finite materials or        Policy 2 considers such issues. .
                                      20    Waste
                                                                                                 recycling within the policy, any scheme should cross refer to
                                                                                                 Policy 3 to create resource efficient buildings and increase
                                                                                                 recycling.
                                      21    Employment                •         •         •      This policy seeks to deliver a mix of uses, including retail to
economic growth and




                                                                                                 create a vibrant town centre. As such there will be indirect
                                                                                                 positive benefits including job creation and a wider range of
   Maintenance of

    employment




                                                                                                 employment opportunities.
                                      22    Wealth creation           •         •         •      This policy seeks to deliver a mix of uses, including retail to
                                                                                                 create a vibrant town centre. As such there will be direct
                                                                                                 positive benefits including improving the image of the area
                                                                                                 and creating more mixed use opportunities.
                                      23    Town Centres             ••        ••        ••      This policy encourages a mix of uses within the town centre
                                                                                                 with the creation of niche and independent retail frontages,
                                                                                                 which will contribute to creating a vibrant and viable town
                                                                                                 centre.


                                   Comment:
                                   The approach for the Yard Quarter is to recreate an active and viable quarter that primarily includes the creation of a focal point for niche and independent retail
                                   frontages alongside a mix of uses. The policy has strong positive impacts on SA topics Built Environment and Town Centres. As such, the following SA topics have
                                   no identified relationship with Policy 17 (The Yards): Skills, Climate Change, Air and Climate, Water Quality, Water Management and Conservation, Energy Use,
                                   Renewable Energy and Waste.
                                                                                                         Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

       To adopt a low intervention/ regeneration approach in the Yards
       To pursue alternative land use approaches including retail and commercial

A low intervention/regeneration approach would only result in limited improvements to the area and would therefore not have maximum benefit on the vitality and
viability of the town centre, thus being against SA topic Town Centres. A comprehensive plan for redevelopment of this area is required in order that it becomes a
well connected and high quality urban environment which serves the needs of its users and fits in well with the surrounding town centre. The policy seeks to ensure
that a mix of uses will be provided in the area which will increase its vitality and viability. To pursue alternative land uses would be against SA topic Town Centres.
                                                                                                                                                 Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan




                                                POLICY 18 – SOANS YARD

                                                            SA TOPIC               IMPACT                                COMMENTARY                                         MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                           Short   Medium   Long
                                                                              •      •        •    Policy will help improve accessibility by improving pedestrian
Social progress which recognises the needs of




                                                  1    Accessibility
                                                                                                   connections to the shopping quarter.

                                                  2    Housing                •      •        •    A mix of uses is promoted which could include residential
                                                                                                   which would consist of an element of affordable housing.
                                                  3    Health                 •      •        •    The policy could contribute to improved healthy life styles
                                                                                                   through provision of residential units in accessible locations
                                                                                                   with opportunities to access a range of facilities by foot
                                                                              ?      ?        ?    Increased activity as a result of the active ground floor uses
                                                  4    Crime
                                                                                                   (niche and independent retail frontages) could improve natural
                                                                                                   surveillance. However, the increased number of people in the
                                                                                                   area could have adverse affects.
                                                  5    Community              •      •        •    The policy seeks to create a vibrant, mixed use area and as
                                                                                                   such will contribute towards creating a cohesive community
                                                                                                   through provision such as affordable housing.
                                                  6    Skills                 -      -        -
everyone




                                                                              ?      ?        ?    The positive benefits of this policy include the mix of uses
                                                  7    Liveability
                                                                                                   including providing residential units. However, due to the mix
                                                                                                   of retail uses, there could be conflicts between the proposed
                                                                                                   commercial and residential land uses such as noise.
                                                                              -      -        -
Effective protection of




                                                  8    Biodiversity
                                                  9    Landscape              •      •        •    Policy aims to create new public spaces and promotes
                                                                                                   excellence and distinctiveness in landscape design.
the environment




                                                                              ?      ?        ?    Development of this area could impact on sites and features      Policy 12 requires proposals to consider
                                                  10   Cultural heritage
                                                                                                   of historic importance.                                          existing historic features.
                                                  11   Built Environment      •      •        •    Policy aims to enhance the public realm and promote
                                                                                                   excellence in urban design and architecture.

                                                  12   Climate Change         -      -        -
                                                                              -      -        -
U
P

u
d

n




                                                                       o

                                                                       n


                                                                       u




                                                                       o
                                                                       u
e



s
e




                                                                       a



                                                                       a


                                                                       e
                                                                       s



                                                                       c
                                                                       e
                                                                       s
r




                                                                       r


                                                                       r




                                                                       r




                                                  13   Air and Climate
t




                                                                       f


                                                                       t



                                                                       l
                                                                                                                        Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                           SA TOPIC                IMPACT                                       COMMENTARY                                         MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                           Short   Medium     Long

                 14   Water Quality           -        -         -
                 15   Water Conservation      -        -         -
                      and Management
                 16   Soil and Land           •        •         •       This policy seeks to make efficient use of brown field land.
                                             X         X         X       Development within the town centre will not affect known          Where ever possible seek to encourage
                 17   Minerals
                                                                         mineral reserves, but new development will result in the need     the reuse of existing buildings or
                                                                         for new building materials.                                       materials.
                                              -        -         -                                                                         Policy 2 considers such issues.
                 18   Energy Use
                                              -        -         -       Whilst there is no reference to renewable energy within the       Policy 2 considers such issues.
                 19   Renewable Energy
                                                                         policy, any scheme should cross refer to Policy 3.
                                              -        -         -       Whilst there is no reference to use of finite materials or        Policy 2 considers such issues. .
                 20   Waste
                                                                         recycling within the policy, any scheme should cross refer to
                                                                         Policy 3 to create resource efficient buildings and increase
                                                                         recycling.
                 21   Employment              •        •         •       This policy seeks to deliver a mix of uses, including retail to
economic growth and




                                                                         create a vibrant town centre. As such there will be indirect
                                                                         positive benefits including job creation and a wider range of
   Maintenance of

    employment




                                                                         employment opportunities.
                 22   Wealth creation         •        •         •       This policy seeks to deliver a mix of uses, including retail to
                                                                         create a vibrant town centre. As such there will be direct
                                                                         positive benefits including improving the image of the area
                                                                         and creating more mixed use opportunities.
                 23   Town Centres           ••       ••        ••       This policy encourages a mix of uses within the town centre
                                                                         with the creation of niche and independent retail frontages,
                                                                         which will contribute to creating a vibrant and viable town
                                                                         centre.



          Comment:
          The approach for Soans Yard is for comprehensive redevelopment and refurbishment of the site for retail led development. The policy has a strong positive impact
          on SA topic town centres as the creation of niche and independent retail will contribute to the creation of a vibrant and viable town centre. The following SA topics
          have no identified relationship with Policy 18 (Soans Yard): Skills, Biodiversity, Climate Change, Air and Climate, Water Quality, Water Conservation and
          Management, Energy Use, Renewable Energy and Waste.

          Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward
                                                                                                               Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

       Not to include a policy for Soans Yard

This policy has been included to provide more detailed guidance on site Y2. This site will deliver the first phase of retail development in the Yards and it is therefore
vital that this level of detail is provided within the plan to ensure the delivery of the site. To not include a policy on this site may impact on the early delivery of the site
and therefore have a negative impact on sustainability criteria including town centres, wealth creation and employment.
                                                                                                                         Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan




                       POLICY 19 The Restaurant Quarter

                                   SA TOPIC               IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                          MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                  Short   Medium   Long
                                                    ••      ••       ••   This policy seeks to enhance the public realm and improve
of




                         1    Accessibility
                                                                          pedestrian connectivity and will therefore enhance
                                                                          accessibility of the town
needs




                         2    Housing                •      •        •    Residential could be accommodated above ground floor uses
                                                                          and would assist in providing affordable housing units.
                                                     •      •        •    This policy includes the establishment of a restaurant culture
the




                         3    Health
                                                                          and improvement of the market place, which will include food
                                                                          markets and increased opportunities for sports and community
recognises




                                                                          events.
                                                     ?      ?        ?    This policy seeks to enhance natural surveillance through
                         4    Crime
                                                                          providing a mix of uses. However, the increased number of
                                                                          people in the area could have adverse affects.
                         5    Community              •      •        •    The policy seeks to create a vibrant area that will be the focus
which




                                                                          for restaurants and creation of high quality public space and
                                                                          as such will contribute towards creating a cohesive community
                                                                          through provisions of a flexible public area that can
                                                                          accommodate a range of community uses.
Social progress




                         6    Skills                 •      •        •    There could be the opportunity for people to increase their
                                                                          contribution to the community through the provision of events
                                                                          in the Market Square.
everyone




                                                     ?      ?        ?    The positive benefits of this policy include the mix of uses       Policy 2 will mitigate against adverse
                         7    Liveability
                                                                          including providing residential units. However, due to the mix     amenity impacts on local residents and
                                                                          of uses, there could be conflicts between the proposed             those that live in the proposed
                                                                          commercial and residential land uses such as noise.                residential units.
                                                     -      -        -                                                                       Policy 13 (Open Space, Green
Effective protection




                         8    Biodiversity
                                                                                                                                             Infrastructure and Biodiversity) seeks to
of the environment




                                                                                                                                             enhance green space provision and
                                                                                                                                             protect biodiversity in the Town Centre.
                                                     ?      ?        ?    Impact on the landscape will depend on design and                  Policy 12 requires proposals to consider
                         9    Landscape
                                                                          implementation                                                     existing historic features.
                         10   Cultural heritage     ••      ••       ••   Within or abutting the Conservation Area.          The policy      Policy 12 requires proposals to consider
                                                                          proposes to improve the public realm of the market place           existing historic features.
                                                                          which will enhance the setting of historic buildings including
                                                                          the listed church
                                                                                                                                    Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                             SA TOPIC                IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                          MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                             Short   Medium   Long

                                   11   Built Environment      ••      ••       ••   The main sentiment of this policy is to create a vibrant area
                                                                                     which will enhance the quality and distinctiveness of the
                                                                                     historic environment. The policy includes the provision of
                                                                                     flexible and adaptable spaces.
                                   12   Climate Change          -      -        -
                                   13   Air and Climate         -      -        -
                                   14   Water Quality           -      -        -
                                   15   Water Conservation      -      -        -
                                        and Management
Prudent Use of natural resources




                                                                ?      ?        ?    The retention of important heritage buildings could impact on      Balance approach required between
                                   16   Soil and Land
                                                                                     the density of development and efficient use of land.              efficient use of land and respect historic
                                                                                                                                                        and heritage areas.
                                                               X       X        X    Development within the town centre will not affect known           Where ever possible seek to encourage
                                   17   Minerals
                                                                                     mineral reserves, but new development will result in the need      the reuse of existing buildings or
                                                                                     for new building materials.                                        materials.
                                                                -      -        -                                                                       Policy 2 considers such issues.
                                   18   Energy Use
                                                                -      -        -    Whilst there is no reference to renewable energy within the        Policy 2 considers such issues.
                                   19   Renewable Energy
                                                                                     policy, any scheme should cross refer to Policy 3.
                                                                -      -        -    Whilst there is no reference to use of finite resources or         Policy 2 considers such issues.
                                   20   Waste
                                                                                     recycling within the policy, any scheme should cross refer to
                                                                                     Policy 3 to create resource efficient buildings and increase
                                                                                     recycling.
                                   21   Employment             ••      ••       ••   This policy seeks to focus restaurant provision in this area and
                                                                                     seeks to direct other types of development to more
Maintenance of economic




                                                                                     appropriate locations in the town centre, for example it seeks
growth and employment




                                                                                     to direct retail development to the primary shopping area and
                                                                                     pubs and takeaways to the secondary shopping frontage. This
                                                                                     approach is consistent with PPS4 which allows LPA‟s to take
                                                                                     measures to enhance the established character and diversity.
                                                                                     The creation of a high quality restaurant quarter will improve
                                                                                     the attractiveness of the town centre as a location for
                                                                                     businesses and as such will help create a wider range of
                                                                                     employment opportunities.
                                   22   Wealth creation         •      •        •    This policy seeks to focus restaurant provision in this area and
                                                                                     seeks to direct other types of development to more
                                                                                     appropriate locations in the town centre, for example it seeks
                                                                                     to direct retail development to the primary shopping area and
                                                                                     pubs and takeaways to the secondary shopping frontage. This
                                                                                                              Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

              SA TOPIC                   IMPACT                                       COMMENTARY                                     MITIGATION OPTIONS
                               Short     Medium    Long
                                                               approach is consistent with PPS4 which allows LPA‟s to take
                                                               measures to enhance the established character and diversity.
                                                               The creation of a high quality restaurant quarter will help
                                                               improve the image of the area as a business and tourist
                                                               location.
   23    Town Centres             ••        ••        ••       This policy seeks to focus restaurant provision in this area and
                                                               seeks to direct other types of development to more
                                                               appropriate locations in the town centre, for example it seeks
                                                               to direct retail development to the primary shopping area and
                                                               pubs and takeaways to the secondary shopping frontage. This
                                                               approach is consistent with PPS4 which allows LPA‟s to take
                                                               measures to enhance the established character and diversity.
                                                               The development of a restaurant quarter will contribute to the
                                                               vitality of the town centre.


Comment:
This policy is concerned with public realm improvements and the creation of a Restaurant Quarter. The policy seeks to take a creative approach to leisure provision
as encouraged through PPS4 by directing non-A3 uses to other more suitable locations within the town centre. This policy has a strong positive impact on SA topics
Employment, Town Centres, Accessibility, Cultural Heritage and Built Environment. The Policy has no relationship to: Skills, Biodiversity, Climate Change, Air and
Climate, Water Quality, Water Conservation and Management and Energy Use.

Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

       To not adopt a framework for the area, seeking no public realm improvements
       To utilise the space for car parking
       To utilise the space for development rather than public realm

Public realm is an important part of developments and ensures that they are well designed, permeable and easy to navigate around whilst improving the
environment of an area. A lack of public realm improvements could result in a poor quality environment which does not reflect the needs of different users and
provide an enhanced and aesthetically improved environment, which would be against SA Topics Biodiversity, Accessibility, Liveability and Built Environment. Other
more appropriate locations for car parking have been identified within the town centre and there is also a need to ensure that as much as possible is done to
enhance the vitality and viability of an area through a mix of uses in accordance with SA topic Town Centres. Policy 21 proposes infilling around the site and the
redevelopment and enhancement of existing buildings and it is considered that there is no need to add extra development to the area than that already proposed as
the Market Place is a focal point in the town centre and is used for markets and functions/events. Its development would result in a loss of public realm,
overcrowding and an overly commercial feel which would be against SA topics Town Centres and Built Environment.
                                                                                                                                                          Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan




                                                         POLICY 20 Station Quarter

                                                                    SA TOPIC              IMPACT                                  COMMENTARY                                           MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                                Short     Medium   Long

                                                           1   Accessibility         ••     ••       ••   This policy seeks to achieve improvements to movement
                                                                                                          around the railway station, improved links from the railway
                                                                                                          station into the town centre, better public transport and the
                                                                                                          provision of a new public interchange. All of which will assist
                                                                                                          with improving accessibility and reducing the need to travel by
Social progress which recognises the needs of everyone




                                                                                                          car.
                                                           2   Housing               •      •        •    This policy includes an element of residential development
                                                                                                          that will include the provision of affordable housing.
                                                           3   Health                •      •        •    The policy includes improved public transport facilities that will
                                                                                                          improve access to health facilities. The Station Quarter is
                                                                                                          situated in close proximity to the leisure centre.
                                                                                     ?      ?        ?    This policy seeks to enhance natural surveillance through
                                                           4   Crime
                                                                                                          providing a mix of uses. However, the increased number of
                                                                                                          people in the area could have adverse affects on occurrences
                                                                                                          of crime.
                                                                                     ?      ?        ?    This policy includes the provision of a mix of uses including
                                                           5   Community
                                                                                                          residential some of which backs onto an existing residential
                                                                                                          area. Isolated residential areas also proposed.
                                                                                     -      -        -    This policy seeks to improve access to public transport nodes,
                                                           6   Skills
                                                                                                          develop commercially with pockets of residential/ leisure use.
                                                                                                          Public transport facilities may improve opportunities to access
                                                                                                          education and learning, but this policy is not directly linked to
                                                                                                          skills development.
                                                                                     ?      ?        ?    The positive benefits of this policy include the mix of uses         The amenity elements of policy 2 will
                                                           7   Liveability
                                                                                                          including providing residential units. However, due to the mix       mitigate against adverse amenity
                                                                                                          of commercial, car park and transport uses, there could be           impacts on local residents and those
                                                                                                          conflicts between the proposed land uses such as noise and           that live in the proposed residential
                                                                                                          odour.                                                               units.
                                                                                     ?      ?        ?    Policy does impact on existing open space however it seeks           Policy 12 (Open Space, Green
                                                           8   Biodiversity
men
envi
prot
Effe



ecti
ctiv




ron
the




                                                                                                          to rationalise and enhance the existing provision. In                Infrastructure and Biodiversity) seeks to
on
of
e




t




                                                                                                          association with policy 14 reapportioning of open space              enhance biodiversity in the town centre.
                                                                                                                                     Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                             SA TOPIC                IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                           MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                             Short   Medium   Long
                                                                                     should seek to link wildlife sites which will have a positive
                                                                                     impact on biodiversity.
                                   9    Landscape               •      •        •    A landscape appraisal was undertaken as part of the Master
                                                                                     Plan process. The Station Quarter proposals include the
                                                                                     protection and enhancement of the landscape quality in the
                                                                                     area.
                                   10   Cultural heritage       -      -        -


                                   11   Built Environment      ••      ••       ••   The policy seeks to create buildings and spaces that are
                                                                                     flexible, durable, adaptable and attractive, which will therefore
                                                                                     assist in creating an enhanced built environment,
                                                                ?      ?        ?    This policy is not directly related to climate change, however it   Provision of tree cover has been
                                   12   Climate Change
                                                                                     does encourage the use of public transport by improving             suggested as part of this policy.
                                                                                     access to transport nodes.
                                   13   Air and Climate         -      -        -
                                   14   Water Quality           -      -        -
Prudent Use of natural resources




                                                                ?      ?        ?    Sites STQ1 and STQ2 are located in areas of flood risk and          Policy 14 considers flooding issues.
                                   15   Water Conservation
                                                                                     are therefore at risk of flooding.
                                        and Management
                                   16   Soil and Land           •      •        •    The policy allows for appropriate densities on brown field sites
                                                                                     therefore making efficient use of land.
                                                               X       X        X    Development within the town centre will not affect known            Where ever possible seek to encourage
                                   17   Minerals
                                                                                     mineral reserves, but new development will result in the need       the reuse existing buildings or
                                                                                     for new building materials.                                         materials.
                                                                -      -        -                                                                        Policy 2 considers such issues.
                                   18   Energy Use
                                                                -      -        -                                                                        Policy 2 considers such issues.
                                   19   Renewable Energy
                                                                -      -        -    Whilst there is no reference to renewable energy within the         Policy 2 considers such issues.
                                   20   Waste
                                                                                     policy, any scheme should cross refer to Policy 3 to create
                                                                                     energy efficient buildings and increase recycling.
                                   21   Employment             ••      ••       ••   This policy seeks to deliver a mix of uses, including
Maintenance of




                                                                                     commercial units, as such there will be direct positive benefits
 employment
 growth and




                                                                                     including job creation and a wider range of employment
  economic




                                                                                     opportunities. Improved access to public transport will also
                                                                                     enhance job opportunities.
                                   22   Wealth creation        ••      ••       ••   This policy seeks to deliver a mix of uses, including
                                                                                     commercial and residential as well as the provision of a
                                                                                     transport hub, which will contribute to creating an improved
                                                                                     image for the town centre, particularly focused around the
                                                                                                              Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

              SA TOPIC                    IMPACT                                      COMMENTARY                                     MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                Short     Medium     Long
                                                               transport interchange which will be the entry point of visitors.
   23    Town Centres              ••        ••        ••      This policy includes the provisions of commercial land uses
                                                               and is also focused on creating an accessible town centre
                                                               through the creation of a transport interchange.




Comment:
This policy seeks to improve access to public transport nodes, develop the commercial uses in the area with pockets of residential and leisure use. The policy has
strong positive impacts on SA topics: Accessibility, Built Environment, Employment, Wealth Creation and Town Centres. The following SA topics have no identified
relationship with Policy 20 (The Station Quarter): Skills, Cultural Heritage, Air and Climate, Water Quality, Water Conservation and Management, Energy Use and
Renewable Energy.

Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

       To not adopt a framework for the area, seeking no growth or enhancement to public transport
       To expand the Primary Shopping Area south west into the quarter
       To utilise the area for a greater proportion of residential
       To utilise the quarter for higher density development including tall buildings (5+ storeys)

The Area Action Plan has identified a need for enhancements to public transport in order to improve connections to the town centre through a new transport
interchange and traffic management scheme which is in accordance with SA topics Accessibility and Town Centres. PPG13 and PPS1 require that alternative
modes of transport be promoted in new developments where possible in order to facilitate the move away from the private car use. The primary shopping area has
been defined taking into consideration the need to promote A1 retail uses in that area and it is considered that the proposed area is satisfactory. The station quarter
is an area which will offer a sustainable mix of retail, employment and leisure uses. It is therefore considered that there are more appropriate locations within the
town centre which can accommodate a greater proportion of residential development. Therefore utilising the area for a greater proportion of residential would result
in the vitality of that part of the town centre being compromised and also could result in a poor quality built environment, which is against SA topics: Town Centre and
Built Environment. Development proposals will be assessed on their ability to meet the visions and requirements for that particular area as set out in the relevant
policies and there will therefore be scope for a variety of densities to be developed.
                                                                                                                                          Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan




                                                POLICY 21 New Residential Quarter

                                                         SA TOPIC           IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                    MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                    Short   Medium   Long
                                                                       -      ••       ••   Good provision and seeks to enhance pedestrian links to the
Social progress which recognises the needs of




                                                1   Accessibility
                                                                                            town centre and station and overall improve pedestrian
                                                                                            permeability through the area.
                                                2   Housing            -      ••       ••   Residential focus for a previous commercial area. Will include
                                                                                            the provision of affordable units.
                                                3   Health             -      •        •    Policy seeks to encourage healthier life styles through
                                                                                            improving access to the green corridors with enhanced access
                                                                                            for pedestrians and cyclists to local facilities.
                                                                       -      ?        ?    This policy seeks to enhance natural surveillance. However,
                                                4   Crime
                                                                                            the increased number of people in the area could have
                                                                                            adverse affects. Depends on design implementation.
                                                5   Community          -      •        •    The policy seeks to create a vibrant, mixed use area
                                                                                            (residential and commercial units) and as such will contribute
                                                                                            towards creating a cohesive community through access to the
                                                                                            edge of centre public spaces.
                                                6   Skills             -      -        -
                                                                       -      ••       ••   Creating a residential quarter that will seek to create a
everyone




                                                7   Liveability
                                                                                            pleasant environment including a clean environment and
                                                                                            pleasant neighbourhoods that will enhance the amenity. The
                                                                                            town park will create a space for relaxation, recreation and
                                                                                            interaction.
                                                                       -      ••       ••   Specific proposals to improve the biodiversity of the Slade
pr
Ef




ro
ot




nt
of
th




                                                8   Biodiversity
ct




ct
io
fe




m
vi
iv




n




n


n
e


e




e
e




e




                                                                                            Brook, which will include river restoration to create new pools
                                                                                                                                    Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                             SA TOPIC                IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                          MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                             Short   Medium   Long
                                                                                     and wetlands. This policy also seeks to enhance access to
                                                                                     green spaces and green corridors.
                                   9    Landscape               -      •        •    A landscape appraisal was undertaken as part of the Master
                                                                                     Plan process. The policy seeks to build upon the existing
                                                                                     Meadow Road area with a enhanced green park.
                                   10   Cultural heritage       -      -        -
                                   11   Built Environment       -      ••       ••   This policy seeks to regenerate of a run-down area (remove
                                                                                     warehouses and car parks) and replace with a predominantly
                                                                                     residential area to create a high quality environment with open
                                                                                     spaces.
                                   12   Climate Change          -      -        -
                                   13   Air and Climate         -      -        -
                                   14   Water Quality           -      •        •    River restoration of the Slade Brook and nearby development
                                                                                     should reduce pollution to the water course.

                                   15   Water Conservation      -      •        •    The Slade Brook will form part of a SUDs scheme for the            Policy 14 considers flooding issues.
                                                                                     area. Some of the sites within this quarter are located within
                                        and Management
                                                                                     flood zone 2.
Prudent Use of natural resources




                                                                -      ?        ?    Reuse of Brownfield land to maximise densities. However,
                                   16   Soil and Land
                                                                                     also includes the provision of parks and open space that with
                                                                                     decrease densities overall.
                                                                -      X        X    Development within the town centre will not affect known           Where ever possible seek to encourage
                                   17   Minerals
                                                                                     mineral reserves, but new development will result in the need      the reuse of existing buildings or
                                                                                     for new building materials.                                        materials.
                                                                -      -        -                                                                       Policy 2 considers such issues.
                                   18   Energy Use
                                                                -      -        -    Whilst there is no reference to renewable energy within the        Policy 2 considers such issues.
                                   19   Renewable Energy
                                                                                     policy, any scheme should cross refer to Policy 3.
                                                                -      -        -    Whilst there is no reference to consumption of finite materials    Policy 2 considers such issues.
                                   20   Waste
                                                                                     and recycling within the policy, any scheme should cross refer
                                                                                     to Policy 3 to create energy efficient buildings and increase
                                                                                     recycling.
                                                                -      ?        ?    This policy seeks to replace a commercial area with a              There are others area that have been
employment




                                   21   Employment
Maintenanc



growth and




                                                                                     predominantly residential area to create a vibrant town centre.    allocated for employment opportunities
 economic




                                                                                     Some commercial areas are included within this quarter.            in the framework.
   e of




                                   22   Wealth creation         -      •        •    This policy seeks to create a high quality residential area with
                                                                                     some commercial units. The policy will also provide a link to
                                                                                     the historic and commercial areas of the town and regenerate
                                                                                     a currently run down area, thus improving the image of the
                                                                                                             Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

              SA TOPIC                    IMPACT                                     COMMENTARY                                     MITIGATION OPTIONS
                               Short      Medium    Long
                                                               town centre.
   23    Town Centres              -         ••        ••      This policy seeks to regenerate a run down area and provide
                                                               a high quality residential area with attractive amenity spaces
                                                               including green links and parks. This policy will assist in
                                                               creating a welcoming area and adding to the vitality of the
                                                               town centre.




Comment:
The New Residential Quarter Policy is concerned with creating a vibrant and welcoming place and will be home to a new town centre residential community. The
policy has strong positive impacts on SA topics: Accessibility, Housing, Livability, Biodiversity, Built Environment and Town Centres. The following SA topics have no
identified relationship with Policy 23 (The New Residential Quarter): Skills, Cultural Heritage, Climate Change, Air and Climate, Energy Use and Renewable Energy.

Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

       To not adopt a framework for the area, seeking no growth
       To expand the Primary Shopping Area west into the quarter
       To expand the Commercial area north into the quarter
       To utilise the quarter for higher density development

The area has been identified as needing investment and redevelopment in order to ensure that the environment is improved as well as boosting the economy. The
primary shopping area has been defined taking into consideration the need to promote A1 retail uses in that area and it is considered that the proposed area is
satisfactory. It must be ensured that the existing character of the quarter is preserved and enhanced and the mix of commercial and residential uses means that the
area is not suitable for wholesale high density development which would be against SA topics Built Environment and Town Centres. However well designed high
density schemes will be acceptable if they meet the relevant policies of the Area Action Plan.
                                                                                                                                                   Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                                POLICY 22 SILVER STREET QUARTER

                                                            SA TOPIC               IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                          MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                           Short   Medium   Long
                                                                             ••      ••       ••   This policy seeks to repair and connect street frontages,
Social progress which recognises the needs of




                                                  1    Accessibility
                                                                                                   enhance the grid of terrace streets and manage car parking
                                                                                                   and traffic to encourage ease of pedestrian movement.
                                                  2    Housing               ••      ••       ••   This policy is residential led that includes other mixes of uses
                                                                                                   (retail & hotel). There will be an element of affordable housing.
                                                  3    Health                 •      •        •    Could contribute to improved healthy life styles through
                                                                                                   provision of residential units in accessible locations with
                                                                                                   opportunities to access a range of facilities by foot with the
                                                                                                   potential to access locally produced fruit and vegetables.
                                                                              ?      ?        ?    This policy seeks to enhance natural surveillance through
                                                  4    Crime
                                                                                                   repairing the connection of streets. However, the increased
                                                                                                   number of people in the area could have adverse affects.
                                                  5    Community              •      •        •    The policy seeks to create a vibrant, mixed use area and as
                                                                                                   such will contribute towards creating a cohesive community
                                                                                                   through provisions such as affordable housing.
                                                  6    Skills                 -      -        -
                                                                              ?      ?        ?    The positive benefits of this policy include the mix of uses        The amenity elements of policy 2 will
                                                  7    Liveability
everyone




                                                                                                   including providing residential units. However, due to the mix      mitigate against adverse amenity
                                                                                                   of retail uses, there could be conflicts between the proposed       impacts on local residents and those
                                                                                                   commercial and residential land uses such as noise.                 that live in the proposed residential
                                                                                                                                                                       units.
                                                                              ?      ?        ?    This policy seeks to create a vibrant town centre through           Policy 13 (Open Space and Green
Effective protection of the




                                                  8    Biodiversity
                                                                                                   advocating a mix of uses (residential and retail). This policy      Infrastructure) seeks to enhance green
                                                                                                   seeks to create a new open space which will be landscaped.          space provision and protect biodiversity
                                                                                                                                                                       in the Town Centre.
                                                                              -      -        -    A landscape appraisal was undertaken as part of the Master
                                                  9    Landscape
                                                                                                   Plan process. This area was not deemed critical in landscape
                                                                                                   terms.
                                                  10   Cultural heritage      •      •        •    Enhancing the streetscape will help create a more attractive
environment




                                                                                                   setting for historic buildings in this area.
                                                  11   Built Environment     ••      ••       ••   The main sentiment of this policy is to create a residential led
                                                                                                   mixed use area to create a vibrant town centre and enhance
                                                                                                   the quality and distinctiveness of the environment.
                                                  12   Climate Change         -      -        -
                                                                              -      -        -
dent


natu

reso
urce




                                                  13   Air and Climate
Use
Pru




ral
of




                                                                              -      -        -
s




                                                  14   Water Quality
                                                                                                                       Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                           SA TOPIC                IMPACT                                       COMMENTARY                                        MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                           Short   Medium    Long
                                              -        -         -                                                                         Policy 2 considers such issues.
                 15   Water Conservation
                      and Management
                 16   Soil and Land           •        •         •       Potential for development to maximise density. This policy
                                                                         seeks to make efficient use of brown field land.
                                             X        X         X        Development within the town centre will not affect known          Where ever possible seek to encourage
                 17   Minerals
                                                                         mineral reserves, but new development will result in the need     the reuse of existing buildings or
                                                                         for new building materials.                                       materials.
                                              -        -         -                                                                         Policy 2 considers such issues.
                 18   Energy Use
                                              -        -         -       Whilst there is no reference to renewable energy within the       Policy 2 considers such issues.
                 19   Renewable Energy
                                                                         policy, any scheme should cross refer to Policy 3.
                                              -        -         -       Whilst there is no reference to consumption of finite materials   Policy 2 considers such issues.
                 20   Waste
                                                                         and recycling within the policy, any scheme should cross refer
                                                                         to Policy 3 to create resource efficient buildings and increase
                                                                         recycling.
                 21   Employment              •        •         •       This policy seeks to deliver a mix of uses, including retail to
                                                                         create a vibrant town centre. As such there will be indirect
economic growth and




                                                                         positive benefits including job creation and a wider range of
   Maintenance of




                                                                         employment opportunities.
    employment




                 22   Wealth creation         •        •         •       This policy seeks to deliver a mix of uses, including retail to
                                                                         create a vibrant town centre. As such there will be direct
                                                                         positive benefits including improving the image of the area
                                                                         and creating more mixed use opportunities. The tourist
                                                                         industry will be supported by the provision of a hotel to
                                                                         support other leisure uses.
                 23   Town Centres           ••       ••        ••       This policy is residential led and will assist in delivering a
                                                                         range of uses within the town centre and contribute to creating
                                                                         a vibrant and viable town centre.


          Comment:
          The Silver Street Quarter provides the potential for the repair and enhancement of a vibrant and diverse mixed-use quarter of the town centre. As such the policy
          has strong positive impacts on SA topics: Accessibility, Housing, Built Environment and Town Centres. The following SA topics have no identified relationship with
          Policy 22 Silver Street Quarter: Skills, Climate Change, Air and Climate, Water Quality, Water Management and Conservation, Energy Use, Renewable Energy and
          Waste.

          Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

          • To not adopt a framework for the area, seeking a low intervention/ regeneration approach
                                                                                                      Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

• To pursue alternative land use approaches including retail and commercial

A low intervention/regeneration approach would only result in limited improvements to the area and would therefore not have maximum benefit on the vitality and
viability of the town centre, thus being against SA topic Town Centres. A comprehensive plan for redevelopment of this area is required in order that it becomes a
well connected and high quality urban environment which serves the needs of its users and fits in well with the surrounding town centre. Policy 22 contains the
requirement for the site to be a key location for retail and commercial uses of a scale appropriate to the location and demand and there is therefore no need to
pursue land uses based solely on retail or commercial as this would be contrary to SA topic Town Centres.
                                                                                                                                                 Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                                POLICY 23 The Southern Quarter

                                                           SA TOPIC               IMPACT                                 COMMENTARY                                         MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                          Short   Medium   Long
                                                                             •      ••       ••   The Southern Quarter seeks to improve the pedestrian link
Social progress which recognises the needs of




                                                 1    Accessibility
                                                                                                  between Church Place and the Market place as well as
                                                                                                  improve the pedestrian experiences through enhancing the
                                                                                                  flow and allowing easy access to the town centre.
                                                 2    Housing                •      •        •    This policy allows complementary town centre uses and this
                                                                                                  could include residential, including affordable housing.
                                                 3    Health                 •      •        •    Potential for provision of residential development in a location
                                                                                                  which would allow people to maximise opportunities for
                                                                                                  walking
                                                                             ?      ?        ?    This policy seeks to enhance natural surveillance through
                                                 4    Crime
                                                                                                  providing a mix of uses. However, the increased number of
                                                                                                  people in the area could have adverse affects on occurrences
                                                                                                  of crime.
                                                 5    Community              •      •        •    Provision of a one Stop Shop on the site would improve
                                                                                                  access to services and meet the needs of sections of the
                                                                                                  community.
                                                 6    Skills                 -      -        -
                                                                             ?      ?        ?    The positive benefits of this policy include the mix of uses.      The amenity elements of policy 2 will
everyone




                                                 7    Liveability
                                                                                                  However, due to the potential mix of commercial and car park       mitigate against adverse amenity
                                                                                                  uses, there could be conflicts between the proposed land uses      impacts on local residents and those
                                                                                                  such as noise and odour.                                           that live in the proposed residential
                                                                                                                                                                     units.
                                                                             -      -        -                                                                       Policy 13 (Open Space and Green
Effective protection of the




                                                 8    Biodiversity
                                                                                                                                                                     Infrastructure) seeks to enhance
                                                                                                                                                                     biodiversity in the town centre.
                                                                             ?      ?        ?    Impacts on landscape will depend on design and
                                                 9    Landscape
                                                                                                  implementation
                                                 10   Cultural heritage      •      •        •    This policy requires development to enhance cultural facilities    Policy 12 will ensure development
                                                                                                                                                                     respects cultural heritage
                                                                             ?      ?        ?    Policy seeks to ensure that development is integrated with         Policy 2 will ensure development is
environment




                                                 11   Built Environment
                                                                                                  existing built heritage.                                           creates   a     high    quality natural
                                                                                                                                                                     environment
                                                 12   Climate Change         •      •        •    Location of jobs and residents in this town centre location
                                                                                                  would help reduce the need to travel and therefore reduce
                                                                                                  emissions
                                                                             -      -        -
U
P

u
d

n




                                                                      o

                                                                      n


                                                                      u




                                                                      o
                                                                      u
e



s
e




                                                                      a



                                                                      a


                                                                      e
                                                                      s



                                                                      c
                                                                      e
                                                                      s
r




                                                                      r


                                                                      r




                                                                      r




                                                 13   Air and Climate
t




                                                                      f


                                                                      t



                                                                      l
                                                                                                                            Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                            SA TOPIC                   IMPACT                                      COMMENTARY                                           MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                             Short     Medium    Long

             14        Water Quality             -         -         -
                                                 -         -         -                                                                          Policy 2 considers such issues.
             15        Water Conservation
                       and Management
                                                ?          ?         ?      The historic context may mean that the site is not developed
             16        Soil and Land
                                                                            to its highest density.
                                                X         X          X      Development within the town centre will not affect known            Where ever possible seek to encourage
             17        Minerals
                                                                            mineral reserves, but new development will result in the need       the reuse of existing buildings or
                                                                            for new building materials.                                         materials.
                                                 -         -         -                                                                          Policy 2 considers such issues.
             18        Energy Use
                                                 -         -         -      Whilst there is no reference to renewable energy within the         Policy 2 considers such issues.
             19        Renewable Energy
                                                                            policy, any scheme should cross refer to Policy 3.
                                                 -         -         -      Whilst there is no reference to use of finite resources and         Policy 2 considers such issues.
             20        Waste
                                                                            recycling within the policy, any scheme should cross refer to
                                                                            Policy 3 to create resource efficient buildings and increase
                                                                            recycling.
             21        Employment                •         •         •      The policy allows for employment development which would
economic growth
and employment




                                                                            increase job opportunities
 Maintenance of




             22        Wealth creation          ••        ••        ••      The policy allows for mixed use and will help promote the area
                                                                            as a business and sustainable tourism location
                                                ?          ?         ?      Should KBC relocate the impact on this area will need to be         The policy seeks to ensure that any
             23        Town Centres
                                                                            carefully considered to mitigate the loss of jobs in the town       replacement      development        would
                                                                            centre. The policy seeks to ensure that any replacement             contribute to the vitality and viability of
                                                                            development would contribute to the vitality and viability of the   the town centre.
                                                                            town centre. In particular the location of employment in this
                                                                            location would contribute to spending in the town centre.

       Comment:

       This policy seeks to provide guidance on the type of development that would be acceptable on this site should the Council back office staff move to an alternative
       location. Development of the site in accordance with the policy would have strong positive impacts on SA topics Accessibility and Wealth Creation. The following SA
       topics have no identified relationship with Policy 23: Skills, Health, Biodiversity, Water Quality, Water Conservation and Management, Energy Use and Renewable
       Energy

       Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward


                     To retain the Borough Council offices and present environs and not allocate the quarter
                     To utilise the area for a greater proportion of retail
                                                                                                        Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

       To utilise the area for a greater proportion of commercial
       To utilise the area for a greater proportion of residential
       Surface car park (with offices)

The Kettering Cultural Quarter study looked at the alternative options for the Southern Quarter site and assessed the impact these would have on the town centre at
this stage the site has not been allocated for development but has been identified as an opportunity site should the Council relocate.

The study found that retaining the offices in their current location would impact on the Council‟s aspiration to act as an anchor for a new high quality business park
and as such would have a negative impact on the creation of jobs in the town. This would have a negative impact on SA topic employment. All other options would
have a positive impact on employment in the borough through enabling the Council to relocate and act as an anchor on a new high quality business park. A
residential led redevelopment of the site would lead to a loss of employment in the town centre and also to a loss of spend in the town centre. This would have a
negative impact on spend in the town centre and would have a negative impact on SA topic town centres. Retail led development would result in a loss of jobs in the
town centre and depending on where the Council moves to may have a negative impact on spend in the town centre. This would therefore have a negative impact
on SA topic town centres. A surface car park would result in a loss in employment in the town centre and less increase in spend that other options. It would therefore
have a negative impact on SA topic town centres. A mixed use development would result in a loss of jobs in the town centre but would result in an increase in spend
in the town centre regardless of where the Council moves to. In summary the assessment found that options which included jobs and residents were shown to
perform better in terms of impact on employment and the town centre.
                                                                                                                                         Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                       POLICY 24 Headlands Quarter

                                                   SA TOPIC                IMPACT                                COMMENTARY                                         MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                   Short   Medium   Long
                                                                      •      •        •    The Policy focuses on retaining and enhancing the character
Social progress which recognises the




                                         1    Accessibility
                                                                                           of residential property and improvements to streetscape. Not
                                                                                           direct impact on accessibility but benefits from a town centre
                                                                                           location.
                                         2    Housing                 •      •        •    This policy focuses on the restoration and enhancement of the
                                                                                           character of residential units for single occupancy.
                                         3    Health                  -      -        -
                                         4    Crime                   -      -        -
                                                                      •      •        •    Opportunities to create and sustain a vibrant community
needs of everyone




                                         5    Community
                                                                                           through the proposed improvements to residential properties
                                                                                           and the streetscape and creation of a more cohesive
                                                                                           community
                                         6    Skills                  -      -        -
                                                                      ?      ?        ?    This policy through enhancing the appearance of the
                                         7    Liveability
                                                                                           residential properties and streetscape will improve amenity
                                                                                           value for occupiers.
                                                                      -      -        -                                                                     Policy 13 Open Space and Green
Effective protection of the




                                         8    Biodiversity
                                                                                                                                                            Infrastructure    seeks    to    enhance
                                                                                                                                                            biodiversity in the town centre.
                                         9    Landscape              ••      ••       ••   A landscape appraisal was undertaken as part of the Master
                                                                                           Plan process. This proposal directly relates to the townscape
                                                                                           and importance of the landscape value of the area.
                                         10   Cultural heritage      ••      ••       ••   This policy seeks to respect and enhance existing cultural
environment




                                                                                           heritage through proposing the restoration and enhancement
                                                                                           of properties and streetscape.
                                         11   Built Environment      ••      ••       ••   The primary concern of this policy is to maintain and enhance
                                                                                           the special character and distinctiveness of this area.
                                         12   Climate Change          -      -        -
                                                                      -      -        -
       natural
Prudent Use




                                         13   Air and Climate
                                         14   Water Quality           -      -        -
resources




                                                                      -      -        -                                                                     Policy 2 considers such issues.
                                         15   Water Conservation
                                              and Management
of




                                         16   Soil and Land           -      -        -
                                                                                                                Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                    SA TOPIC                   IMPACT                                    COMMENTARY                                       MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                     Short     Medium    Long

       17      Minerals                 -         -         -
                                        -         -         -                                                                      Policy 2 considers such issues.
       18      Energy Use
                                        -         -         -                                                                      Policy 2 considers such issues.
       19      Renewable Energy
                                        -         -         -                                                                      Policy 2 considers such issues.
       20      Waste
       21      Employment               -         -         -
Maintenance



employment
of economic
growth and




       22      Wealth creation          •         •         •      The Policy focuses on retaining and enhancing the character
                                                                   of residential property and improvements to streetscape which
                                                                   are qualities attractive to visitors and investors.
       23      Town Centres            ••        ••        ••      The Policy focuses on retaining and enhancing the character
                                                                   of residential property and improvements to streetscape which
                                                                   are qualities attractive to visitors and investors.

    Comment:
    This policy seeks to protect and enhance an attractive residential quarter within the Kettering Conservation Area. As such the policy has strong positive impacts on
    SA topics: Landscape, Cultural Heritage, Built Environment and Town Centres. The following SA topics have no identified relationship with Policy 24 (The Headlands
    Quarter): Skills, Health, Biodiversity, Water Quality, Water Conservation and Management, Energy Use and Renewable Energy.

    Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

             To allocate a greater proportion of growth and new development in the area
             To expand the commercial zone east into the area

    The area is located within the Conservation Area and has heritage value. It is therefore important that the character of the area is preserved and enhanced through
    appropriate development and design of schemes. Based on this a greater proportion of growth and new development in the area would be against SA topics
    Cultural Heritage, Built Environment and Town Centres which aim to protect and enhance sites, features and areas of historical, archaeological, geological and
    cultural value and their settings. There are other areas of the town centre which have been identified as providing better locations for commercial use and it is
    considered that there is no need to expand the commercial zone east into the area.
                                                                                                                                                 Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                             POLICY 25 Implementation and Phasing

                                                        SA TOPIC               IMPACT                                   COMMENTARY                                      MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                                                       Short   Medium   Long
                                                                          •      •        •    The policy is not directly related to accessibility, although it is
Social progress which recognises the needs




                                              1    Accessibility
                                                                                               related to the overall delivery of the Town Centre Area Action
                                                                                               Plan which seeks to enhance accessibility
                                              2    Housing                •      •        •    The policy relates to implementation and delivery of the Area
                                                                                               Action Plan which seeks to provide a range of housing
                                                                                               including affordable housing
                                              3    Health                 •      •        •    This policy is not directly related to health, although it is
                                                                                               related to the overall delivery of the Town Centre Area Action
                                                                                               Plan which seeks to enhance healthy lifestyles.
                                              4    Crime                  •      •        •    This policy is not directly related to crime, although it is related
                                                                                               to the overall delivery of the Town Centre Area Action Plan
                                                                                               which seeks to reduce crime.
                                              5    Community              •      •        •    This policy is not directly related to community, although it is
                                                                                               related to the overall delivery of the Town Centre Area Action
of everyone




                                                                                               Plan which seeks to enhance community.
                                              6    Skills                 -      -        -
                                              7    Liveability            •      •        •    This policy is not directly related to liveability, although it is
                                                                                               related to the overall delivery of the Town Centre Area Action
                                                                                               Plan which seeks to enhance liveability.
                                                                          •      •        •    This policy is not directly related to biodiversity, although it is
the




                                              8    Biodiversity
                                                                                               related to the overall delivery of the Town Centre Area Action
                                                                                               Plan which seeks to enhance biodiversity.
of




                                              9    Landscape              •      •        •    This policy is not directly related to landscape, although it is
                                                                                               related to the overall delivery of the Town Centre Area Action
Effective protection




                                                                                               Plan which seeks to enhance landscape.
                                              10   Cultural heritage      •      •        •    This policy is not directly related to cultural heritage, although
                                                                                               it is related to the overall delivery of the Town Centre Area
                                                                                               Action Plan which seeks to enhance cultural heritage.
environment




                                              11   Built Environment      •      •        •    The policy relates to the delivery of the Town Centre Area
                                                                                               Action Plan which seeks to enhance the built environment
                                              12   Climate Change         •      •        •    This policy is not directly related to climate change, although it
                                                                                               is related to the overall delivery of the Town Centre Area
                                                                                               Action Plan which seeks to affect climate change.
                                                                          •      •        •    Through implementation the policy will assist with enhancing
Use of




                                              13   Air and Climate
Prudent


resourc
natural




                                                                                               air quality given the transport related implementation
                                                                                               provisions.
es




                                              14   Water Quality          -      -        -
                                                                                                                Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                      SA TOPIC                IMPACT                                   COMMENTARY                                          MITIGATION OPTIONS
                                      Short   Medium   Long

         15      Water Conservation      •      •        •      This policy is not directly related to water conservation but as
                                                                with climate change it is related to the overall delivery of the
                 and Management
                                                                Town Centre Area Action Plan which seeks to affect matters
                                                                such as sustainable buildings.
         16      Soil and Land           •      ••       ••     The policy refers to the implementation of the Master Plan an
                                                                overall development framework on Brownfield land. This will
                                                                have benefits longer term.
                                        X       X        X      Development within the town centre will not affect known            Where ever possible seek to encourage
         17      Minerals
                                                                mineral reserves, but new development will result in the need       the reuse of existing buildings or
                                                                for new building materials.                                         materials.
                                        X       X        X      New development will increase energy demand and the policy          Formulation of policy to encourage
         18      Energy Use
                                                                relates to the implementation of new development.                   development is constructed in an
                                                                                                                                    energy efficiency manner.

         19      Renewable Energy        •      •        •      This policy is not directly related to renewable energy but it is
                                                                related to the overall delivery of the Area Action Plan which
                                                                seeks to promote renewable energy
         20      Waste                   •      •        •      Through implementation the policy provides the opportunity
                                                                for positive benefits through the replacement of old buildings
                                                                with new, which will have to meet evolving residential and
                                                                commercial building standards that will include facilities for
                                                                recycling materials and also producing energy efficient
                                                                buildings.
         21      Employment              •      ••       ••     The policy relates to the implementation of regeneration,
Maintenance of




                                                                which will, overtime create jobs in the town through business
 employment
 growth and




                                                                provision and a sustainable mix of uses.
  economic




         22      Wealth creation         •      ••       ••     Regeneration will, over time create / enhance the image of the
                                                                town and create opportunities for all.

         23      Town Centres           ••      ••       ••     The policy will direct growth toward the town centre away from
                                                                the out of town, out of centre locations. attract inward
                                                                investment and promote / increase vitality / viability.



     Comment:
     This policy seeks to outline the specific approaches to implementation and phasing of the Town Centre Area Action Plan. The policy has positive impacts on SA
     topics: Soil and Land, Employment, Wealth Creation and Town Centres. The following SA topics have no identified relationship with Policy 25: skills and water
     quality.
                                                                                                       Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan


Alternative options considered and reasons not taken forward

   To not consider implementation and delivery and allow the plan principles to evolved randomly.

A clear delivery plan is needed to ensure that development is delivered in a comprehensive way which obeys the aims and principles set out in the Area Action Plan.
Without a clear implementation and delivery framework there is the risk that development will happen randomly and will therefore not fully consider and connect with
other areas of the town centre therefore being against SA topics Town Centres, Employment, Wealth Creation, Built Environment, Cultural Heritage, Community and
Accessibility.
                                                       Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

   Appendix 6: Policy Appraisal Urban Quarters

   Site appraisal – Shopping Quarter (Sites Sh. Q1 – Sh. Q8)




                                                           Wadcroft/ Newlands




                                                                                                                       of



                                                                                                                                         of



                                                                                                                                                           of



                                                                                                                                                                             /       Street
                                                                                Trafalgar Road




                                                                                                                                south



                                                                                                                                                  south



                                                                                                                                                                    south
                                                                                                                       Northall Street



                                                                                                                                         Northall Street



                                                                                                                                                           Northall Street



                                                                                                                                                                             Dryden Street
                                                                                                     Eden Street
                                                           Phase 1




                                                                                                                       Land



                                                                                                                                         Land



                                                                                                                                                           Land



                                                                                                                                                                             Fleet
                                  Sustainability
                                                                                Sh.Q2                Sh.Q3             Sh.Q4             Sh.Q5             Sh.Q6             Sh.Q7
                                  Objectives              Sh.Q1

                             1    Accessibility                     •                            •                 •          •                 •                 •                 •
                     which
   recognises the needs of




                             2    Housing                           •                     ••                       •          •                 •                 •                 •

                             3    Health                            -                            -                 -          -                 -                 -                 -
            progress




                             4    Crime                             •                            •                 •          •                 •                 •                 •

                             5    Community                         •                            -                 -          •                 •                 •                 •
   everyone




                             6    Skills                            -                            -                 -          -                 -                 -                 -
   Social




                             7    Liveability                      ?                             •                 •         ?                 ?                 ?                  •

                             8    Biodiversity                      -                            -                 -          -                 -                 -                 -
   protection of the




                             9    Landscape                         -                            -                 -          -                 -                 -                 -
   environment




                             10   Cultural Heritage                 •                            •                 •          •                 •                 •                 •
   Effective




                             11   Built Environment                 •                     ••                 ••             ••                ••                ••                  •

                             12   Climate Change                    -                            -                 -          -                 -                 -                 -

                             13   Air and Climate                 X                              -                 -          -                 -                 -                 -
   natural




                             14   Water Quality                     -                            -                 -          -                 -                 -                 -
                             15   Water Conservation                -                            -                 -          -                 -                 -                 -
   of




                             16   Soil and Land                     •                            •                 •          •                 •                 •                 •
             Use




                             17   Minerals                        X                          X                 X             X                 X                 X                X

                             18   Energy Use                        -                            -                 -          -                 -                 -                 -
   resources
   Prudent




                             19   Renewable Energy                  -                            -                 -          -                 -                 -                 -

                             20   Waste                             -                            -                 -          -                 -                 -                 -
                             21   Employment                        •                            -                 ?          •                 •                 •                 -
            and
   of economic
   Maintenance


   employment




                             22   Wealth Creation                ••                              -           ••             ••                ••                ••                  -
                                                                 ••                       ••                 ••             ••                ••                ••                  •
   growth




                             23   Town Centres




Commentary: The central location and concentration of retail uses, town market and some A3-A5 uses
will have an uncertain impact on liveability factors the benefits relate to the creation of a mixed use area
however this can also lead to conflict between uses. The built environs will be enhanced through new
development, as will economic factors. The new car park on site SHQ1 may have negative effects on air
quality through increasing traffic related pollution.
                                                    Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Site appraisal - The Yards Quarter (Sites Y1 – Y2)




                                                                                            Job’s Yard North




                                                                                                                    Soans Yard
                                           Sustainability Objectives                                           Y1                Y2
                             1             Accessibility                                                       •                 •
                     which
   recognises the needs of




                             2             Housing                                                             ••                ••

                             3             Health                                                              •                 •
            progress




                             4             Crime                                                               ?                 ?
                             5             Community                                                           •                 •
   everyone




                             6             Skills                                                              -                 -
   Social




                             7             Liveability                                                         ?                 ?
                             8             Biodiversity                                                        -                 -
   protection of the




                             9             Landscape                                                           -                 -
   environment




                             10            Cultural Heritage                                                   ?                 ?
   Effective




                             11            Built Environment                                                   ••                ••

                             12            Climate Change                                                      -                 -

                             13            Air and Climate                                                     -                 -
   natural




                             14            Water Quality                                                       -                 -

                             15            Water Conservation                                                  -                 -
   of




                             16            Soil and Land                                                       ?                 ?
             Use




                             17            Minerals                                                            X                 X
                             18            Energy Use                                                          -                 -
   resources
   Prudent




                             19            Renewable Energy                                                    -                 -

                             20            Waste                                                               -                 -

                             21            Employment                                                          •                 •
            and
   of economic
   Maintenance


   employment




                             22            Wealth Creation                                                     •                 •
                                                                                                               ••                ••
   growth




                             23            Town Centres




Commentary: Development in the Yards Quarter will enhance the quality of the built environment and
improve opportunities for employment. Development will require building materials and will therefore have a
negative impact on the minerals criteria. Impacts on livability are uncertain due to the potential for conflict
between uses.
                                                   Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Site appraisal – Restaurant Quarter (Sites RQ1 – RQ2)




                                                                                        Place




                                                                                                      Place
                                                                                        Market




                                                                                                      Market
                                                                                                      South
                                                                                        North
                                          Sustainability Objectives                             RQ1           RQ2
                             1            Accessibility                                         ••            ••
                     which
   recognises the needs of




                             2            Housing                                                •             •

                             3            Health                                                 -             -
            progress




                             4            Crime                                                  ?             ?
                             5            Community                                              •             •
   everyone




                             6            Skills                                                 -             -
   Social




                             7            Liveability                                            ?             ?
                             8            Biodiversity                                           -             -
   protection of the




                             9            Landscape                                              •             •
   environment




                             10           Cultural Heritage                                     ••            ••
   Effective




                             11           Built Environment                                     ••            ••

                             12           Climate Change                                         -             -

                             13           Air and Climate                                        -             -
   natural




                             14           Water Quality                                          -             -

                             15           Water Conservation                                     -             -
   of




                             16           Soil and Land                                          ?             ?
             Use




                             17           Minerals                                              X             X
                             18           Energy Use                                             -             -
   resources
   Prudent




                             19           Renewable Energy                                       -             -

                             20           Waste                                                  -             -

                             21           Employment                                            ••            ••
            and
   of economic
   Maintenance


   employment




                             22           Wealth Creation                                       ••            ••
                                                                                                ••            ••
   growth




                             23           Town Centres




Commentary:
The development sites will aid the attractiveness and „destination‟ factors contributing positively to economic
and some environmental sustainability factors.
                                                       Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Site appraisal – Station Quarter (Sites St. Q1- St. Q6)




                                                             Car park West of




                                                                                                                                Land East of the
                                                                                                               Station Square
                                                                                                               Land Opposite
                                                                                               Land North of




                                                                                                                                                   The Crescent
                                                                                Land West of
                                                               the Station


                                                                                  Station


                                                                                                  Station




                                                                                                                                    station


                                                                                                                                                      North
                                 Sustainability Objectives                        St.            St.             St.               St.               St.
                                                               St.
                                                                                  Q2             Q3              Q4                Q5                Q6
                                                               Q1
                            1    Accessibility                     •              ••                •             ••               ••                ••
                    which
  recognises the needs of




                            2    Housing                           -              ••                •             ••                  -                -

                            3    Health                            -                •               -               •                 -                -
           progress




                            4    Crime                            ?                 ?              ?               ?                 ?                 ?

                            5    Community                         -                -               -              ?                  -                -
  everyone




                            6    Skills                            -                -               -               -                 -                -
  Social




                            7    Liveability                       -                -              ?               ?                  -                -

                            8    Biodiversity                     ?                 ?               -               -                 -                -
  protection of the




                            9    Landscape                        ?                 ?               -               -                 -                -
  environment




                            10   Cultural Heritage                 -                -               -               -                 -                -
  Effective




                            11   Built Environment                ?                 ?             ••              ••               ••                ••
                            12   Climate Change                    -                -               -               •                 -                -

                            13   Air and Climate                  ?                 -              X                -                 -                -
  natural




                            14   Water Quality                     -                -               -               -                 -                -

                            15   Water Conservation               ?                 ?               -               -                 -                -
  of




                            16   Soil and Land                    ?                 ?               •               •                 •                •
            Use




                            17   Minerals                         X                X               X               X                 X                X
                            18   Energy Use                        -                -               -               -                 -                -
  resources
  Prudent




                            19   Renewable Energy                  -                -               -               -                 -                -

                            20   Waste                             -                -               -               -                 -                -
                            21   Employment                        -              ••                •               -              ••                ••
           and
  of economic
  Maintenance


  employment




                            22   Wealth Creation                   -                •               •               -              ••                ••
                                                                   •                •             ••              ••               ••                ••
  growth




                            23   Town Centres



                                                                                                                                                                  Cont/d
Commentary:
Residential areas may conflict with the commercial land uses and the transport interchange with regard to
amenity (noise). The car parks have many uncertain impacts for example the car park west of the station
may encourage car use but it may also reduce congestion around the Northampton Road/ Northfield Avenue
junction. Impact of the car parks on aspects such as crime, landscape and the built environment are
uncertain as they will be dependent upon the design of development.
                                                       Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Site appraisal – Station Quarter (Sites St. Q7- St. Q12)




                                                                                                                                                             Station
                                                                                                    Crescent




                                                                                                                                          Road/Northampton
                                                                                                                    Kettering Cars
                                                             The Crescent



                                                                                 The Crescent




                                                                                                                                                             South of
                                                                                                                                                             Quarter
                                                                                                                                          Station
                                                                                                    South




                                                                                                                                          Road
                                                                                                    The
                                  Sustainability                                 St. Q8             St. Q9           St. Q10                St.                  St.
                                                              St. Q7
                                  Objectives                                                                                                Q11                  Q12

                             1    Accessibility                             ••              ••                 ••                    ••       ••                       ••
                     which
   recognises the needs of




                             2    Housing                                   -                   -              -                     -          -                      -

                             3    Health                                    -                   -              -                     -          -                      -
            progress




                             4    Crime                                     ?                   ?              ?                     ?          ?                      ?

                             5    Community                                 -                   -              -                     -          -                      -
   everyone




                             6    Skills                                    -                   -              -                     -          -                      -
   Social




                             7    Liveability                               -                   -              -                     -          -                      -

                             8    Biodiversity                              -                   -              -                     -          -                      -
   protection of the




                             9    Landscape                                 -                   -              -                     -          -                      -
   environment




                             10   Cultural Heritage                         ?                   ?              ?                     -          ?                      -
   Effective




                             11   Built Environment                         ••              ••                 ••                    ••       ••                       ?

                             12   Climate Change                            -                   -              -                     -          -                      -

                             13   Air and Climate                           -                   -              -                     -          -                      •
   natural




                             14   Water Quality                             -                   -              -                     -          -                      -

                             15   Water Conservation                        -                   -              -                     -          -                      -
   of




                             16   Soil and Land                             •                   •              •                     •          •                      -
             Use




                             17   Minerals                                  X                   X              X                     X         X                       X

                             18   Energy Use                                -                   -              -                     -          -                      -
   resources
   Prudent




                             19   Renewable Energy                          -                   -              -                     -          -                      -
                             20   Waste                                     -                   -              -                     -          -                      -

                             21   Employment                                ••              ••                 ••                    ••       ••                       -
   of economic
            and
   Maintenance


   employment




                             22   Wealth Creation                           ••              ••                 ••                    ••       ••                       -
                                                                            ••              ••                 ••                    ••       ••                       •
   growth




                             23   Town Centres



                                                                                                                                                                            Cont/d
Commentary:
Office development will make a strong positive contribution to employment, wealth creation and town
centres. Uncertain impacts relating to crime and impact of cultural heritage will be dependent on the design
of development.
                                                     Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Site appraisal – New Residential Quarter (Sites NRQ1-NRQ6)




                                                                                                       of




                                                                                                                                                       B&Q and Comet



                                                                                                                                                                            National Grid Site
                                                                  Land at Lidl Store,




                                                                                                                                                       Site, Meadow Road/
                                                                                                                                 Land North and East
                                                                  West of Trafalgar


                                                                                        Former Lidl store



                                                                                                                           Car
                                                                                                            Park, Land West of




                                                                                                                                                                            North, Jutland Way
                                                                                                                                 of Trafalgar Road
                                                                                        Trafalgar Road



                                                                                                            Trafalgar Road
                                                                                                 North




                                                                                                                                                       Jutland Way
                                                                                                            Temporary
                                                                  Road


                                                                                        site,
                                 Sustainability Objectives                              NRQ2                NRQ3                 NRQ4                  NRQ5                 NRQ6
                                                                  NRQ1
                            1    Accessibility                        ••                    ••                  ••                      ••                 ••                     ••
                    which
  recognises the needs of




                            2    Housing                              ••                    ••                  ••                      ••                 ••                     ••

                            3    Health                                  -                    -                   -                        -                 •                        -
           progress




                            4    Crime                                  ?                    ?                   ?                        ?                 ?                        ?
                            5    Community                              •                     •                   •                        •                 •                        •
  everyone




                            6    Skills                                  -                    -                   -                        -                 -                        -
  Social




                            7    Liveability                          ••                    ••                  ••                      ••                 ••                      ••
                            8    Biodiversity                         ••                      -                 ••                         -               ••                         -
  protection of the




                            9    Landscape                              •                     •                   •                        •                 •                        •
  environment




                            10   Cultural Heritage                       -                    -                   -                        -                 -                        -
  Effective




                            11   Built Environment                    ••                    ••                  ••                      ••                 ••                     ••

                            12   Climate Change                          -                    -                   -                        -                 -                        -

                            13   Air and Climate                         -                    -                   -                        -                 -                        -
  natural




                            14   Water Quality                          •                     •                   •                        •                 •                        •

                            15   Water Conservation                     •                     •                   •                        •                 •                        •
  of




                            16   Soil and Land                          ?                    ?                   ?                        ?                 ?                        ?
            Use




                            17   Minerals                              X                     X                   X                        X                 X                       X
                            18   Energy Use                              -                    -                   -                        -                 -                        -
  resources
  Prudent




                            19   Renewable Energy                        -                    -                   -                        -                 -                        -

                            20   Waste                                   -                    -                   -                        -                 -                        -

                            21   Employment                            X                     X                   ?                        X                 ?                       X
         of
  economic


  employm
  Maintena




                                                                        •                     •                   •                        •                 •                        •
  growth




                            22   Wealth Creation
  and
  nce




  ent




                            23   Town Centres                         ••                    ••                  ••                      ••                 ••                     ••

                                                                                                                                                                                                 Cont/d
Commentary:
See                                                                                                                                                                     overleaf
                                                       Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Site appraisal – New Residential Quarter (Sites NRQ7-NRQ13)




                                                                              Road




                                                                                                                             ATS & Topps Tiles
                                                                              Road/




                                                                                                                             Site, Northampton
                                                                                                                      Road
                                                       National Grid South,




                                                                                                                                                  Bus Depot Site




                                                                                                                                                                    Hazelwood Lane
                                                                                                                             Rd/ Northfield Ave
                                                                                                          Recreation Grd
                                                                                         Road, Car Park




                                                                                                                                                  No’ton Road
                                                                                         Commercial
                                                       Jutland Way




                                                                              Cromwell




                                                                                                          Meadow
                                                                              backland
                                                                              Meadow
                                  Sustainability                               NRQ        NRQ              NRQ                NRQ                  NRQ             NRQ
                                                        NRQ7
                                  Objectives                                    8          9                10                 11                   12              13

                             1    Accessibility                  ••              ••           ••                ••                ••                   ••          ••
                     which
   recognises the needs of




                             2    Housing                        ••              •            ••                ••                ••                   ••             •

                             3    Health                             -           -              -                 -                 -                    -            -
            progress




                             4    Crime                            ?             ?             ?                 ?                 ?                    ?           ?

                             5    Community                         •            •              •                 •                 •                    •            •
   everyone




                             6    Skills                             -           •              -                 -                 -                    -            •
   Social




                             7    Liveability                    ••              ?            ••                ••                ••                   ••           ?

                             8    Biodiversity                       -           -              -               ••                  -                    -            -
   protection of the




                             9    Landscape                         •            •              •                 •                 •                    •            •
   environment




                             10   Cultural Heritage                  -           -              -                 -                 -                    -            -
   Effective




                             11   Built Environment              ••             ••            ••                ••                ••                   ••          ••

                             12   Climate Change                     -           -              -                 -                 -                    -            -

                             13   Air and Climate                    -           -              -                 -                 -                    -            -
   natural




                             14   Water Quality                     •            •              •                 •                 •                    •            -

                             15   Water Conservation                •            •              •                 •                 •                    •            -
   of




                             16   Soil and Land                    ?             ?             ?                 ?                 ?                    ?           ?
             Use




                             17   Minerals                         X             X             X                 X                 X                    X          X

                             18   Energy Use                         -           -              -                 -                 -                    -            -
   resources
   Prudent




                             19   Renewable Energy                   -           -              -                 -                 -                    -            -
                             20   Waste                              -           -              -                 -                 -                    -            -

                             21   Employment                       X             ?             ?                 ?                 X                    X           ?
          of
   economic


   employm
   Maintena




                                                                    •            •              •                 •                 •                    •            •
   growth




                             22   Wealth Creation
   and
   nce




   ent




                             23   Town Centres                   ••             ••            ••                ••                ••                   ••          ••

Commentary:
The additional residential (and focus on such) will have wide ranging benefits on social, environmental and
economic     factors,     although     the   land      could    be    used     for    employment      uses.
                                                  Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan




Site appraisal – Silver Street (Sites SSQ1-SSQ6)




                                                                                    Street/




                                                                                                                                                                                      Street/
                                                                                                              Street/




                                                                                                                                                               Street/
                                                                                                                        Queen’s Street East




                                                                                                                                                                         Horsemarket South
                                                                                                                                                  Horsemarket North
                                                                                              Victoria street
                                                                      Tordoff Place


                                                                                              Carrington
                                                                      Montague




                                                                                                                                                                         Queen’s
                                                                                                                                                  Queen
                                  Sustainability Objectives
                                                                      SSQ1                    SSQ2                        SSQ3                    SSQ4                    SSQ5
                             1    Accessibility                              ••                       ••                               ••                ••                      ••
                     which
   recognises the needs of




                             2    Housing                                    ••                       ••                               ••                   •                       -

                             3    Health                                        -                         -                                   -             -                       -
            progress




                             4    Crime                                        ?                        ?                                     ?            ?                       ?
                             5    Community                                     •                        •                                    •             •                       -
   everyone




                             6    Skills                                        -                         -                                   -             -                       -
   Social




                             7    Liveability                                  ?                        ?                                     ?            ?                        -

                             8    Biodiversity                                  -                         -                                   -             -                       -
   protection of the




                             9    Landscape                                     -                         -                                   -             -                       -
   environment




                             10   Cultural Heritage                             •                        •                                    •             •                       •
   Effective




                             11   Built Environment                          ••                       ••                               ••                ••                      ••

                             12   Climate Change                                -                         -                                   -             -                       -

                             13   Air and Climate                               -                         -                                   -             -                       -
   natural




                             14   Water Quality                                 -                         -                                   -             -                       -
                             15   Water Conservation                            -                         -                                   -             -                       -
   of




                             16   Soil and Land                                 •                        •                                    •             •                    ••
             Use




                             17   Minerals                                      -                         -                                   -             -                       -
                             18   Energy Use                                    -                         -                                   -             -                       -
   resources
   Prudent




                             19   Renewable Energy                              -                         -                                   -             -                       -

                             20   Waste                                         -                         -                                   -             -                       -
                             21   Employment                                    -                         -                                   -             •                       •
          of
   economic


   employm
   Maintena




                                                                                •                        •                                    •          ••                      ••
   growth




                             22   Wealth Creation
   and
   nce




   ent




                             23   Town Centres                               ••                       ••                               ••                ••                      ••


Commentary: Developments have strong positive impacts on town centres, built environment and
accessibility. Impacts on crime and livability are uncertain due to potential conflicts between mix of uses and
an increase in the number of people using the area.
Site appraisal – Southern Quarter (Sites SOQ1 – SOQ2)
                                                 Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan




                                                                            Land West of




                                                                                                                the
                                                                            London Rd &




                                                                                                 Municipal Offices
                                                                            South of Ch’ch




                                                                                                 Land    at
                                  Sustainability                                     SOQ1                             SOQ2
                                   Objectives

                             1    Accessibility                                         ••                             ••
                     which
   recognises the needs of




                             2    Housing                                                ?                             ?

                             3    Health                                                     -                         -
            progress




                             4    Crime                                                  ?                             ?

                             5    Community                                                  •                         •
   everyone




                             6    Skills                                                     -                         -
   Social




                             7    Liveability                                            ?                             ?

                             8    Biodiversity                                               -                         -
   protection of the




                             9    Landscape                                                  •                         •
   environment




                             10   Cultural Heritage                                          •                         •
   Effective




                             11   Built Environment                                     ••                             ••

                             12   Climate Change                                             •                         •

                             13   Air and Climate                                            -                         ?
   natural




                             14   Water Quality                                              -                         -
                             15   Water Conservation                                         -                         -
   of




                             16   Soil and Land                                          ?                             ?
             Use




                             17   Minerals                                                   -                         -
                             18   Energy Use                                                 -                         -
   resources
   Prudent




                             19   Renewable Energy                                           -                         -
                             20   Waste                                                      -                         -
                             21   Employment                                                 -                         -
            and
   of economic
   Maintenance


   employment




                             22   Wealth Creation                                            •                         •
                                                                                        ••                             ••
   growth




                             23   Town Centres




Commentary: Effects are uncertain as the policy does not allocate particular uses.

 Note: Headlands Heritage Quarter has no development sites proposed and as such was not appraised.
                                                                                                    Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Appendix 7: Town Centre Area Action Plan Sustainability Appraisal Key Indicators

Sustainability framework – Monitoring Indicators
The CSS SA/SEA outlined a series of indicators against SEA directive/ SA Objective headers. These have been taken forward in this framework and made specific
to the town centre area. The AAP includes a monitoring framework which links closely with this SA framework. The references included in the 'indicators' column
relate to the core and local indicators.
      Core Output Indicators (COI): are mandatory indicators for all Local Planning Authorities

      Local Indicators (KTC HC and KTC): KTC HC: relates to specific areas monitored in the annual Kettering Town Centre Health check and
       KTC indicators have been derived for the purposes of this AAP and relate to the individual policy numbers.

SEA Topic                    Sustainability objectives                          Relevant DPD Objective/s      Indicators

Social progress which recognises the needs of everyone
Accessibility              Enable people all to have similar and sufficient     Objectives 2, 3, 5 and 6      COI BD4: Amount of completed                 retail
                           levels of access to services, facilities and                                       development within the town centre.
                           opportunities
                                                                                                              COI BD1: Amount of floorspace developed for
                                                                                                              employment by type

                                                                                                              COI H2b: Number of residential units completed
                                                                                                              on the allocated sites and within the plan area.

                                                                                                              COI H5: Number/ % of affordable housing units
                                                                                                              completed on the allocated sites.

                                                                                                              KTC 6b: Housing type

                                                                                                              COI H6: Building for        life   Assessment   on
                                                                                                              completed housing units

                                                                                                              KTC 9: Number of public transport improvements
                                                                                                              outlined in KTC policy 9 delivered

                                                                                                              KTC 10: Number of pedestrian/ cycle
                                                                                                              connections outlined in KTC policy 10 delivered.
                                                                                        Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                                                                                  KTC 6 and 10: Number of secure cycle storage
                                                                                                  spaces and cycle parking spaces outlined in KTC
                                                                                                  policies 6 and 10 which have been secured/
                                                                                                  delivered.

Housing     Provide the opportunity for people to meet their       Objective 3                    COI H2b: Number of residential units completed
            housing needs                                                                         on the allocated sites and within the plan area.

                                                                                                  COI H5: Number/ % of affordable housing units
                                                                                                  completed on the allocated sites.

                                                                                                  KTC 6b: Housing type

Health      Improve overall levels of physical, mental and         Objectives 4, 6 and 7          KTC 11a: Number of public spaces created/
            social well-being, and reduce disparities between                                     existing public spaces improved
            different groups and different areas
                                                                                                  KTC 11b: Number of additional public art
                                                                                                  installations

                                                                                                  KTC HC 10: Environment and Public Realm
                                                                                                  Quality

                                                                                                  COI H5: Number/ % of affordable housing units
                                                                                                  completed on the allocated sites.

                                                                                                  COI H6: Building for        life   Assessment   on
                                                                                                  completed housing units

                                                                                                  KTC 13a: Net gain in open space

Crime       Reduce the incidences of crime and the fear of         Objectives 4 and 6             KTC HC 11: Number of crimes reported within
            crime                                                                                 Kettering Town Centre

Community   Value and nurture a sense of belonging in a            Objectives 1 and 3             KTC 1: % satisfied with their neighbourhood as a
            cohesive community whilst respecting diversity                                        place to live

Skills      Assist people in gaining the skills to fulfil their    Objective 5                    KTC 4b: Resident         population    16-74    No
            potential and increase their contribution to society                                  qualifications
            and the economy
                                                                                                         Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Liveability                 To create healthy, clean and pleasant                   Objectives 1, 4, 6 and 7       KTC 1: % satisfied with their neighbourhood as a
                            environments for people to enjoy living, working                                       place to live
                            and for recreation and to protect and enhance
                            residential amenity                                                                    KTC 11a: Number of public spaces created/
                                                                                                                   existing public spaces improved

                                                                                                                   KTC 11b: Number of additional public art
                                                                                                                   installations

                                                                                                                   KTC HC 10: Environment and Public Realm
                                                                                                                   Quality

                                                                                                                   COI H6: Building for        life   Assessment     on
                                                                                                                   completed housing units

                                                                                                                   KTC 13a: Net gain in open space

                                                                                                                   KTC 2b: Number of noise complaints reported
                                                                                                                   within the plan area

                                                                                                                   KTC 2c: Number of odour complaints reported
                                                                                                                   within the plan area
Effective protection of the environment
Biodiversity                  To protect, maintain and enhance the diversity        Objective 7                    KTC 13a: Net gain in open space
                              and abundance of species and their habitats to
                              implement a net gain and to avoid habitat                                            KTC 14: Production of a Surface Water
                              fragmentation.                                                                       Management Plan and Green Infrastructure
                                                                                                                   Strategy within 18months of the adoption of the
                                                                                                                   AAP.

                                                                                                                   COI E2: Change        in   areas    of   biodiversity
                                                                                                                   importance

Landscape                   Maintain and enhance the quality, character and         Objectives 4 and 7             KTC 11a: Number of public spaces created/
                            local distinctiveness of the landscape, including its                                  existing public spaces improved
                            contribution to the setting and character of
                            settlements                                                                            KTC 11b: Number of additional public art
                                                                                                                   installations

                                                                                                                   KTC HC 10: Environment and Public Realm
                                                                                               Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                                                                                         Quality

                                                                                                         KTC 13a: Net gain in open space

                                                                                                         KTC 14: Production of a Surface Water
                                                                                                         Management
                                                                                                         Plan and Green Infrastructure Strategy within
                                                                                                         18months of the adoption of the AAP.

                                                                                                         COI E2: Change        in   areas    of   biodiversity
                                                                                                         importance

Cultural heritage   Protect and enhance sites, features and areas of      Objective 4                    KTC 12: Number of Listed Buildings at risk
                    historical, archaeological, geological and cultural
                    value and their settings                                                             COI H6: Building for        life   Assessment     on
                                                                                                         completed housing units

Built Environment   Maintain and enhance the quality               and    Objective 4                    COI H6: Building for        life   Assessment     on
                    distinctiveness of the built environment                                             completed housing units

                                                                                                         KTC 11a: Number of public spaces created/
                                                                                                         existing public spaces improved

                                                                                                         KTC 11b: Number of additional public art
                                                                                                         installations

                                                                                                         KTC HC 10: Environment and Public Realm
                                                                                                         Quality

Climate change      Reduce the emissions of greenhouse gases and          Objectives 6 and 7             COI E3: Renewable energy generation
                    protect people from the effects of climate change
                                                                                                         COI H6: Building for        life   Assessment     on
                                                                                                         completed housing units

                                                                                                         KTC 9: Number of public transport improvements
                                                                                                         outlined in KTC policy 9 delivered

                                                                                                         KTC 10: Number of pedestrian/ cycle
                                                                                                         connections outlined in KTC policy 10 delivered.
                                                                                                   Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                                                                                             KTC 6 and 10: Number of secure cycle storage
                                                                                                             spaces and cycle parking spaces outlined in KTC
                                                                                                             policies 6 and 10 which have been secured/
                                                                                                             delivered.
Prudent Use of natural resources
 Air                         Reduce all forms of air pollution in the interests of   Objective 6             KTC 9: Number of public transport improvements
                             local air quality and the integrity of the                                      outlined in KTC policy 9 delivered
                             atmosphere.
                                                                                                             KTC 10: Number of pedestrian/ cycle
                                                                                                             connections outlined in KTC policy 10 delivered.

                                                                                                             KTC 6 and 10: Number of secure cycle storage
                                                                                                             spaces and cycle parking spaces outlined in KTC
                                                                                                             policies 6 and 10 which have been secured/
                                                                                                             delivered.




                                                                                                             31       KTC 2: Number of non residential
                                                                                                             developments built with a BREEAM rating of
                                                                                                             at least ‘very good’


 Water Quality                 Maintain and improve the quality of ground and        Objective 7             KTC 14: Production of a Surface Water
                               river waters                                                                  Management
                                                                                                             Plan and Green Infrastructure Strategy within
                                                                                                             18months of the adoption of the AAP.

                                                                                                             COI E1: Number/ % of applications approved
                                                                                                             contrary to advice given by The Environment
                                                                                                             Agency

 Water Conservation      and   Ensure adequate water supply, maximise water          Objective 7             KTC 14: Production of a Surface Water
 Management                    efficiency and reduce the risk of flooding                                    Management
                                                                                                             Plan and Green Infrastructure Strategy within
                                                                                                             18months of the adoption of the AAP.

                                                                                                             COI E1: Number/ % of applications approved
                                                                                                             contrary to advice given by The Environment
                                                                                            Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                                                                                                      Agency

Soil and Land      Ensure the efficient use of land and maintain the    Objectives 1, 2, 3 and 5      KTC 6a: Housing Density
                   resource of productive soil
                                                                                                      COI BD4: Amount of completed                 retail
                                                                                                      development within the town centre.

                                                                                                      COI BD1: Amount of floorspace developed for
                                                                                                      employment by type

                                                                                                      COI H2b: Number of residential units completed
                                                                                                      on the allocated sites and within the plan area.

                                                                                                      COI H3: New and converted dwellings on
                                                                                                      previously developed land

                                                                                                      COI BD2: Amount of employment floorspace on
                                                                                                      previously developed land

Minerals           Ensure the efficient use of minerals and primary     Objective 7                   COI H3: New and converted dwellings on
                   resources                                                                          previously developed land

                                                                                                      COI BD2: Amount of employment floorspace on
                                                                                                      previously developed land

                                                                                                      KTC 6a: Housing Density
Energy Use         Minimise energy consumption, increase energy         Objective 7                   COI E3: Renewable energy generation
                   efficiency and maintain the stock of non renewable
                   energy sources                                                                     COI H6: Building for        life   Assessment   on
                                                                                                      completed housing units




                                                                                                      32       KTC 2: Number of non residential
                                                                                                      developments built with a BREEAM rating of
                                                                                                      at least ‘very good’


Renewable energy   Increase the opportunities for energy generation     Objective 7                   COI E3: Renewable energy generation
                                                                                                           Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

                            from renewable sources
                                                                                                                     COI H6: Building for        life   Assessment   on
                                                                                                                     completed housing units

Waste                       Reduce the consumption of finite materials and            Objective 7                    COI H6: Building for        life   Assessment   on
                            increase reuse and recycling                                                             completed housing units




                                                                                                                     33       KTC 2: Number of non residential
                                                                                                                     developments built with a BREEAM rating of
                                                                                                                     at least ‘very good’


Maintenance of high and stable levels of economic growth and employment
Employment                 Maintain and enhance employment opportunities              Objectives 1 and 5             COI BD4: Amount of completed                 retail
                           and to reduce the disparities arising from unequal                                        development within the town centre.
                           access to jobs
                                                                                                                     COI BD1: Amount of floorspace developed for
                                                                                                                     employment by type

                                                                                                                     KTC 4: No. of jobs created per employment
                                                                                                                     sector
Wealth creation             Retain and enhance the factors which are                  Objectives 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6    COI BD4: Amount of completed retail
                            conducive      to    wealth      creation,    including   and 7                          development within the town centre.
                            infrastructure and the local strengths and qualities
                            that are attractive to visitors and investors                                            COI BD1: Amount of floorspace developed for
                                                                                                                     employment by type

                                                                                                                     KTC 1: No. of jobs created per employment
                                                                                                                     sector




                                                                                                                     34       KTC 2: Number of non residential
                                                                                                                     developments built with a BREEAM rating of
                                                                                                                     at least ‘very good’
                                                                                                  Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan


                                                                                                             COI H6: Building for life Assessment on
                                                                                                             completed housing units
Town centres               Protect and enhance the vitality and viability of   Objectives 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6   COI BD4: Amount of completed retail
                           town centres and market towns                       and 7                         development within the town centre.

                                                                                                             COI BD1: Amount of floorspace developed for
                                                                                                             employment by type

                                                                                                             KTC 11a: Number of public spaces created/
                                                                                                             existing public spaces improved

                                                                                                             KTC 11b: Number of additional public art
                                                                                                             installations secured/ delivered

                                                                                                             KTC HC Indicator 2: Use Class of new and
                                                                                                             existing units within the Primary and Secondary
                                                                                                             Frontages

                                                                                                             KTC HC Indicator 4: Vacancy Rates of units
                                                                                                             within the Primary Shopping Area.


Appendix 8: CSS SA/SEA/ Town Centre Area Action Plan SA/SEA Relevant Plans & Programmes




35             Plans and Programmes influencing the Plans and SA

Key Objectives relevant to the AAP          Key targets and indicators         Implications for the AAP                Implications for SA
                                            relevant to the AAP and SA
                                                                                                                               Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Key Objectives relevant to the AAP                         Key targets and indicators                   Implications for the AAP                          Implications for SA
                                                           relevant to the AAP and SA



36        International


The Water Framework Directive 2000/60/EC (October, 2000)
    Promote sustainable water use based on a long-           All inland and coastal waters to reach      Plan policies to support overall objectives      Ensure the requirements of the Directive
     term protection of available water resources;             good ecological and chemical status          and requirements of the Directive                 are reflected in the sustainability appraisal
    Contribute to mitigating the effects of floods and        by 2015. (NB target can be                  LDF must take into account the relevant           framework
     droughts;                                                 superseded/ extended by locally              River Basin Management Plans
    Ensure the progressive reduction of pollution of          specific factors as determined by
     groundwater and prevent its further pollution             River Basin Management Plans
    Requires the production of River Basin
     Management Plans
EC Council Directive on the Conservation of Habitats and of Wild Fauna and Flora 92/43/EEC (May, 1992)
    Conserve fauna and flora and natural habitats of         No targets                                  Plan policies to protect and enhance             Ensure the requirements of the Directives
     EU importance.                                                                                         habitats and flora and fauna to support           are reflected in the Sustainability Appraisal
    Establish a network of protected areas to maintain                                                     overall objectives and requirements of the        Framework
     both the distribution and abundance of threatened                                                      Directive
     species and habitats
European Noise Directive 2000/14/EC (May, 2000)
    Monitor the environmental problem by drawing up          No targets                                  Plan policies to support overall objectives      Ensure that the requirements of the
     strategic noise maps;                                                                                  and requirements of the Directive                 Directive are reflected in the sustainability
    Informing and consulting the public about noise                                                                                                          framework
     exposure, its effects and the measures considered
     to address noise;
    Addressing local noise issues by requiring
     authorities to draw up action plans to reduce noise
     where necessary and maintain environmental noise
     where it is good;
    Developing a long term EU strategy.
Kyoto Protocol (December, 1997)
    Established to limit emissions of greenhouse             Reduce greenhouse gas emissions             Consider how the plan can contribute to          Ensure that the requirements of the
     gases.                                                    by 5% of 1990 levels, 2008-12                the objectives and targets of the Protocol.       Protocol are reflected in the sustainability
    6 gases addressed:                                       UK has an agreement to reduce                                                                  appraisal framework.
          -    Carbon dioxide                                  greenhouse gas emissions by 12.5%
          -    Methane                                         below 1990 levels by 2008-12 and a
          -    Nitrous oxide                                   national goal to a 20% reduction in
          -    Hydroflurocarbons                               carbon dioxide emissions below 1990
          -    Perflurocarbons                                 levels by 2010.
          -    Sulphur haxflurodide
                                                                                                                Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Key Objectives relevant to the AAP               Key targets and indicators              Implications for the AAP                       Implications for SA
                                                 relevant to the AAP and SA


         European Landscape Convention (October 2000)

   To promote European landscape protection,
    management and planning, and to organise
                                                    To recognise landscapes in law as
                                                     an essential component of
                                                                                            Plan policies to support overall
                                                                                             objectives and requirements of the
                                                                                                                                           To ensure the importance of landscape,
                                                                                                                                            both designated and otherwise is
    European co-operation on landscape issues.       people’s surroundings                   Convention.                                    included as an objective of sustainable
                                                    to establish and implement             Plan policies to establish and implement       development
                                                     landscape policies aimed at             landscape protection, management and
                                                     landscape protection,                   planning.
                                                     management and planning
                                                    to integrate landscape into its
                                                     regional and town planning
                                                     policies


         National


PPS 1 Delivering Sustainable Development (January, 2005)
                                                                                                                Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Key Objectives relevant to the AAP                           Key targets and indicators   Implications for the AAP                        Implications for SA
                                                             relevant to the AAP and SA
   Promote urban and rural regeneration;                       No targets                  The need for positive planning to enhance      Ensure that the requirements of national
   Promote regional, sub-regional and local                                                  the qualities of the area and to deliver        planning guidance are reflected in the
    economies;                                                                                sustainable development                         sustainability appraisal framework.
   Promote inclusive, healthy, safe and crime free
    communities;
   Bring forward sufficient land of a suitable quality in
    the right locations;
   Give high priority to ensuring access for all to jobs,
    health education, shops, leisure and community
    facilities;
   Focusing developments that attract a large number
    of people, especially retail development, in existing
    centres;
   Protect and enhance biodiversity and address the
    causes and impacts of climate change, pollution
    and waste and resource management
   Need for positive planning to enhance the qualities
    of an area and instructs LPA‟s to deliver
    sustainable development.




Planning and Climate Change Supplement to PPS1 (December, 2007)
                                                                                                                                   Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Key Objectives relevant to the AAP                           Key targets and indicators                    Implications for the AAP                          Implications for SA
                                                             relevant to the AAP and SA
Spatial strategies should:                                        UK target to reduce CO2 emissions          Develop plan policies in line with national      Ensure that the requirements of national
    Make a full contribution to delivering the                    by 26 – 32% below 1990 levels by            planning guidance on climate change               planning guidance are reflected in the
     Government‟s Climate Change programme, and                    2020 and at least 60% by 2050.              which contribute to national targets and          sustainability appraisal framework
     energy policies, and in doing so contribute to global        The document sets out criteria that         objectives
     sustainability;                                         should be taken into consideration when
    In providing for the homes, jobs, services and          allocating land for development. Sites
     infrastructure needed by communities, and in            failing this test should not be considered
     renewing and shaping the places where they live         further.
     and work, secure the highest resource and energy             Substantial developments should
     efficiency and reduction in emissions;                  provide for a significant amount of on-site
    Deliver patterns of urban growth and sustainable        energy supply.
     rural developments that help secure the fullest              Local development orders should be
     possible use of sustainable transport for moving        used to secure decentralised and/or
     freight, public transport, cycling and walking; and     renewable energy.
     which overall, reduce, the need to travel, especially        Planning authorities should be
     by car;                                                 working with developers to help provide
    Secure new development and shape places that            sustainable buildings.
     minimise vulnerability, and provide resilience, to           Deliver patterns of urban growth that
     climate change, and in ways, that are consistent        help secure the fullest possible use of
     with social cohesion and inclusion;                     sustainable transport
    Conserve and enhance biodiversity, recognising               Secure new development and shape
     the distribution of habitats and species will be              places resilient to the effects of
     affected by climate change;                                   climate change
    Reflect the development needs and interests of
     communities and enable them to contribute
     effectively to tackling climate change; and
    Respond to the concerns of business and
     encourage competitiveness and technological
     innovation in mitigating and adapting to climate
     change.
Consultation on PPS: Planning for a Low Carbon Future in a Changing Climate
Objectives of the document are to meet the                       Targets to reduce CO2 emissions             Develop plan policies in line with national      Ensure the SA reflects the need to reduce
Governments ambitions to help businesses and                                                                   guidance on creating a low carbon future          emissions and adapt to climate change.
communities build a low carbon future and prepare for                                                          and adapting to climate change.
the impacts of climate change.
PPS 3 Housing
                                                                                                                          Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Key Objectives relevant to the AAP                         Key targets and indicators               Implications for the AAP                          Implications for SA
                                                           relevant to the AAP and SA
   To achieve a wide choice of high quality homes,           Minimum site size threshold for         Compare plan target for delivery of housing      Ensure the requirements of national
    both affordable and market housing, to address the         affordable housing is 15 dwellings       on previously developed land with national        planning guidance are reflected in the
    requirements of the community;                             (however local standards can be          target.                                           sustainability appraisal framework,
   To widen opportunities for home ownership and              lower)                                  Plan policies to promote redevelopment of         including monitoring requirements.
    ensure high quality housing for those who cannot          60% of new housing should be on          Brownfield sites over Greenfield.
    afford market housing, in particular those who are         previously developed land               Plan policies should provide for a mix of
    vulnerable or in need;                                    National indicative minimum of 30        housing types, including affordable
   To improve affordability across the housing market,        dwellings per hectare                    housing, to meet the needs of the local
    including by increasing the supply of housing             Maintain a housing trajectory            population.
   To create sustainable, inclusive, mixed;                   showing a 5-year supply                 Brownfield Land Action Plan
    communities in all areas, both urban and rural.
   Prioritise the re-use of previously developed land
    within urban areas in preference to Greenfield sites
   Make more efficient use of land by reviewing
    planning policies and standards
   Provide greater choice and a better mix in the size,
    type and location of housing
   Plan to meet the housing requirements of the whole
    community, including those in need of affordable
    housing and special needs housing
PPS4: Planning for Sustainable Economic Growth (December 2009)
                                                                                                                      Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Key Objectives relevant to the AAP                     Key targets and indicators               Implications for the AAP                       Implications for SA
                                                       relevant to the AAP and SA
    Sets out the framework for planning for               Contains 13 indicators for              Develop policies which are able to            Ensure that the requirements of national
sustainable economic development in urban and          carrying out town centre health          respond to changing economic                   planning guidance are reflected in the
rural areas.                                           checks. LPAs should use these to         circumstances which encourage high             sustainability appraisal framework
    The key aim is to achieve sustainable             measure the vitality and viability and   density development accessible by public
economic growth through:                               monitor the health of their town         transport, walking and cycling
     -   Building prosperous communities and           centres regularly to inform                  Policies to define the extent of the
         improving economic performance of             judgements about the impact of           centre and the primary shopping area and
         cities, towns, regions, sub-regions and       policies.                                consider designation of primary and
         local areas                                                                            secondary shopping frontages
     -   Reducing economic gaps between                                                             Encourage residential or office
         regions                                                                                development above ground floor retail,
     -   Delivering more sustainable patterns of                                                leisure and other facilities
         development                                                                                LPA‟s should proactively plan to
     -   Promoting vitality and viability of towns                                              promote competitive town centre
         and other centres                                                                      environments and provide consumer
     -   Raising the quality of life and                                                        choice
         environment in rural areas by promoting                                                    Include policies to encourage a
         thriving, inclusive and locally distinctive                                            diverse range of complementary evening
         rural communities while protecting the                                                 uses and set out number and scale of
         open countryside                                                                       residential developments
                                                                                                    Policies should identify sites for town
                                                                                                centre uses using the sequential approach
                                                                                                which are suitable, available and viable
PPS5: Planning for the Historic Environment
                                                                                                                Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Key Objectives relevant to the AAP                            Key targets and indicators   Implications for the AAP                       Implications for SA
                                                              relevant to the AAP and SA
    Overarching aim is that the historic                        No targets                   Policies should seek the reuse and           Ensure that the requirements of national
environment and its heritage assets should be                                              where appropriate , the modification of            planning guidance are reflected in the
conserved and enjoyed for the quality of life they                                         heritage assets so as to reduce carbon             sustainability appraisal framework.
bring to this and future generations                                                       emissions
    Objectives are:                                                                           Policies should set out a positive,
     -    to deliver sustainable development by                                            proactive strategy for the conservation and
          ensuring that policies and decisions                                             enjoyment of the historic environment
          recognise that heritage assets are not
          renewable, take account of social,
          cultural, economic and environmental
          benefits of heritage conservation and
          recognise that managed change may
          sometimes be necessary to ensure that
          heritage assets are maintained in the
          long term
     -    to conserve heritage assets in a manner
          appropriate to their significance
     -    to ensure opportunities are taken to
          capture evidence from the historic
          environment
Draft PPS: Planning for a Natural and Healthy Environment (Consultation draft March 2010)
Overall objective is to ensure that development is               No targets                  Include policies for the conservation,        Ensure that the requirements of national
delivered in a way which protects and enhances the                                             restoration, enhancement and enjoyment         planning guidance are reflected in the
natural environment and provides places which                                                  of the natural environment                     sustainability appraisal framework.
contribute to the quality of life, health and well being of                                   Policies should provide for green
those living and working there.                                                                infrastructure, avoid fragmentation of
To achieve this planning should:                                                               landscapes, identify opportunities to
     -     conserve and enhance the natural                                                    enhance green infrastructure and natural
           environment including the quality, character                                        habitats and identify opportunities to
           and value of the landscape, biodiversity,                                           enhance the functions urban green spaces
           geodiversity and soil within rural and urban                                        can perform
           areas                                                                              Policies should ensure provision of
     -     minimise vulnerability of people, places and                                        appropriate recreation facilities
           wildlife to the impacts of climate change
     -     deliver safe and attractive places to live which
           respect character, promote health and well-
           being and reduce social inequalities
     -     provide access and appropriate recreational
           opportunities in rural areas to enable urban
           and rural dwellers to enjoy the wider
           countryside

PPS 9 Biodiversity and Geological Conservation
                                                                                                                                 Sustainability Appraisal of the Town Centre Area Action Plan

Key Objectives relevant to the AAP                         Key targets and indicators                    Implications for the AAP                             Implications for SA
                                                           relevant to the AAP and SA
   To promote sustainable development;                       No targets                                   Develop plan policies in line with national         Ensure that the requirements of national
   To conserve, enhance and restore the diversity of         Identify any areas or sites for the           planning policies on biodiversity and                planning guidance are reflected in the
    England‟s wildlife and geology;                            restoration or creation of new priority       geological conservation.                             sustainability appraisal framework.
   To contribute to an urban renaissance;                     habitats which contribute to regional
   To contribute to rural renewal.                            targets and support restoration or
   Emphasises the need for development plan policies          creation
    to be based on up-to-date information and to aim to
    maintain and enhance biodiversity conservation
    interests
PPS10 Waste Management
   Planning authorities should                               Support national waste strategy              Plan should promote reduction, reuse and             Ensure the requirements of national
        o     Drive waste management up the waste              targets                                       recovery as well as providing facilities for         planning guidance are reflected in the
              hierarchy                                                                                      disposal.                                            sustainability appraisal framework.
        o     Provide a framework in which                                                                  Sites/areas for waste management
              communities take more responsibility for                                                       facilities should help to support PPS10;
              their own waste                                                                                consider physical and environmental
        o     Help implement the national waste                                                              constraints, cumulative effects of previous
              strategy                                                                                       waste disposal facilities, capacity of the
        o     Prevent harm to human health and the                                                           transport infrastructure; and give priority to
              environment                                                                                    previously developed land and redundant
        o     Enable waste to be disposed near its                                                           agricultural buildings.
              point of origin
PPG 13 Transport (April, 2001)
   Promote more sustainable transport choices for            No targets                                   Develop plan polices in line with national          Ensure the requirements of national
    people and freight                                                                                       planning guidance on transport.                      planning guidance are reflected in the
   Promote accessibility to jobs, shopping, leisure                                                        Plan policies should promote development             sustainability appraisal framework.
    facilities and services by public transport, cycling                                                     which can be served by public transport
    and walking                                                                                              and existing infrastructure.
   Reduce the need to travel, especially by car                                                            Plan policies should ensure the availability
   Locate new development in places which can be                                                            of alternative means of transport to the
    served by public transport                                                                               private car.

PPG14 Development on Unstable Land
   Take into account the possibility of ground               No targets                                   Opportunity to set out policies for                 Ensure that the requirements of national
    instability                                                                                              reclamation and use of unstable land.                planning guidance are reflected in the
                                                                                                                                                                  sustainability appraisal framework.
PPG 17 Planning for Op